XDM Converged MSPP and All-Range™ ROADM: General Description

XDM®
Converged MSPP and

All-Range™ ROADM
General Description
Version 7.2.2
417006-2002-0H3-D02
XDM (ETSI) General Description
V7.2.2
Catalog No: X37365
March 2009
ST
1 Edition
© Copyright by ECI Telecom, 1999-2009. All rights reserved worldwide.

This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Telecom Ltd. (“ECI Telecom”). BY OPENING THE
DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN THE
UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING
WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU
OBTAINED THEM.
The information contained in the documentation and/or disk is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright,
patent, and other laws protecting intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting ECI Telecom's
rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the information contained in the documentation and/or
disk may be published, reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without the express prior written
permission of ECI Telecom. In addition, any use of this document, the documentation and/or the disk, or the
information contained therein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed, is strictly forbidden.
ECI Telecom reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or
specifications. Information supplied by ECI Telecom is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility whatsoever is assumed by ECI Telecom for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties, which
may be affected in any way by the use and/or dissemination thereof.
Any representation(s) in the documentation and/or disk concerning performance of ECI Telecom product(s) are for
informational purposes only and are not warranties of product performance or otherwise, either express or implied.
ECI Telecom's standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order confirmation form, is the only warranty
offered by ECI Telecom.
The documentation and/or disk is provided “AS IS” and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No
warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically undertaken in ECI Telecom's sales
contract or order confirmation. Information contained in the documentation and in the disk is periodically updated,
and changes will be incorporated in subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error, please notify ECI
Telecom. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI Telecom and is protected by
all relevant copyright, patent, and other applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must
treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any other copyrighted material (for example, a
book or musical recording).
Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the documentation and disk, as
applicable. YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR
ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE. ALL RIGHTS NOT
EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI TELECOM.
All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.
ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever
caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with this documentation and/or disk, the information contained
therein, its use, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim
and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise
in respect of the documentation and/or disk and/or the information contained therein, howsoever caused, even if
advised of the possibility of such damages.
This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Telecom Ltd. (“ECI Telecom”).
The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines"
instructions and that such instructions were understood by them.
It is hereby clarified that ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage
whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with you fulfilling and/or failed to fulfill
in whole or in part the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions.
Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim and/or demand regarding
liability for indirect, special, incidental or consequential loss or damage which may arise in respect of the
information contained therein howsoever caused even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
Contents
Introduction .............................................................................. 1-1
The Future's Bright for Carrier Class Optical Networking ................................. 1-1
XDM: Today's Challenges and Tomorrow's Goals ........................................... 1-5
Optimized Network Convergence ..................................................................... 1-6
Converging Functional Layers .......................................................................... 1-8
XDM Product Lines: Tailored to Your Needs .................................................... 1-9
Next-Generation 40/80 Channel ROADM ...................................................... 1-10
Carrier Class MPLS/Ethernet Service ............................................................ 1-18
Next-Generation SDH..................................................................................... 1-23
Introducing ASON in the XDM ........................................................................ 1-24
End to End Layered Management .................................................................. 1-26
XDM's Unique Value Proposition.................................................................... 1-27
Comprehensive Solution for All Your Applications ......................................... 1-30
Market Segments and Services .............................................. 2-1

Today's Market Opportunities ........................................................................... 2-1
ILECs ................................................................................................................ 2-3
Cellular Operators ............................................................................................ 2-4
Utelcos.............................................................................................................. 2-5
Multiple System Operators ............................................................................... 2-7
Carrier of Carriers ............................................................................................. 2-9
Government and Defense Solutions............................................................... 2-10
Efficient Triple Play Service Delivery .............................................................. 2-12
Cellular Service for a Mobile Society .............................................................. 2-14
Metro WDM/ROADM Networks ...................................................................... 2-20
Regional/Long Haul DWDM/ROADM ............................................................. 2-21
Repeaterless Undersea DWDM Connectivity ................................................. 2-21
Business Services .......................................................................................... 2-22
System Architecture ................................................................ 3-1

Overview.......................................................................................................... 3-1
Control and Communications Subsystem ....................................................... 3-2............................
I/O Traffic Interface Configuration Options ..................................................... 3-10
Power Feed Subsystem ................................................................................. 3-15
Engineering Orderwire .................................................................................... 3-16
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary i

Contents XDM General Description
XDM Platform Layout .............................................................. 4-1

Overview........................................................................................................... 4-1
XDM-100 Platform Suite ................................................................................... 4-2
XDM-300 .......................................................................................................... 4-6
Expansion Shelves for the XDM-100 Product Line .......................................... 4-8
XDM-40 .......................................................................................................... 4-10
XDM-500 ........................................................................................................ 4-12
XDM-1000 ...................................................................................................... 4-14
XDM-2000 ...................................................................................................... 4-17
XDM-3000 ...................................................................................................... 4-19
MPLS and Ethernet Data Solution .......................................... 5-1

MPLS Technology ............................................................................................ 5-1
User Benefits with the MCS.............................................................................. 5-3
MCS's Unique Value Proposition...................................................................... 5-4
Applications and Services ................................................................................ 5-5
MPLS/Ethernet Card Summary ...................................................................... 5-14
Ethernet Interfaces ......................................................................................... 5-24
WDM Optical Components and Service Cards ..................... 6-1

Overview........................................................................................................... 6-1
Multi-Degree ROADM ....................................................................................... 6-3
Mux/DeMux Cards ............................................................................................ 6-5
OADMs ............................................................................................................. 6-6
Transponders ................................................................................................... 6-7
Combiners ...................................................................................................... 6-11
CMTR25 Multi-Rate Combiner/Transponder .................................................. 6-14
ADM on a Card ............................................................................................... 6-17
Pluggable Transceiver Modules (SFP/XFP/SFF) ........................................... 6-29
Optical Amplifiers............................................................................................ 6-31
OPM Card ....................................................................................................... 6-36
OMSP Card .................................................................................................... 6-38
DCM and DCF ................................................................................................ 6-38
PELES ............................................................................................................ 6-39
Optical Modules Designed for the XDM-100 Family ....................................... 6-40
MSPP Components and Service Cards ................................. 7-1

Overview........................................................................................................... 7-1
PDH Service Cards .......................................................................................... 7-4
SDH Service Cards .......................................................................................... 7-5
Aurora-G GbE Encryptor Card ......................................................................... 7-7
ATS Service Matrix for 3G Cellular Networks ................................................... 7-8
I/O Protection Modules ................................................................................... 7-10
Simplified SDH Trail Movement ...................................................................... 7-11
ii ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description Contents
ASON in the XDM ..................................................................... 8-1

Overview........................................................................................................... 8-1
Standardizing the Control Plane: ASTN/ASON, GMPLS, and UNI/E-NNI
Standards ......................................................................................................... 8-3
ASON Architecture ........................................................................................... 8-6
Control Plane Functionalities ............................................................................ 8-8
ASON/GMPLS in the XDM Family ................................................................. 8-12
Network Communication Control ........................................... 9-1

Routing and Forwarding Functionality .............................................................. 9-1
Digital Communication Channel (DCC) ............................................................ 9-2
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) ................................................................. 9-9
General Communications Channel (GCC) ..................................................... 9-10
Communications Module ................................................................................ 9-11
XDM Protection and Restoration Mechanisms ................... 10-1

Overview......................................................................................................... 10-1
ASON Protection and Restoration Capabilities .............................................. 10-2
MPLS Protection Schemes............................................................................. 10-6
Ethernet Provider Bridge Traffic Protection .................................................. 10-15
Fast IOP: 1:1 Card Protection ...................................................................... 10-17
SDH Path Protection Schemes .................................................................... 10-17
SDH Line Protection ..................................................................................... 10-21
Optical Layer Protection ............................................................................... 10-25
Equipment Protection ................................................................................... 10-30
Integrated Protection for I/O Cards with Electrical Interfaces ....................... 10-31
Management ........................................................................... 11-1

Overview......................................................................................................... 11-1
Layered Architecture ...................................................................................... 11-2
Client/Server Architecture ............................................................................... 11-3
Integration with Other Products ...................................................................... 11-3
LightSoft NMS ................................................................................................ 11-3
EMS-XDM..................................................................................................... 11-14
LCT-XDM...................................................................................................... 11-22
Maintenance ........................................................................... 12-1

Overview......................................................................................................... 12-1
Short MTTR .................................................................................................... 12-2
Built-In Test (BIT) ........................................................................................... 12-2
Alarms System ............................................................................................... 12-3
Troubleshooting .............................................................................................. 12-4
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary iii

Contents XDM General Description
Standards and Reference Documents .................................. A-1
Glossary .................................................................................. B-1
Index .......................................................................................... I-1
iv ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Converged transport network ...................................................................... 1-2
Figure 1-2: Carrier class Ethernet requirements ............................................................ 1-3
Figure 1-3: xWDM interworking with OTN services access to core ............................... 1-4
Figure 1-4: XDM's converged transmission technologies .............................................. 1-5
Figure 1-5: Converged metro aggregation network ....................................................... 1-7
Figure 1-6: Converging three functional layers .............................................................. 1-8
Figure 1-7: XDM products portfolio ................................................................................ 1-9
Figure 1-8: Multi-degree development ......................................................................... 1-11
Figure 1-9: Multi-degree scalability .............................................................................. 1-11
Figure 1-10: Multi-degree ROADM capabilities............................................................ 1-12
Figure 1-11: Unrivalled convergence tailored to your requirements ............................ 1-14
Figure 1-12: All-Range WDM capabilities .................................................................... 1-15
Figure 1-13: OTN as a universal transport layer, access to core................................. 1-16
Figure 1-14: Variety of Ethernet services ..................................................................... 1-19
Figure 1-15: E-Line service .......................................................................................... 1-20
Figure 1-16: E-LAN service .......................................................................................... 1-21
Figure 1-17: XDM in multi-ring closure mode............................................................... 1-24
Figure 1-18: Comprehensive XDM functionality........................................................... 1-30
Figure 2-1: XDM: end-to-end service ............................................................................. 2-2
Figure 2-2: Service aggregation ..................................................................................... 2-3
Figure 2-3: ECI full solution for the Utelco network ........................................................ 2-6
Figure 2-4: ECI full solution for the MSO network .......................................................... 2-8
Figure 2-5: CoC services via XDM ................................................................................. 2-9
Figure 2-6: Comprehensive military solution ................................................................ 2-11
Figure 2-7: Triple play IPTV using MPLS multicast...................................................... 2-12
Figure 2-8: IPTV service delivery network architecture ............................................... 2-13
Figure 2-9: Cellular services provisioning approach .................................................... 2-15
Figure 2-10: 3G mobile aggregation ............................................................................ 2-16
Figure 2-11: ATM for 3G networks ............................................................................... 2-19
Figure 2-12: XDM product line in a typical triple play transport network ...................... 2-20
Figure 2-13: Repeaterless undersea DWDM ............................................................... 2-21
Figure 2-14: Enterprise Ethernet data service via XDM ............................................... 2-23
Figure 2-15: MPLS/IP VPN .......................................................................................... 2-24
Figure 2-16: Leased-line services via XDM ................................................................. 2-25
Figure 3-1: XDM card architecture ................................................................................. 3-2
Figure 3-2: Control system block diagram ..................................................................... 3-4
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary v

List of Figures XDM General Description
Figure 3-3: Timing distribution block diagram ................................................................ 3-6

Figure 3-4: XDM cross-connect scheme ........................................................................ 3-8
Figure 3-5: System architecture ..................................................................................... 3-9
Figure 3-6: XIO with slide-in I/O module ...................................................................... 3-13
Figure 3-7: XIO384F with ADM64 configuration .......................................................... 3-14
Figure 3-8: Power distribution ...................................................................................... 3-15
Figure 4-1: XDM-100 platform ........................................................................................ 4-2
Figure 4-2: XDM-100 slot allocation ............................................................................... 4-3
Figure 4-3: Hybrid MSPP/CWDM configuration (XDM-100H)........................................ 4-4
Figure 4-4: XDM-100H slot allocation ............................................................................ 4-5
Figure 4-7: TPU shelf ..................................................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-10: XDM-500 platform .................................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-11: XDM-500 slot allocation ........................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-12: XDM-1000 platform .................................................................................. 4-14
Figure 4-13: XDM-1000 slot allocation ......................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-14: XDM-2000 platform .................................................................................. 4-17
Figure 4-16: XDM-3000 front view ............................................................................... 4-20
Figure 5-1: P2P tunnel example ..................................................................................... 5-6
Figure 5-2: EPL service .................................................................................................. 5-7
Figure 5-3: VPLS service example ................................................................................. 5-8
Figure 5-4: E-LAN service ............................................................................................ 5-10
Figure 5-5: P2MP multicast tunnel example ................................................................ 5-12
Figure 5-6: P2MP multicast tunnel example - physical and logical networks .............. 5-13
Figure 5-7: Triple play network solution for IPTV, VoD, VoIP, and HSI services......... 5-14
Figure 5-8: MCS functional block diagram ................................................................... 5-17
Figure 5-9: Metro network illustration ........................................................................... 5-19
Figure 5-10: Ethernet packet path ................................................................................ 5-20
Figure 5-11: DIOB block diagram ................................................................................. 5-22
Figure 6-1: WSS-based ROADM technology ................................................................. 6-3
Figure 6-2: PLC ROADM technology ............................................................................. 6-4
Figure 6-3: Pluggable OADM in standby and active modes .......................................... 6-6
Figure 6-4: TRP10_2B transponder block diagram........................................................ 6-9
Figure 6-5: CMBR10_T combiner block diagram ......................................................... 6-11
vi ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description List of Figures
Figure 6-6: Seamless GbE/FC transport from access to core ..................................... 6-12
Figure 6-7: OMTR27_2 transponder block diagram .................................................... 6-14
Figure 6-8: OMCM25_4 multi-rate combiner block diagram ........................................ 6-15
Figure 6-9: CMTR25 in mixed module mode ............................................................... 6-16
Figure 6-10: CMTR25 typical usage ............................................................................ 6-16
Figure 6-11: AoC: typical configuration ........................................................................ 6-17
Figure 6-12: AoC: ring-based services for GbE, FC1, FC2, OTU1, and STM-16 ........ 6-19
Figure 6-13: AoC: routing traffic from access to ring.................................................... 6-20
Figure 6-14: AoC: GCC in-band remote management capabilities.............................. 6-21
Figure 6-15: AoC: dual homing protection ................................................................... 6-22
Figure 6-16: AoC: STM-1/STM-4 cross connect capabilities ....................................... 6-23
Figure 6-17: AoC: next generation transport WDM ...................................................... 6-24
Figure 6-18: AoC: full equipment protection................................................................. 6-25
Figure 6-19: AoC: network protection .......................................................................... 6-26
Figure 6-20: AoC: optical DRI protection ..................................................................... 6-27
Figure 6-21: AoC protection mixture ............................................................................ 6-28
Figure 6-22: SFF, SFP, and XFP examples................................................................. 6-29
Figure 6-23: Typical MO_OFA_PHBC application in a fully redundant
ROADM node ............................................................................................................... 6-34
Figure 6-24: OFA_R in a bidirectional distributed amplification application................. 6-35
Figure 6-25: OPM cards location and connections to the network manager ............... 6-36
Figure 6-26: Typical OPM configuration in an ROADM site ......................................... 6-37
Figure 6-27: Adding nodes using the OMSP................................................................ 6-38
Figure 6-28: PELES ..................................................................................................... 6-40
Figure 7-1: Aurora-G in P2P Ethernet over DWDM configuration ................................. 7-7
Figure 7-2: XDM ATM approach .................................................................................... 7-8
Figure 7-3: ATS ports ..................................................................................................... 7-8
Figure 7-4: TPM protection - four groups of 1:1 ........................................................... 7-11
Figure 8-1: ASON example implementation scenario (Source ITU-T) ........................... 8-2
Figure 8-2: Control plane architecture ............................................................................ 8-3
Figure 8-3: Control plane interfaces ............................................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-4: Three-layered ASON architecture in the XDM ............................................ 8-6
Figure 8-5: ASON-XDM family portfolio ....................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-6: XDM network architecture with ASON ....................................................... 8-14
Figure 9-1: Integrating a variety of DCN schemes ......................................................... 9-5
Figure 9-2: DCC to VC-12 Clear Channel conversion ................................................... 9-7
Figure 9-3: Point-to-point DCC transparency ................................................................. 9-8
Figure 9-4: Integrating communication channels ......................................................... 9-10
Figure 10-1: 1++ protection .......................................................................................... 10-4
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary vii

List of Figures XDM General Description
Figure 10-2: 1+R protection ......................................................................................... 10-5

Figure 10-3: Comprehensive MPLS protection ............................................................ 10-6
Figure 10-4: P2P FRR example ................................................................................... 10-7
Figure 10-5: P2MP link protection example ................................................................. 10-8
Figure 10-6: P2MP node protection example............................................................... 10-9
Figure 10-7: FRR protection: typical scenario ............................................................ 10-10
Figure 10-8: Dual FRR protection .............................................................................. 10-11
Figure 10-9: Dual-homed protection scheme ............................................................. 10-13
Figure 10-10: Link aggregation examples .................................................................. 10-14
Figure 10-11: Protection schemes in a typical metro network ................................... 10-16
Figure 10-12: Fast IOP protection .............................................................................. 10-17
Figure 10-13: Typical SNCP-protected network sites ................................................ 10-18
Figure 10-14: SNCP-protected XDM sites ................................................................. 10-19
Figure 10-15: MSP protection modes ........................................................................ 10-21
Figure 10-16: Two-fiber protection ............................................................................. 10-23
Figure 10-17: AoC: full equipment protection............................................................. 10-25
Figure 10-18: AoC: network protection ...................................................................... 10-26
Figure 10-19: AoC: optical DRI protection ................................................................. 10-27
Figure 10-20: AoC protection mixture ........................................................................ 10-28
Figure 10-21: Example of OCH protection scheme ................................................... 10-29
Figure 10-22: Line protection ..................................................................................... 10-30
Figure 11-1: ECI Telecom's layered architecture management concept ..................... 11-2
Figure 11-2: LightSoft main window ............................................................................. 11-5
Figure 11-3: LightSoft and STMS alarm windows ........................................................ 11-9
Figure 11-4: STMS chassis alarm note ...................................................................... 11-10
Figure 11-5: Focus on chassis view ........................................................................... 11-11
Figure 11-6: XDM-1000 shelf view as displayed in EMS-XDM .................................. 11-14
Figure 11-7: EMS: three network perspectives .......................................................... 11-15
Figure 11-8: FTM topology map ................................................................................. 11-18
Figure 11-9: LCT-XDM shelf view .............................................................................. 11-22
viii ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

List of Tables
Table 3-1: Examples of maximum ports per shelf ........................................................ 3-11
Table 5-1: MPLS/Ethernet components and service cards per platform ..................... 5-15
Table 5-2: MCSM/MCS5/MCS10 data cards and modules ......................................... 5-18
Table 5-3: EIS/EISMB data cards and modules........................................................... 5-21
Table 5-4: DIOB/DIOM data cards and modules ......................................................... 5-23
Table 6-1: WSS/PLC ROADM modules ......................................................................... 6-4
Table 6-2: Mux/DeMux modules - selected subset in the XDM-1000 family ................. 6-5
Table 6-3: OADM cards and modules - selected subset of XDM-1000 family ............... 6-7
Table 6-4: Transponder cards - selected subset............................................................ 6-8
Table 6-5: Combiner cards - selected subset .............................................................. 6-12
Table 6-6: AoC functionality options ............................................................................ 6-18
Table 6-7: OFA cards - selected subset for the XDM-1000 family............................... 6-32
Table 6-8: Mux/DeMux cards - selected subset for the XDM-100 family ..................... 6-41
Table 6-9: OADM modules - selected subset for the XDM-100 family ........................ 6-41
Table 7-1: MSPP components and service cards per platform...................................... 7-2
Table 7-2: PDH service cards ........................................................................................ 7-4
Table 7-3: SDH service cards ........................................................................................ 7-6
Table 7-4: TPM options ................................................................................................ 7-10
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary ix

List of Tables XDM General Description
x ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

1
Introduction
In this chapter:
The Future's Bright for Carrier Class Optical Networking .............................. 1-1
XDM: Today's Challenges and Tomorrow's Goals ......................................... 1-5
Optimized Network Convergence ................................................................... 1-6
Converging Functional Layers......................................................................... 1-8
XDM Product Lines: Tailored to Your Needs ................................................. 1-9
Next-Generation 40/80 Channel ROADM .................................................... 1-10
Carrier Class MPLS/Ethernet Service ........................................................... 1-18
Next-Generation SDH.................................................................................... 1-23
Introducing ASON in the XDM..................................................................... 1-24
End to End Layered Management ................................................................. 1-26
XDM's Unique Value Proposition ................................................................. 1-27
Comprehensive Solution for All Your Applications ..................................... 1-30
The Future's Bright for Carrier

Class Optical Networking
The world of telecommunications is driven by changes in consumption
patterns. As illustrated in the following figure, telecommunications is moving
from voice PSTN to VoIP, from TDM leased lines to Ethernet VPNs, from
TDM-based 2G and 2.5G mobile networks to 3G data networks, and from
simple best-effort high-speed Internet access to advanced triple play networks
for small and medium businesses and home use. Today's challenge is to build
an infrastructure that maximizes bandwidth capacity while minimizing costs.
Operators must provide a carrier class standard of service with more bandwidth
at less cost per bit, and still get a satisfactory return on investment.
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-1

Introduction XDM General Description
Figure 1-1: Converged transport network
Carrier Class Ethernet and MPLS

Ethernet service, the preeminent LAN technology, is now becoming the
dominant service for the metro domain (WAN) as well. Consumers require
guaranteed service delivery of the appropriate quality, expecting operators to
provide differentiated services with comprehensive carrier class capabilities,
from access to core.
MPLS technology may be used to carry Ethernet services across the metro and
core network. MPLS as a transport layer for metro carrier Ethernet services,
rather than using Ethernet as both transport and service layers, enhances the
Ethernet service, enabling it to meet a complete carrier class standard,
including:
| Hard QoS, with guaranteed end-to-end (E2E) SLA for business, mobile,
and residential users that enables efficient differentiated services, allowing
service providers (SPs) to tailor the level of service and performance to the
requirements of their customers (real-time, mission-critical, best-effort,
etc.), as well as assuring the necessary network resources for Committed
Information Rate (CIR) and Extended Information Rate (EIR).
| Reliability, with a robust, resilient network that can provide uninterrupted
service across each path. This includes network protection of less than
50 msec using link/node Fast ReRoute (FRR) and meeting a five 9's
standard of E2E service availability.
1-2 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description Introduction
| Scalability of both services and bandwidth, ranging from megabits to

terabits with variable granularity and hundreds of thousands of flows
supporting controlled scalability for both the number of elements and the
number of services on the network.
| End to End Service Management through a single comprehensive
Network Management System (NMS) that provisions, monitors, and
controls many network layers simultaneously. Advancement in the
management of converged networks takes advantage of the “condensed”
transport layer for provisioning and troubleshooting, while presenting
operators with tiered physical and technology views that are familiar and
easy to navigate. The comprehensive NMS simplifies operations by
allowing customers and member companies to monitor and/or control
well-defined and secure resource domains with partitioning down to the
port.
| Security, with a safe environment that protects subscribers, servers, and
network devices, blocking malicious users, Denial of Service (DoS), and
other types of attacks. Use of provider network constraints, as well as
complete traffic segregation, ensures the highest level of security and
privacy for even the most sensitive data transmissions.
| TDM support, providing TDM legacy service integration through a native
MSPP platform for optimal NG-SDH functionality.
Figure 1-2: Carrier class Ethernet requirements

Flexible xWDM and Multi-Degree ROADM

Flexible course, dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing and multi-degree
Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing (WDM/ROADM)
networks are becoming an essential element of next-generation transport
networks, chosen by operators who are motivated by triple play delivery and
business data connectivity demands. These bandwidth demands require the
capacity, resilience, and flexibility of multi-degree ROADM, as part of a highly
flexible All-Range optical network that offers user-friendly service
®
management and E2E route selection. XDM 's field-proven 10-degree
MEMS-WSS ROADM and 2-degree PLC ROADM technology, together
with multi-rate combiners and transponders, multiprotocol 'ADM on a Card',
fully tunable lasers, and modular card designs, introduces true flexibility to the
network by providing any wavelength to any node ("any-to-any")
connectivity in any ring or mesh topology. With no need to predefine traffic
demands, remote service provisioning is fast and simple, requiring no
re-engineering or manual tuning adjustments for both native and foreign
wavelengths.
The unique, state-of-the-art architecture of the XDM enables it to
cost-effectively address metro, regional, and long-haul WDM requirements. A
single product line provides complete E2E management over a multilayered
transport network with complete transparency. The XDM also offers a rich set
of Optical Transport Network (OTN) features and benefits, including OTN
framing with enhanced FEC and OTN wavelength and payload performance
management. Combiners have OTH sub-wavelength multiplexing, and OTN
in-band management is supported in all transponders and combiners. The XDM
extends the OTN technology layer from the core down to the metro and access,
enabling operators to seamlessly manage their network wavelength services,
end to end. XDM next-generation optics also offers a full set of features aimed
at simplifying planning, installation, operation, and maintenance of
WDM/ROADM networks.
Figure 1-3: xWDM interworking with OTN services access to core

XDM: Today's Challenges and

Tomorrow's Goals
The key word in the industry is convergence, representing a simplified
transport layer that supports existing revenue-generating TDM as well as carrier
Ethernet and IP through an integrated technology approach, combined with the
power of All-Range flexible optics.
The XDM system architecture meets the needs of today's telecommunications
professionals for a MultiService Transport Platform (MSTP). It provides
10-degree ROADM, market-leading NG-SDH MSPP capabilities, and
advanced carrier Ethernet service delivery. The XDM is a single converged
platform that integrates the best technologies available for the services
currently being offered. Its unique architecture allows future technology to be
added to existing platforms for smooth in-service migration.
XDM platforms provide complete flexibility and scalability. The XDM product
line offers a choice of platforms that can be configured to meet your needs,
with capacity ranging from 20 Gbps up to 240 Gbps, support for any topology
(multi-ring, mesh, star, etc.), and fully nonblocking cross-connect capabilities.
Everything is operated with E2E service provisioning tools and a layered
network view that lets you manage multiple layers (physical, optical, SDH, and
Ethernet) through a unified, user-friendly graphic interface.
Figure 1-4: XDM's converged transmission technologies

The XDM platform is the optimal choice for providing the range of services
expected by today's market. Traditional TDM services are declining steadily.
The market today demands packet-based VPNs, VoIP, IPTV, VoD, and HSI.
Consumers are looking for fast web browsing, interactive gaming, music,
video, and more personalized services.
Today's Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs) must meet a dual demand
for NG-SDH as well as full triple play service. Mobile operators must meet a
demand for the 3G networks that are the wave of the future. Businesses must
respond to an ever-increasing range of required services, moving from more
basic point-to-point (P2P) networks into expanded multipoint-to-multipoint
(MP2MP) networks, with all their associated benefits and complexities.
The XDM platform is the natural choice for satisfying these market demands.
Its unique architecture creates a seamless convergence of transmission
technologies. All-Range 10-degree ROADM and C/DWDM interworking
capabilities are combined with carrier Ethernet over MPLS and NG-SDH
MSPP to address any transport need.
Optimized Network Convergence

The optimal network architecture for today's customer demands is a
convergence of packet and optical capabilities. This convergence enables SPs
to retain the benefits and robustness of SDH together with the advantages of
Carrier Ethernet through the use of transport MPLS and the high capacity,
resilience, and flexibility of multi-degree ROADM.
The converged metro aggregation network enables SPs to continue selling their
current TDM and high-speed Internet services while gradually adding the triple
play services of VoIP, IPTV, and VoD, as well as the ability to add any other
Ethernet-based services for business (VPLS), 3G Ethernet-based mobile
aggregation, wholesale services, and more in a single unified network.

The key benefits of a single converged network include:

| Cost-optimized solution with incremental CAPEX/OPEX, gradually
adding new service cards per customer demand, while allowing continued
support of current TDM services.
| Fast time-to-market (TTM) by adding any service, including new triple
play and wavelength services to the existing infrastructure.
| Revenue generation from new services together with any other
Ethernet-based services (LAN over the metro using VPLS, 3G mobile
services, wholesale bandwidth services, etc.).
| E2E service delivery with T-MPLS access aggregation to IP/MPLS core
routers, assuring the quality of service delivery with MPLS carrier class
networking capability.
| Single unified managed network with the ability to provision any service
E2E, including wavelength, TDM, and packet/Ethernet-based services.
| Risk minimization through an evolving metro aggregation network, rather
than forklift changes to the network with the high risks involved.
Figure 1-5: Converged metro aggregation network

Converging Functional Layers

The XDM is a single, converged, cost-effective system that incorporates the
power and benefits of each separate component under the smooth control of a
single management system, supporting full interoperability and providing E2E
top-down manageability of Ethernet service from access to core. The XDM
platform encompasses three functional layers:
| Next-Generation SDH - expanding the limits of traditional TDM
leased-line services with a unique fully nonblocking matrix that provides
exceptional high-order/low-order granularity capabilities. The XDM can be
configured to operate as either a single ADM/TM providing classic SDH
multiplexing functionality and operating at STM-1/4/16/64 line bitrates, or
as a multi-ADM/TM providing a more granular and scalable bandwidth at a
far lower cost than traditional TDM services, delivered over an existing
SDH network.
| Carrier Class Ethernet Data Services - a comprehensive set of carrier
class capabilities that provide assured service delivery of the appropriate
quality for each Ethernet service, based on the capabilities of scalability,
Hard QoS, restoration, security, and simple management, integrated with
native support of NG-SDH.
| Next-Generation Multi-Rate ROADM - flexible C/DWDM capability.
The XDM provides a complete range of flexible optical capabilities,
servicing the other network layers as well as providing lambda services,
combining SDH, data, and C/DWDM in a single platform that supports the
total wavelength provisioning flexibility of MEMS-WSS and PLC
ROADM, through 'any wavelength to any node' connectivity. The XDM is
the only truly converged MSPP/WDM equipment on the market today, with
field-proven state-of-the-art technology unmatched by any competitor.
Figure 1-6: Converging three functional layers

XDM Product Lines: Tailored to

Your Needs
The XDM product lines provide a comprehensive family of platforms that
address all your networking needs, for all ranges of size, configuration, and
service level requirements. The XDM platforms are organized into two groups:
| The XDM-100 product line, the intelligent MSPP for metro and edge
networks, includes the following main shelf configurations:
XDM-100 Product Suite, Converged Metro MSPP and CWDM
XDM-300, Flexible MSPP for Metro Aggregation Applications
| The XDM-1000 product line, converged MSPP and all-range ROADM
platforms, includes the following main shelf configurations:
XDM-40, WDM/OTN Platform for Metro-Access and CPE
XDM-500, Compact Core MSPP and ROADM
XDM-1000, Converged Metro-Core MSPP and ROADM
XDM-2000, Metro Optical Cross Connect
XDM-3000, High Capacity Metro-Core MSPP
Figure 1-7: XDM products portfolio

™
The XDM's flexible build-as-you-grow architecture allows you to design a
configuration tailored to your individual requirements and preferences. The
XDM's modular cards and components are interchangeable between platforms,
enabling you to design the optimal solution for your customers' specific needs.
These modular cards and components are described in greater detail in MPLS
and Ethernet Data Solution (on page 5-1), MSPP Components and Service
Cards (on page 7-1), and WDM Optical Components and Service Cards (on
page 6-1). In addition, the shelf layout has been designed to facilitate simple
installation and easy maintenance. The convenient shelf layouts are described
in XDM Platform Layout (on page 4-1). The complete system architecture has
been designed to integrate all services and interfaces within a single converged
framework. This allows you to choose the range of services and interfaces best
suited to your requirements. The system architecture is described in System
Architecture (on page 3-1).
Next-Generation 40/80 Channel

ROADM
The massive growth in data, video, and packet voice traffic creates significant
challenges to SPs worldwide. Expanding the transmission infrastructure to
accommodate new bandwidth requirements is essential. Nevertheless, wireline,
wireless, cable operators, and competitive carriers are all faced with several
dilemmas, including:
| Investing in new telecom infrastructure that will be both cost-optimized and
future-proof
| Reducing operating and maintenance costs
| Ensuring the appropriate QoS for each service type
| Responding quickly to new and unexpected traffic demands
| Implementing new technologies without risking network reliability
ECI Telecom’s XDM is specifically designed to address these challenges. By
offering a rich feature set based on innovative technologies and a highly
field-proven platform, the XDM is the metro/regional WDM transport system
of choice for more and more SPs and carriers worldwide.

Multi-Degree ROADM Flexibility

Adding new channels and rerouting existing ones in a network based on
Mux/DeMux and fixed OADM technology is complicated, labor-intensive, and
often traffic-affecting. Even a minor adjustment often required invasive
network re-engineering. The XDM's multi-degree ROADM technology, fully
tunable line cards, automatic power and dispersion control, and smart yet
simple E2E service management eliminate these limitations by providing any
wavelength to any node connectivity in any ring or mesh topology. With the
XDM, there is no need to predefine traffic demands and virtually unlimited
capability to add or reroute wavelengths.
Figure 1-8: Multi-degree development
One key advantage of using a 10-degree Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS)

ROADM is cost-effective scalability with no traffic interruptions. Each degree
corresponds to a 'colorless' port that supports one or multiple wavelengths. For
initial deployment, the ROADM may serve as a typical two-degree OADM
node. As the network grows, other ports are simply configured as
multi-wavelength degrees for new WDM rings or P2P connections. Upgrading
from two-degree hardware to four, then eight or more ROADM degrees is
actually more expensive and disruptive than using ECI Telecom’s 10-degree
ROADM from day one.
Figure 1-9: Multi-degree scalability

When SPs consider ROADM deployment, they expect the following features:
| Flexible wavelength assignment and reassignment, simplifying the
planning process and eliminating the need to predict future traffic flow
| Ability to create complex optical topologies, such as:
Subtending CWDM and SDH ring closure
Multi-ring DWDM hub
Mixed mesh and ring topologies
| CAPEX savings:
Eliminating regeneration in both ring and hub nodes
Coarse and Dense WDM interworking eliminating back-to-back
systems
Reducing spare inventory with widely tunable laser transceivers
Reducing gain tilt in regional/long-haul networks, thereby extending the
distance between regeneration points
| OPEX savings through fewer manual operations, such as:
'SDH-like' provisioning, making wavelength provisioning as simple and
quick as an STM-1
Remote provisioning and reconfiguration using software-adjustable
components
Enhanced automatic power balancing and channel equalization
The XDM 10-degree ROADM supports all these benefits and more.
The following figure illustrates the 'any wavelengths to any port' flexibility of
the multi-degree ROADM. WSS technology enables multi-degree applications
with the ability to create subtending networks directly from the WSS.
Figure 1-10: Multi-degree ROADM capabilities

To enable flexible and cost-effective utilization of ROADM in both metro and

regional/long-haul networks, the XDM features an innovative
ROADM-optimized amplifier. This amplifier offers low noise, gain flatness,
and high midstage access loss, accommodating a WSS ROADM and dispersion
compensation with no budget penalty. In addition, it has a robust redundant
East/West architecture with no single point of failure. Functionally, it is
comparable to a two-stage Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) with
discrete amplifiers used in each direction for total redundancy.
True WDM and MSPP Convergence

The XDM is a true WDM/MSPP converged platform with built-in Ethernet
Layer 1, Ethernet Layer 2, SDH, and optical capabilities. As a simple example,
the XDM can add/drop any E1 to/from any STM-16/STM-64 wavelength on
the same shelf. With physical interfaces from 10 Gbps to electrical E1, the
XDM lowers both CAPEX and OPEX.
ECI Telecom pioneered the commercial introduction of convergence as an
innovative approach to optical networking in 2001. Though this concept is now
a trend with most optical network vendors, detailed market research shows that
no other field-proven platform can actually be configured as a pure
WDM/ROADM platform, SDH edge/core MSPP (with nonblocking switching
capacities of 30 Gbps, 60 Gbps, or 120 Gbps), carrier Ethernet, or a converged
ROADM and MSPP synthesis.
The Multi-Protocol ADM on a Card (AoC) enables network operators to build
an SDH-like optical network without any need to install SDH matrixes on the
platforms. AoC supports the flexibility and benefits of SDH in the optical
network, (including protection, drop&continue capabilities critical to multicast
video applications, and add/drop capabilities), in a cost-effective
implementation. With the AoC, all these SDH features can be enjoyed without
any CAPEX expenditures on SDH matrixes. The AoC is multi-protocol,
supporting any common high-order interface such as GbE, Fiber Channel (FC1
and FC2), STM-16, and more. The AoC can also be used as a multi-rate
combiner up to OTU2. The multi-protocol, multi-use, and SDH-like flexibility
allow SPs to increase revenues by easily and quickly responding to any new
service requirement, no matter what the bit rate or service protocol.
Support of Ethernet-based services is already considered an integral part of any
transmission infrastructure. Carriers are counting on Ethernet as a vehicle that
will differentiate their offerings and attract more customers, while minimizing
the cost and risks involved.

The essential aspects of a competitive carrier Ethernet platform include carrier

class reliability, robust and fast traffic protection, and diagnostic tools
customarily found in circuit-based transport networks. Together, they provide
vital Ethernet aggregation and scaling capabilities for growing metro and
regional networks. The XDM feature set targets the evolution towards
data-centric networks, and supports Ethernet leased line (E-line), Ethernet
Virtual Private Line (EVPL), and MPLS-based VPLS/VPWS services from
access to core, featuring a winning E2E service management approach.
As Ethernet customers and portions of the network start to migrate towards
higher capacity, the underlying network infrastructure must expand as well.
Some of the Ethernet services will thus be provided directly over an optical
infrastructure. The XDM provides the ideal interconnectivity for these
services, whether Ethernet-, SDH-, or WDM/OTN-based (see "The Promise
of OTN" on page 1-16).
Figure 1-11: Unrivalled convergence tailored to your requirements

Maximized Capacity and Range

The unique architecture of the XDM enables it to cost-effectively address
metro, regional, and long-haul WDM requirements. The XDM provides
complete E2E management over a multilayered WDM network with complete
service transparency.
Two of the key aspects of a C/DWDM system are its capacity and range. The
XDM is a single high-capacity All-Range WDM solution for short, medium,
and long-haul routes. It is optimized for any capacity (8, 16, 32, 40, or
80 channels of 2.5 Gbps, 10 Gbps, or 40 Gbps each), and for any range (80 km
to 2,000 km/50 miles to 1250 miles). For example:
| Up to 80 km/50 miles (16 x 2.5 Gbps) with OTU1 Forward Error
Correction (FEC) and no amplification
| Up to 300 km/190 miles (80 x 10 Gbps) single span, with OTU2 Enhanced
FEC (EFEC), EDFA, and Raman amplifiers
| Up to 900 km/550 miles (80 x 10 Gbps) with OTU2 EFEC and single-stage
EDFAs
| Up to 2,000 km/1250 miles (80 x 10 Gbps) with OTU2 EFEC, RZ
modulation, and dual-stage variable gain EDFAs
Figure 1-12: All-Range WDM capabilities

The Promise of OTN

The ITU-T defined a set of standards for Optical Transport Networks (OTN),
primarily under recommendation G.709. An OTN is defined through a set of
characteristics that includes wavelength framing, FEC, digital multiplexing of
2.5 Gbps to 10 Gbps and to 40 Gbps, multi-domain performance monitoring
(PM), optical protection, in-band management, alarm correlation, and more.
OTN provides many benefits to carriers, including:
| Universal management layer for wavelengths, regardless of the
underlying services offered (IP, Ethernet, SDH, etc.), simplifying operation
| Extended reach via forward error correction and enhanced FEC (EFEC)
| Timing transparency for timing-sensitive applications, such as SDH
transport
| High capacity in-band management, simplifying and reducing the cost of
managing WDM networks
The XDM offers a rich set of OTN features and advantages, including:
| OTN framing and EFEC used in all XDM transponders for 2.5 Gbps,
10 Gbps, and 40 Gbps, including a class-leading transponder for full-rate
10 GbE LAN to OTN 10 Gbps
| XDM combiners/muxponders that implement OTH multiplexing for timing
transparency and wavelength interworking, with OTN wavelength and
payload performance monitoring
| OTN in-band management (GCC bytes) supported in all XDM transponders
and combiners
Furthermore, while OTN development was originally focused on the core, the
XDM extends this technology layer down to the metro and access, enabling
carriers to seamlessly manage their network wavelength services end to end.
Figure 1-13: OTN as a universal transport layer, access to core

Ease of Installation and Operation

One of the key benefits of XDM next-generation optics is a full set of features
aimed at simplifying planning, installation, operation, and maintenance of
WDM/ROADM networks (previously considered fairly complex). XDM
provides all the convenience of modular automated optics technology,
including:
| Comprehensive planning tool for bandwidth optimization, optical link
design optimization and verification, shelf layout, and more.
| Enhanced Automatic Power Control (EAPC) continuously ensuring
network resiliency, automatically adjusting to changes in optical power
induced by variations in span loss and/or in the number of active
channels-ignoring fiber cuts and maintenance actions and providing
comprehensive status and history information.
| On-line configuration tool that simplifies network installation and
provides logical easy-to-comprehend information on network connectivity.
| ROADM-enabled wavelength management suite included with
®
LightSoft -XDM's NMS-for remote end-to-end lambda provisioning.
| ASON-based automatic network element (NE), link, and topology
discovery that further simplifies hardware installation and network
connectivity.

Carrier Class MPLS/Ethernet

Service
In today's telecommunications industry, SPs face a decline in available
resources due to multimedia-based services and corporate intranet applications
requiring large amounts of bandwidth. Carriers and SPs therefore require a
highly scalable broadband and metro aggregation infrastructure to deliver
increasing amounts of data traffic to their customers seamlessly and
transparently.
SDH and PDH have long been dominant technologies in WAN and PSTN
networks that were primarily designed to carry voice. In light of the increasing
demand for additional reliable capacity, SDH was deployed more and more in
metropolitan and core networks. Recently, these networks have had to cope
with a huge explosion of Ethernet service data traffic.
Network operators are increasingly using Ethernet (10BaseT, FE, and GbE) as
the connection technology of choice for data communications across public
networks. Ethernet services offer a simpler, more cost-effective, and more
suitable solution to meet customer needs for transparent LAN-to-LAN
connectivity.
The capacity needed to meet these new demands has outpaced SDH's ability to
cost-effectively scale up to higher speeds. Metro WDM has become a common
solution for dramatically increasing bandwidth on existing fiber infrastructure.
What is needed, therefore, is an infrastructure that combines the most important
features of SDH (remote OAM&P, guaranteed latency, reliability, and
protection), and the capacity of WDM, with the simplicity, ubiquity, scalability,
and low cost of Ethernet. Networks based on the XDM provide this
infrastructure.

Carrier Ethernet Services

MPLS provides a carrier class transport solution for emerging Ethernet-based
applications, such as:
| Triple play
| Business connectivity (enterprise and medium/small offices)
| 3G (Rel. 5) Ethernet-based mobile aggregation
| DSLAM transport and aggregation
Figure 1-14: Variety of Ethernet services

The XDM is the optimal choice for providing data-centric services, including:
| Ethernet Line (E-Line) for P2P connectivity, used to create Ethernet
private line services, Ethernet-based Internet access services, and P2P
Ethernet VPNs. These include:
Ethernet Private Line (EPL) - P2P Ethernet connection that uses
dedicated bandwidth, providing fully managed highly transparent
transport service for Ethernet. EPL provides an extremely reliable and
secure service, as would be expected from a private line.
Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) - P2P connectivity over shared
bandwidth. Service can be multiplexed at the User to Network Interface
(UNI) level. EVPL is used for hub and spoke architectures in which
multiple remote offices require access to a single headquarters or
multiple customers require access to an ISP's POP.
Virtual Private Wire Service (VPWS) - P2P connectivity over MPLS
pseudo-wire (PW) shares the same tunnel on the same locations, thus
benefiting from MPLS E2E hard QoS and carrier class capabilities.
Figure 1-15: E-Line service
| Ethernet LAN (E-LAN) for MP2MP (any-to-any) connectivity, designed

for multipoint Ethernet VPNs and native Ethernet Transparent LAN
Services (TLS). These include:
Ethernet Private LAN (EPLAN) - multipoint connectivity over
dedicated bandwidth, where each subscriber site is connected to
multiple sites using dedicated resources (so different customers'
Ethernet frames are not multiplexed together).
Ethernet Virtual Private LAN (EVPLAN) - multipoint connectivity
over shared bandwidth, where each subscriber site is connected to
multiple sites using shared resources. This is a very cost-effective
service, as it can leverage shared transmission bandwidth in the
network.

Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) - multipoint connectivity over

MPLS PW shares the same tunnel. The VPLS enables delivery of any to
any connectivity that expands business LAN across the wide area
network. VPLS enables service providers to expand their L2VPN
services offering to enterprise customers. VPLS provides the
operational cost benefits of Ethernet with E2E QoS of MPLS.
Figure 1-16: E-LAN service
| E-Tree (Rooted-Multipoint) for P2MP Multicast Tree connectivity,

designed for BTV/IPTV services. These include:
Ethernet Private Tree (EP-Tree) - in its simplest form, an E-Tree
service type provides a single root for multiple leaf UNIs. Each leaf
UNI only exchanges data with the root UNI. This service is useful and
enables very efficient bandwidth use for Broadcast TV (or IPTV)
applications, such as multicast/broadcast packet video. With this
approach, different copies of the packet need to be sent only to roots
that are not sharing the same branch of the tree.
Ethernet Virtual Private Tree (EVP-Tree) - an EVP-Tree is an
E-Tree service that provides rooted-multipoint connectivity across a
shared infrastructure supporting statistical multiplexing and
over-subscription.
| MPLS Routed-P2MP Multicast Tree (Drop & Continue) - an MPLS
drop & continue multicast tree on a shared P2MP multicast tree tunnel
supports multiple DTV/IPTV services as part of a full triple play solution.

The XDM Ethernet services implementation is ideal for customers that want to
add bandwidth on demand based on the actual increase in their data
requirements. This enables a true pay-as-you-grow infrastructure, allowing
them to acquire capacity only when they need it. The platform's carrier class
Ethernet networking services guarantee:
| Point-to-point, multipoint-to-multipoint, and multicast connectivity
| Assured hard QoS through MPLS traffic engineering (TE) and
SDH/SONET network features
| Transparency of protocols and bitrates to end user data packets
| MPLS and SDH/SONET reliability and security levels
| Sub-50 msec link and node protection through MPLS Fast Re-Route (FRR)
| Extended Ethernet scalability of VLANs through MPLS beyond typical
Ethernet VLAN limits
| Simple point-and-click Ethernet service creation and management
| Comprehensive SLA metrics
| Extreme cost-effectiveness
XDM provides these data-centric services over fiber with broadband flexibility
and capacity. Services are easy to provision and adjust, offering customers
bandwidth scalability optimized for their unique requirements.
Bandwidth is allocated to Ethernet services in VC-12/3/4 increments. The
service rate adapts to end-user needs, allowing carriers to tailor pricing to a
finer granularity of data rates.
The XDM product line features three independent cards for Ethernet in mixed
SDH and Ethernet networks: the Data I/O cards (DIOB and DIOM), the
Ethernet Interface and Switching Module (EISMB), and the MPLS Carrier
Class Switch (MCSM/MCS5/MCS10). These cards are described in detail in
MPLS and Ethernet Data Solution (on page 5-1).

Next-Generation SDH
SDH has evolved from a simple voice-centric technology to a next-generation
solution capable of efficiently delivering Ethernet services together with the
revenue-generating TDM service demanded by today's metro applications. The
XDM offers a migration path to the future, both by expanding current SDH
networks to DWDM terabit capacities, and by offering data-oriented services
such as Ethernet, IP, and storage, over existing legacy networks. Moreover,
XDM networks provide a better utilization of network resources through the
migration to fully protected mesh configurations with variable service grades
and sublambda grooming of DWDM channels. This results in an extremely
cost-effective solution.
The NG-SDH architecture of the XDM enables the following advantages:
| Support of any network topology, including mesh, ring, multi-ring, star,
and linear topologies
| Network control through a single network management system, the
LightSoft Network Manager
| Unique, full low-order/high-order nonblocking cross-connect
technology, enabling complete interconnectivity and switching capabilities
between SDH interfaces and wavelengths
| Smooth migration path from 30G through 60G to 120G capacity within
the existing shelf
| Concatenated payloads for various service rates, encompassing both
contiguous and virtual concatenation
| Delivering Ethernet services over SDH through standard means:
GFP
VCAT
LCAS
Classic metro networks consist of multiple rings with a few stacked rings
sharing the same physical paths. In these traditional networks, each ring uses its
own set of ADMs. Connectivity between rings is limited and expensive,
requiring the use of large digital cross connects (DXCs).
When functioning as an MSPP, the XDM achieves multiple ring closure with
full inter-ring connectivity, eliminating the network bottlenecks typical of
metro networks. The XDM also saves equipment costs by substantially
reducing the number of network elements (NEs) required. It simplifies the
network, eases operation, increases reliability, and reduces operating expenses.

The XDM replaces an array of terminal multiplexers, terminating the SDH line
and delivering lower-rate services to end users. The platform’s integrated ADM
and cross-connect functionality allows the network to be built in topologies
other than rings, such as cost-effective mesh, while providing connectivity and
services from the same NE.
Figure 1-17: XDM in multi-ring closure mode
Introducing ASON in the XDM

Ethernet-based services are increasingly becoming the preferred choice for
transmission network traffic. Traffic patterns and protection requirements are
shifting to shared protection schemes relying on efficient mesh protection
methods to make better use of bandwidth resources.
ECI Telecom’s XDM family supports this evolution with an innovative
networking framework that minimizes operating costs while maximizing
revenues. The XDM’s Automatically Switched Optical Network (ASON)
architecture and Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS)
protocols help carriers reduce CAPEX and OPEX by enabling efficient optical
network planning and operation. The XDM platform facilitates
revenue-generating service features, such as Gigabit and 10 Gbps Ethernet
interfaces, optical virtual private networks (O-VPN), bandwidth on demand
(BoD), and differentiated Class of Service (CoS). For example, as a BoD
application, UNI for SDH and DWDM enables client equipment to request the
creation, tear down, and modification of trails. The XDM networking tools are
based on emerging standards from ITU, IETF, and OIF, as well as advanced
distributed control plane architectures.

Key components of the XDM management and control suite include:

| Automatic topology discovery
| Resource dissemination
| Point-and-click connection provisioning
| Automatic user-initiated setup
| Network-wide E2E performance monitoring, path protection, and traffic
restoration
The XDM also provides a variety of bandwidth-efficient protection and
restoration schemes, while supporting ring, mesh, and P2P network topologies.
Protection modes include linear MSP, fast mesh restoration, MPLS FRR,
SNCP, and MS-SPRing.
Service providers know that OPEX is dramatically improved through simplified
service provisioning and network maintenance. XDM’s automatic discovery
capabilities, including plug & play neighbors and resource introduction as well
as status and topology identification, help carriers reduce OPEX significantly.
The XDM’s distributed dynamic routing capability allows for rapid
cost-effective addition of new nodes and additional bandwidth, without the
extensive offline operations required today.
With XDM, the network is the database.

End to End Layered Management

LightSoft is an NMS that controls several transmission technologies. Within the
LightSoft system, each technology is represented as a layer, such as
wavelength, SDH, and Ethernet/MPLS, in addition to the standard physical
layers including fibers and equipment. LightSoft's views of technology and
physical network layers are immediately informative, simplifying and easing
operator tasks. The layered architecture concept provides comprehensive
control of all equipment in your network, including:
| XDM transport platforms
®
| BroadGate family of multiservice products for access applications
| ECI Telecom's Carrier Ethernet 9000 family of switch/routers
™
| SYNCOM multiplexer family at the STM-1, STM-4, and STM-16 layers
| Multivendor networks
The network management suite includes full configuration, fault management,
PM, administration, maintenance, and security control functionality. These
capabilities are supported for all technologies, providing a single management
system for the multiple technologies in your transport networks. Within one
integrated management system, LightSoft enables you to fully control all
elements and view all aspects of the network at a glance. In addition, multiple
users can simultaneously configure the network without causing access
conflicts.
Network configuration and provisioning tasks for both wavelength and MPLS
are native to LightSoft. The intuitive point-and-click interface help make Light
Path and Optical Channel provisioning, as well as Tunnel configuration and
top-down provisioning, simple and easy.
LightSoft provides a holistic solution for your network management challenges;
simple, smart, scalable, and centralized, it provides an intuitive front-end
graphical user interface, backed up by sophisticated server engines. These traits
make LightSoft quick to learn and easy to operate. Complex provisioning tasks
can be completed easily by novice users, thanks to the clear, top-down,
point-and-click approach. LightSoft offers on-demand service provisioning,
pinpoint bandwidth allocation, and dramatic reductions in the equipment and
operating costs usually incurred by multiple management systems.

XDM's Unique Value Proposition

The XDM enables you to design a comprehensive transport network for an E2E
solution, from access to core, providing seamless integration of all services and
technologies. The XDM offers a unique value proposition that addresses your
needs through the advantages of modular design, converged SDH/xWDM
capabilities, carrier Ethernet, and a layered management system, offering a
comprehensive transport solution.
The modular architecture of the XDM enables networks to be expanded
according to market demand. A simple configuration can easily be upgraded
with higher capacity and more functionality. This is done in-service and at very
low cost. The XDM modular architecture enhances all aspects of system
operation by offering:
| Modular card components that can be configured as needed, with the
same cards plugged into different shelves, tailored to individual system
requirements.
| Unique low-order/high-order nonblocking cross-connect technology,
enabling complete interconnectivity and switching capabilities for
SDH-based and EoS services at all granularities, supporting up to 240 Gbps
in a single shelf.
| True WDM and MSPP convergence with colored SDH OTU1/OTU2
interfaces.
| Carrier class E2E Ethernet services, with ingress policing, CoS
definitions, and full MPLS functionality.
| 'Any-to-Any' connectivity with 10-degree WSS ROADM for any
wavelength to any node, through the powerful combination of multi-degree
ROADM technology, 80-channel tunable lasers, and all-range components.
| Cost effective 2-degree PLC ROADM, with the flexibility for any P2P or
ring topology.
| Multi-Protocol AoC, for flexible service connectivity, with add/drop and
drop&continue for TDM, SAN, and data services. The AoC supports any
common high-order interface such as GbE, Fiber Channel (FC1 and FC2),
and STM-16. The AoC also offers multi-rate combiner capabilities up to
OTU2.
| Multiservice support, including managed wavelength, Ethernet, storage,
PDH, SDH, POS, etc.
| Software-configurable service selection, enabling smooth migration to
OTN networks through software-reconfiguration of the same interfaces as
either SDH (STM-16/STM-64) or OTN (OTU1/OTU2).
| All-range optics, from metro through regional to long-haul and repeaterless
undersea WDM service reach.

| Convenience of Plug & Play optics with automatic discovery operation.

| Universal optical components with the same optical modules used in
WDM, SDH, and Ethernet cards.
| GCC in-band management with no need for expensive optical
supervisory channel.
| 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps tunable transceivers, optional.
| 80-channel/10 Gbps supported in the C band, upgradable to 40 Gbps
wavelength service.
| Integrated GbE encryption capabilities.
Optimal Financial Choice

The XDM converged transport network is a cost-effective, pay-as-you-grow
solution, enabling:
| Increased Return on Investment (ROI) for your existing transport
network infrastructure as you add service over that network
| Incremental CAPEX Investment, because with XDM carriers you can:
Add new service cards to existing transport networks.
Minimize the need for very high cost Layer 3 routers by offloading
Layer 2 VPN services over the transport network.
| Reduced OPEX, through:
A single integrated management system for a converged service
oriented network and true remote provisioning of all layers from
wavelengths to Ethernet.
E2E carrier class Ethernet services from access to core.

Migration Path to the Future

All XDM platforms provide the ideal migration path to next-generation
networks:
| Build-As-You-Grow strategy - XDM elements can be expanded in service
as network traffic and subscriber demands grow.
| Carrier class Ethernet data-processing networks - the XDM combines
the reliability and QoS of SDH with the efficient data transport of IP, ATM,
and carrier class Ethernet. Plug-in cards can be added in accord with actual
growth, providing a smooth migration path from legacy to data-aware
networks. Bandwidth can be provisioned in a matter of minutes.
| Migration path to OTN - the modular architecture of the XDM platforms
facilitates migration to standard-based optical transport networks,
software-configurable networks that enable communication for a wide
range of protocols over long distances.
| Flexible terabit DWDM capacity - the XDM optical layer can be
upgraded with more channels, tighter spacing, and higher rate interfaces,
enabling a throughput of up to 3.2 Tbps or more.
| LightSoft management system - a single comprehensive NMS that
provisions, monitors, and controls multiple network layers and technology
layers.

Comprehensive Solution for All

Your Applications
Whether you are building a new network to supply new services, or gradually
upgrading your legacy network to address new market demands, XDM is the
solution. The platform provides a comprehensive solution featuring full
convergence, cost-effectiveness, and universality. The XDM helps you
customize your network, tailoring it to the needs of today while positioning it to
meet the demands of tomorrow. Be it metro, regional, or long-haul, the XDM
provides a complete, field-proven solution for all service providers, offering the
best combination of capacity, reliability, flexibility, and economy.
Figure 1-18: Comprehensive XDM functionality

2
Market Segments and
Services
In this chapter:
Today's Market Opportunities ......................................................................... 2-1
ILECs ............................................................................................................... 2-3
Cellular Operators ............................................................................................ 2-4
Utelcos ............................................................................................................. 2-5
Multiple System Operators .............................................................................. 2-7
Carrier of Carriers ............................................................................................ 2-9
Government and Defense Solutions .............................................................. 2-10
Efficient Triple Play Service Delivery ........................................................... 2-12
Cellular Service for a Mobile Society............................................................ 2-14
Metro WDM/ROADM Networks .................................................................. 2-20
Regional/Long Haul DWDM/ROADM ......................................................... 2-21
Repeaterless Undersea DWDM Connectivity ............................................... 2-21
Business Services........................................................................................... 2-22
Today's Market Opportunities

The XDM platform is exceptionally versatile, allowing effective deployment in
a variety of applications for diverse customers. The XDM's versatility extends
to its capacity, modularity, right-sized chassis, and economical cost. The XDM
boosts service revenue in all network tiers, making it a single-element solution
for almost all transport needs.
The XDM platform has been designed to meet the needs of the most demanding
customers, providing solutions for virtually any service provider. The XDM is
suitable for ILECs, cellular SPs, Utility Companies (Utelcos), MultiService
Operators (MSOs), Carrier of Carriers (CoCs), government and military
agencies, and SAN SPs.

Market Segments and Services XDM General Description
For customers with their own infrastructure, like MSOs and ILECs, the XDM
acts as a resilient, provisionable, converged-technology transport layer. With its
integrated MSPP, DXC, carrier Ethernet, and xWDM interworking functions,
this transport platform can be used from the metro/access edge to the
metro-core. A variety of carrier class services are supported, including legacy
circuit-based TDM services and emerging carrier Ethernet services.
For service providers that do not have their own infrastructure, like Competitive
Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs), the XDM can be used as a Point of Presence
(PoP) service platform, enabling multiple services that are efficiently
transmitted over leased bandwidth. In addition, the XDM can easily migrate to
a transport platform whenever the service provider is ready to build its own
transport network.
The XDM is a comprehensive package that ensures a custom-fit solution
addressing the needs of today's variety of network service providers.
The XDM solution features:
| A single multiservice architecture that can be "right sized" to meet the
needs of every network scenario
| A complete portfolio of managed business services
| Seamless transition from legacy to next-generation services
| The lowest total cost on the market today
Figure 2-1: XDM: end-to-end service
With its build-as-you-grow approach, the XDM provides the perfect

infrastructure for supporting the market's rapidly emerging trends. It is a unique
fully integrated converged-technology platform that enables the introduction of
new services, while continuing to support legacy services over a converged
network infrastructure with carrier class reliability.

XDM General Description Market Segments and Services
ILECs
Today, Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs) are being forced to
re-evaluate their business plan. Cellular and cable operators are now expanding
their own service offering by moving into the traditional voice telephony
service arena. As a result of the intense competition, ILEC profitability is
decreasing and they are now searching for new ways to increase their revenues
while reducing expenses. An example of this is their moving into providing
IPTV media services to both private and business customers.
The trend in consumer markets is the triple play, where subscribers can get not
only traditional voice but also broadband Internet access and video services
from their phone company. Many ILECs are looking into expanding their
service offering into the newer realm of quadruple play, adding mobility to the
triple play mix. This would position ILECs as the sole SPs of telephone,
television, high-speed Internet, and wireless services. To accomplish this goal,
they will be looking for suppliers of network equipment that respond to their
demands for secure, reliable, flexible, and cost-effective service.
Figure 2-2: Service aggregation
Independent carriers must prepare today to meet the demands of tomorrow’s

market. There are two major approaches to reaching this new level of service:
revolution and evolution.

The revolutionary approach guides ILECs to build completely new

infrastructures to meet their new market targets. The new infrastructure is
usually built on IP-based DSLAMs, high-end Ethernet switches, and routers.
These network elements must be connected through a flexible high-speed
optical infrastructure that provides logical connectivity between elements,
overcoming the constraints of the physical network. The XDM is the best
choice for this approach. It provides the high capacity and flexible connectivity
necessary to overcome the physical constraints of the actual fiber topology. In
addition, the XDM can link the new network infrastructure to any legacy
network equipment.
Advocates of the phased evolutionary approach look for ways to expand their
current service offerings while carefully linking the associated costs with
service revenues. These carriers want to offer new services in their territory
without having to build an expensive new network infrastructure in advance.
The XDM is ideal for this approach, as it enables them to add functionality
when and where needed without major investments. In addition, the XDM
enables ILECs to maintain their current service offerings without interruption
or change.
Cellular Operators
One of the key challenges in building a GSM and GPRS network is to facilitate
not only the services currently being offered in such a network, but also the
gradual introduction of 3G, with the associated multiprotocol support. As the
profitability of 3G data services is sensitive to backhaul costs, the same
network must also be able to scale costs of 3G traffic backhauling in line with
associated revenues. At the network core, the introduction of 3G R4 split
architecture and IP/MPLS places even larger capacity demands on transmission
networks that must cater simultaneously to nonblocking E1, subwavelength,
and full wavelength connectivity.
Driven by the desire to increase revenues, many cellular operators offer – or are
interested in offering – additional non-mobile services through their
infrastructure; either services to the business community, services for other
carriers, or even services to residential users.
Cellular operators therefore need a product line that is flexible and scalable in
size and services to accommodate both the capacity growth and the increased
diversity, in protocols as well as in services.

Utelcos
In recent years, Utelcos have been installing more metering and monitoring
devices to improve their network visibility. This enables them to support
features like real-time control, computer networking, safe drinking water
monitoring, security access, and video for facilities monitoring. To facilitate
these added services, utilities are using fibers along their right-of-ways to meet
additional bandwidth demand, as well as upgrading their surveillance network
to support new Ethernet and IP-based communications.
Utelcos have recognized that their networks can be leveraged to provide
commercial telephony services. Many are therefore offering CoC and enterprise
services, as well as providing high-speed Internet and telephony services to the
residential market.
These new trends present a major challenge to utility network planners. The
optical transmission layer, a key part of the network, must be carefully designed
to support current services and be future-ready for new ones. Network planners
must select transmission equipment that will support evolving utility needs over
the next several years in a very dynamic environment. Failure to plan properly
puts utilities in the dangerous position of having to constantly redesign their
network and replace transmission equipment to respond effectively to their
customer service requirements.
To support the dynamic nature of the commercial telecom environment, the
optimal network design must:
| Be flexible enough to support current legacy services as well as new
advanced services.
| Be able to scale its capabilities and costs to match current needs as
efficiently as possible.
| Provide smooth migration as bandwidth demands increase or when
shifting from one business model to another.
| Meet the carrier class and reliability requirements expected by the
industry.

ECI Telecom XDM delivers an optimized transport solution for utility

networks. It integrates ADM, data (Ethernet Layer 1/Layer 2, MPLS), and
multi-degree ROADM capabilities into a single carrier class platform. Its
build-as-you-grow concept eliminates the need for multiple elements at the
same site, enabling utilities to move in any business direction.
Figure 2-3: ECI full solution for the Utelco network

Multiple System Operators

Multiple System Operators (MSOs) are currently coping with a market
environment where prices and revenues are dropping significantly. They are
therefore seeking new service markets to increase profitability. For example,
once simply considered a conveyer of video programming, cable broadband
infrastructure provides an ideal pipeline for the delivery of new advanced
services like video on demand (VOD), interactive television, high-speed
Internet access, IP telephony, and business connectivity.
All these services require high-capacity networks. To support the bandwidth
demand, MSO networks use a WDM layer with most of the wavelengths
dedicated to VOD and broadcast TV and the rest used for voice and high-speed
Internet.
The XDM offers a choice of either a standalone multi-degree ROADM system,
or a converged technology system that incorporates optics with integrated
carrier Ethernet and MSPP functionality. The All-Range ROADM capabilities
of the platform ensure a most cost-effective solution for all network distances,
from metro through regional to long haul, eliminating the need for multiple
WDM product lines. In addition, the XDM's multi-degree and Plug & Play
capabilities simplify management of dynamic optical environments such as
MSO networks. The XDM also provides an efficient video distribution solution
through any of the following technologies:
| Multi-degree ROADM with flexible wavelength Add & Drop functionality
| ADM on Card (AoC), with GbE Drop & Continue functionality
Ethernet over MPLS (MCS), with statistical multiplexing and efficient, reliable
multicast distribution

Used as a converged MSPP and WDM system, the XDM supports business
customer services, including TDM, Ethernet leased lines, and advanced
services such as Ethernet VPNs, VPLS, lambda/sub-lambda, and storage
services to the enterprise market.
Figure 2-4: ECI full solution for the MSO network
MSOs are in a position to offer mobile backhaul services at competitive rates,

thereby increasing revenue from their core assets. A smooth and cost-effective
migration from cellular 2G to 2.5G to 3G is provided by ECI Telecom's XDM
transmission platforms, together with a series of BroadGate miniature
multiplexers that support TDM grooming for 2G/2.5G/3G networks, ATM
aggregation for 3G Rel.4 networks, and IP aggregation for 3G Rel.5 networks,
all over a single infrastructure.

Carrier of Carriers
In the current telecommunications marketplace where infrastructure is costly,
many customers lease bandwidth from CoCs rather than build their own
networks. They demand much more than simple, fixed, P2P connections. They
require multiple services, bitrates, and protocols in their PoPs, as well as
convergence of all services over a single leased transmission facility. In
addition, major customers seeking higher quality services are shifting from
monitored leased lines, which cannot be managed directly, to fully managed IP
networks and VPNs.
CoCs lease services over their transmission infrastructure to a variety of service
providers, such as Internet Service Providers (ISPs), Interexchange Carriers
(IXCs), and wireless. Since each type of operator needs different services, the
CoC must support a variety of leasing options. Typical alternatives include
leasing dark fiber, a wide range of interfaces (such as E1, STM-1, STM-4, FE,
and GbE) or wavelengths. Cellular operators typically lease PDH/SDH links for
backhauling traffic from cellular antennas to the MSC. This may include TDM
aggregation plus SDH and Ethernet links for connectivity between MSC sites.
ISPs mainly lease Ethernet and SDH links to connect between ISP routers.
IXCs lease dark fiber, SDH, Ethernet, and wavelengths to connect between
their central offices.
Figure 2-5: CoC services via XDM

Government and Defense

Solutions
Today's complex battlefield demands a complete network solution with
zero-hour deployment and absolute certainty that all components will work
together as the legendary "lean mean fighting machine". The ultramodern
Network Centric Warfare (NCW) arena must ensure:
| Flexibility
| Reliability and durability
| Full connectivity and wide deployment, supporting both local and remote
combined forces
| Upgradeability
| Rigorous information security (INFOSEC)
Aside from being technology pioneers, ECI Telecom has several noteworthy
advantages with significant INFOSEC and broad-spectrum efficiency
applications in the military communications field. These include:
| On-the-shelf single-slot encryption card, replacing expensive standalone
units
| Out-of-Band Data Communications Channel (OOB DCC) for maximum
management security
| Battle-proven solutions using mobile shelters with exceptional strength and
total environmental control
| Single-source integrated solution with no need to orchestrate between
manufacturers of various network components; ECI Telecom serves as a
single point of contact for all network needs
The XDM is a mature and field-proven product, with a robust practical design
that reflects a significant installed base of operating military networks. The
XDM rapid deployment capabilities mean that your network is up and running
ahead of time, with proven Commercial Off-the-Shelf (COTS) technology
adapted to meet rigorous Command, Control, Communication, Computer, and
Intelligence (C4I) needs without sacrificing performance, integration,
reliability, and sturdiness. And exclusive use of INFOSEC-conscious
components and management means that your sensitive applications and data
are always in the right hands.

ECI Telecom has the knowledge and experience to team up and supply a
multilayer, NCW-proven communications system that suits long term strategic
needs.
Figure 2-6: Comprehensive military solution

Efficient Triple Play Service

Delivery
Consumers are looking for an easy, convenient, top-quality combination of
telephone, television, high-speed Internet, and wireless services (VoIP, IPTV,
HSI, VOD, and 3G RAN). Service providers who wish to meet this demand
need suppliers of top quality network equipment that responds to their demands
for secure, reliable, flexible, and cost-effective service.
The XDM platforms address these requirements. For example, the XDM is the
ideal choice for triple play IPTV. Multicast technology defines an optimal
P2MP multicast tree for downstream (unidirectional) IPTV traffic, enabling
extremely efficient use of bandwidth capacity. Dedicated P2MP tunnels are
generated for IPTV multicast group content, such as TV channels. These P2MP
tunnels are designed in a multicast tree structure that defines the shortest
possible path to each Provider Edge (PE). The efficiency of the multicast
approach means that only one packet copy is required per link or branch. Using
IGMP snooping, the access link carries only the sum of the
subscriber-requested channels, minimizing any unnecessary bandwidth burden
on the DSLAM or PON devices at the customer edge.
At the same time, the same infrastructure is used for bidirectional VPLS VPN
traffic, carrying the IPTV subscriber control traffic (IGMP packets) back
upstream to the edge routers, as well as transporting additional bidirectional
VOD, VoIP, and HSI services. This means that a single infrastructure can be
used to supply all triple play service requests, optimizing network efficiency
and capacity with minimal overhead in cost or complexity.
Figure 2-7: Triple play IPTV using MPLS multicast

Figure 2-8: IPTV service delivery network architecture
As illustrated in the preceding figures, when a user selects a channel using a

remote control, the set-top-box (STB) or home gateway (home GW) sends an
IGMP report (join request) packet upstream with information about the channel
selected. This IGMP join packet is snooped by the leaf PE MCSM device,
which, in addition to allowing the packet to proceed upstream, also updates the
forwarding table with the requested channel.
On the downstream path, one copy (packet) of each TV channel is delivered
from the MSER to the root PE MCS device. The channel content is then sent
across the P2MP tunnel multicast tree downstream to the terminating point of
the leaf PE. The leaf PE forwards to the DSLAM only those channels that have
been requested by the users and which are served by the DSLAM. The leaf PE
forwarding knowledge is based on IGMP snooping performed on the upstream.
Channels that have not been requested are blocked at the leaf PE and not
forwarded to the IPDSLAM. When a user changes a channel, an IGMP leave
request and an IGMP join request are sent upstream. The IGMP leave request
includes the information regarding the channel to be deselected. The IGMP
leave request is snooped by the leaf MCSM PE device, which, in addition to
letting the packet proceed upstream, in turn updates the forwarding table and
removes the channel from it.
The P2MP tunnel multicast tree improves network efficiency by reducing the
bandwidth and the fiber needs of the metro network. IGMP snooping reduces
the IPDSLAM bandwidth bottleneck and also allows other triple play services,
such as VoD, VoIP, and HSI, to obtain their required capacity.
As illustrated in the preceding figure, connecting a backup multicast router
(second MSER) to a second root PE can be used to protect against root
PE/router failure.

Star VPLS is also connected to the backup root PE/router (second MSER). This
forms a double star VPLS that connects from the multiple leaf PE to the double
root PE devices. In this way, all P2P triple play services are protected with
sub-50 msec protection as well as IGMP control packets.
Service providers deploying ECI Telecom's IPTV multicast solution can fully
exploit metro network bandwidth and benefit from the savings and cost
effectiveness of the IPTV solution. Service providers also benefit from the
MPLS assured E2E QoS IPTV delivery and E2E carrier class capability.
Cellular Service for a Mobile

Society
The transport layer of mobile networks is divided into two segments, the core
and the RAN. At the core, the transport layer provides connectivity between
core sites and mobile components (MSCs, SGSNs, and GGSNs). At the RAN,
it provides backhauling and aggregation services for traffic generated at Base
Transceiver System (BTSs)/Node Bs routed towards the switching sites.
Today's mobile operators use a mixture of technologies and protocols. Most
operators employ two to three different wireless technologies concurrently,
introducing advanced data services based on GPRS and/or 3G (UMTS), while
aspiring for a smooth and easy migration towards all IP UTRAN (based on
Release 5).
The XDM offers a distinct advantage to mobile operators facing these changing
trends. It supports multiple technologies (TDM, ATM, and Ethernet/MPLS),
allowing optimized aggregation for any technology phase and a smooth
migration of the network layers towards future standards.
The XDM also enables huge capacity savings at the RAN with its optimized
interfaces and optimum channel utilization before interfacing with the core's
mobile components. Mobile operators who build their own network
infrastructure based on the XDM enjoy a cutting-edge advantage over ILEC
services. The integrated Ethernet capabilities of the XDM enable mobile
operators to offer enterprise users support for data services over existing
network infrastructures at minimal cost. These same XDM advantages are also
significant for CoCs offering a variety of leased-line and Customer Managed
Network (CMN) services, as described in Carrier of Carriers (on page 2-9).

With the XDM, SPs can now optimize their infrastructure and expand their
service offering with greatest efficiency and ease. The following figure
illustrates an XDM deployment and complete coverage of a mixed network
providing concurrent 2G, 2.5G, and 3G services.
Figure 2-9: Cellular services provisioning approach
Current 2G and 2.5G cellular services use TDM-based transmission

infrastructures with VC-12 granularity, making the XDM ideal for these
applications. Deployed as a nonblocking low-order cross connect (XC), the
XDM provides a comprehensive efficient platform for multi-ring closure or
mesh topologies, providing a complete transmission solution from the RAN to
the core.
3G networks are the wave of the future, with mobile operators migrating to 3G
as a means of increasing revenues by supplying additional value-added cellular
services that address the latest market demands. In contrast to the TDM-based
requirements of 2G and 2.5G networks, 3G networks use ATM between Node
Bs and Remote Network Controllers (RNCs).
The XDM approach effectively optimizes current cellular infrastructure
investments in the core and in the RAN, enabling operators to leverage their
investment in current 2G TDM-based SDH infrastructures with the ATM
requirements needed for 3G and emerging IP/MPLS infrastructures.

Today's mobile core network comprises multiple layers:

| SDH/WDM transport layer, which provides interconnectivity between
MSC/RNC sites
| ATM layer, which supports delivery of 3G data services (Releases 99, 4,
and 5)
| IP/MPLS layer, which supports a range of services, including:
IP-based core connectivity (Releases 4 and 5)
VoIP connectivity
Value-added services, such as Layer 2/Layer 3 VPN for corporate
customers
Figure 2-10: 3G mobile aggregation

Core Functionality
Legacy TDM-based services are routed natively over the existing SDH/WDM
layer. Once migration towards a completely IP-based core begins as part of the
evolution towards 3G Release 4, and/or with the introduction of VoIP (class 4
replacement followed by class 5 in the future), a combined architecture based
on the XDM and ECI Telecom MultiService Edge Router (MSER) can be
supported. New core-generated data streams (from MGW, soft switch, RNC,
SGSN, or GGSN) are carried over an MPLS layer over SDH.
The key advantage of the XDM approach is its efficiency and
cost-effectiveness: initially, the newer services require less capacity, leaving
greater system capacity for legacy TDM services. The XDM is designed to
accommodate a gradual increase in IP/MPLS traffic, and supports a granularity
of N x VC-n over the existing infrastructure. In the future, once data service
increases, a simple insertion of optical DWDM modules will enable MPLS
layer traffic transport directly over dedicated lambdas provided by the existing
XDM.
RAN Functionality
XDM platforms located at hub sites fully support service aggregation. For 2G
and 2.5G networks, the XDM performs aggregation on the TDM layer. With
the introduction of 3G ATM-based networks, the ATS card is installed
wherever it is needed to perform statistical multiplexing, as well as termination
and rebuilding of IMA groups where IMA is used by Node Bs. This efficiency
ensures further capacity savings at the RAN. Once the migration towards
completely IP UTRAN-based systems gains momentum, additional dedicated
IP cards can be inserted in the existing XDM platform, allowing operators to
smoothly introduce IP-based Node Bs in parallel with existing ATM Node Bs.
The XDM's smooth upgrade capability allows operators to leverage their
current infrastructure investment over the coming years and eliminates the need
to purchase additional standalone products, such as ATM switches and IP
routers. The XDM thus provides tremendous CAPEX and OPEX savings,
enabling maximum functionality through more efficient products, minimal
management overhead, and streamlined OAM&P.

Efficient ATM Aggregation for 3G Networks

Most cellular networks are based on GSM and GPRS technologies (2G and
2.5G), which require TDM-based transmission infrastructures. However, 3G
rd
technology is ATM-based, with the 3 Generation Partnership Program (3GPP)
designating lub as the ATM interface of choice between Node Bs and RNCs.
The optimal solution is to enhance an underlying 2G TDM-based SDH
infrastructure with ATM multiplexing capabilities. The XDM is perfect for this
task, with a modular architecture that enables carriers to add 3G functionality in
stages, in tandem with actual growth. The XDM's converged technology
enables support of the existing 2G and 2.5G infrastructure while gradually
introducing 3G capabilities over the same infrastructure. The XDM platforms
are also the ideal choice when looking ahead into the future, when the next
generation of networks will be based on IP technology. The same XDM
platforms that support today's 2G, 2.5G, and 3G ATM networks enable future
migration to All IP cellular networks as well.
The XDM is the ideal platform for emerging 3G telecommunications, helping
operators preserve initial equipment investment for 2/2.5G, while adding 3G
capabilities and services with the addition of the ATM Traffic Switch (ATS)
through a simple non-traffic-affecting plug-in operation. The XDM ATS card
has been designed specifically to address the requirements of 3G cellular
networks, enabling cellular operators to smoothly integrate 3G into their
existing 2/2.5G networks while substantially reducing expenses. This
integrative approach provides cellular operators with the following outstanding
benefits:
| CAPEX Savings:
Flexible adaptation to any network architecture scenario
Logical reconfiguration capability - no re-engineering of existing
infrastructure
Reduced RNC equipment costs by using STM-1 interfaces instead of
multiple E1 ports or channelized STM-1s
Small footprint - ATS functionality integrated within the MSPP as
opposed to the addition of a standalone ATM switch
| OPEX Savings:
Significant reduction in leased lines cost
Increased flexibility and efficiency in provisioning TDM and ATM
services over the same links
Easy adaptation to changes in the network, number of users, and
capacity
Fewer cables, modules, and equipment shelves required, reducing
OA&M

| Minimal Expansion Costs:

Traffic grooming from Node Bs
Statistical multiplexing of ATM traffic
Mapping of E1s into STM-1/VC-4 ATM streams
Aggregation of partially loaded ATM VC-4s towards the RNC
Termination and concentration of E1 ATM and Inverse Multiplexing
over ATM (IMA) lines into a reduced number of IMA-based E1s
Efficient operation with enhanced network management and service
provisioning
Smooth migration from 2G to 3G - ATM functionality can be added as
the need arises
Figure 2-11: ATM for 3G networks

Metro WDM/ROADM Networks

For a triple play and business continuity transport network, a cost- and
size-optimized chassis can be selected to accommodate node traffic
requirements. Usually, the compact XDM-40 is installed as Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE) or a remote aggregation unit. An XDM-500 is installed at a
metro POP, and the XDM-1000 can be placed at the core nodes. Since all
elements share the same traffic, photonics, and common cards, operational
simplicity and cost optimization of spare parts is achieved. The XDM universal
base is used in all nodes, configured to support the specific service mix over
line rates of 10 Gbps or 2.5 Gbps. Multi-degree ROADM cards are used to
construct the desired ring, multi-ring, or mesh topology, and a variety of optical
line modules and amplifiers bridge the required distances.
Figure 2-12: XDM product line in a typical triple play transport network

Regional/Long Haul
DWDM/ROADM
The XDM All-Range architecture provides the ability to cover various link
distances of up to 2,000 km (1200 miles), with a wide range of channel bitrates
and capacities offering a choice of topologies, such as ring and mesh. The
following figure illustrates an example of a recent regional DWDM network
that ECI Telecom built for a national carrier.
Repeaterless Undersea DWDM

Connectivity
By incorporating advanced modulation techniques, powerful FEC schemes,
high power amplifiers, and more, the XDM proves highly cost effective in
repeaterless undersea applications of up to 400 km (250 miles). A recent
example is ECI Telecom's repeaterless undersea DWDM long-haul solution in
the Caribbean.
Figure 2-13: Repeaterless undersea DWDM

Business Services
Enterprise Ethernet Services
Enterprises are looking for ways to boost their productivity, growth, and
profitability. Business customers view internal and external communication as
one of the key enablers of success. Companies with multiple sites require
greater bandwidth and more flexibility. This must be accomplished even as they
attempt to lower communication expenses and ensure network robustness and
reliability. They seek a wider range of services, from dedicated P2P to MP2MP
connectivity, over dedicated or shared infrastructures.
The service providers' challenge is to respond to this trend, efficiently creating
an appealing service position while minimizing risks. Enterprises have been
particularly attracted to WAN Ethernet services, offering simplicity, familiarity,
flexibility, and more capacity at reduced costs.
The Ethernet services in greatest demand include:
| E-Line - for P2P connectivity, used to create Ethernet-based Internet access
services and P2P Ethernet VPNs. P2P connectivity can be provisioned over
dedicated infrastructure as EPLs and over shared infrastructure as EVPLs.
| E-LAN - for MP2MP (any-to-any) connectivity designed for multipoint
Ethernet VPNs and native Ethernet TLS. Any-to-any connectivity can be
provisioned over dedicated infrastructure as EPLANs and over shared
infrastructure as EVPLANs.
| E-Tree - for P2MP Multicast Tree connectivity, designed for BTV/IPTV
services. This includes EP-Tree, EVP-Tree, and drop&continue multicast
tree services
The XDM is the ideal solution for carriers that want to offer enterprises a richer
set of service options and scalable bandwidth. Using existing infrastructure
maximizes revenue and profit potential.
Ethernet service with the XDM is an E2E solution that enables enterprises to
transform their individual WAN connections into a natural extension of their
internal LAN. The XDM facilitates EPL services with granularities of
VC-12/3/4 for Ethernet and GbE interfaces. Bandwidth allocation is
software-configurable through underlying technologies of LCAS, GFP, and
VCAT.
Private line services can also be provisioned over an OTN/WDM infrastructure.
Full interoperability exists between services provisioned directly over the
optical infrastructure and services provisioned over SDH. EVPL bandwidth can
be configured in 64-Kbit increments. With tiered QoS in terms of resiliency as
well as differentiated service priority, the carrier can customize the services and
SLA offered.

XDM offers private networks over dedicated or shared infrastructure.

Dedicated infrastructures are completely isolated from other traffic, as with
legacy TDM private lines. Multiple private LANs can be built over the same
physical network, each with its own logical topology, priority handling scheme,
routing tables, and encapsulation methods.
Private networks can also be offered over a shared infrastructure. With the
XDM, carriers have a choice of offering Ethernet VPN by using Q-in-Q and/or
the more sophisticated MPLS-based VPLS service schemes. Tiered quality of
service can be provisioned to fulfill individual SLA requirements. The amount
of transport bandwidth carved out for the private or shared network can be
varied per link, with granularities of VC-12/3/4.
The following figure shows an Ethernet VPN with regional and branch offices
connected over a varied infrastructure to both the main corporate center and its
backup site. One branch office is connected using native Ethernet in the last
mile. Another branch office is connected via SDH, carrying both TDM and
Ethernet services. The third regional office is connected via an OTN
infrastructure. This entire scenario is implemented through the XDM platform.
Figure 2-14: Enterprise Ethernet data service via XDM

IP VPN Services
Aside from promoting Ethernet services, many carriers are also marketing IP
VPNs as a service to their clients. The business community is embracing this
approach, with many enterprises looking into IP VPN services as the preferred
means of connectivity between distant branches.
Traditionally, connectivity between customers and the edge of the IP VPN
network cloud is provided through PDH or SDH private lines. This type of
connectivity is relatively expensive and inflexible to changes for both the
customer and the carrier.
Ethernet can serve as the ideal vehicle for connectivity to the IP VPN cloud via
a private line service, provided over dedicated or shared infrastructure. In such
cases, connection capacity can be provisioned to match the bandwidth required
by the client’s IP VPN data services. Bandwidth allocation is
software-configurable and is provided at the click of a mouse. This eliminates
site visits by field technicians because meeting the varying bandwidth
requirements does not involve equipment replacement or changing physical
interfaces.
The following figure illustrates how various branch offices can be connected to
the IP VPN network using several methods on the same platform. This network
scenario is similar to the one described in Enterprise Ethernet Services (on page
2-22), with a different application.
Figure 2-15: MPLS/IP VPN

Leased-Line Services
The XDM features a comprehensive set of interfaces and connectivity options
to support all leasing scenarios. It enables CoCs to offer a variety of direct
services as well as an innovative repackaging of conventional services. The
XDM's fully nonblocking 4c/4/3/1 matrixes, as well as its unique handling of
data services, enable CoCs to enhance the packages offered to their customers
by providing a variety of interfaces from a single location. The XDM treats data
with encapsulation into N x VC-3, plus virtual concatenation conversion, as
well as integrated WDM capabilities. CoCs can logically separate the interfaces
offered at each location from the pipes connecting each site. This capability
eliminates the need to purchase multiple NEs, thus reducing initial investment,
OPEX, and CAPEX.
The XDM enables CoCs to sell E1, SDH, wavelength, and data services right
out of the box. This is accomplished by simply plugging the required line cards
into the platforms.
Figure 2-16: Leased-line services via XDM

Customer Network Management

Service providers leasing bandwidth from CoCs expect to be provided with full
network visibility, to be able to reconfigure the connectivity of their part of the
network in real time. Service providers need to know when there is a problem
in the network and be able to react quickly, without having to rely on the CoC
engineers. In short, they expect to be provided with a customer network
management (CNM) system.
A CNM is an NMS that allows service providers leasing bandwidth to view and
control their part of the network. Managed by the innovative LightSoft NMS
(on page 11-3), the XDM enables CoCs to offer CNM services with
transmission resources that can be managed by each customer as proprietary
services. This includes virtual topology views and service provisioning. CNM
clients have complete visibility of their networks and are able to monitor,
control, and maintain them. Moreover, they can change connectivity as needed,
responding in real time to dynamically changing needs and customer
requirements.

3
System Architecture
In this chapter:
Overview.......................................................................................................... 3-1
Control and Communications Subsystem ........................................................ 3-2
Traffic and Cross-Connect Functionality......................................................... 3-8
I/O Traffic Interface Configuration Options .................................................. 3-10
Power Feed Subsystem .................................................................................. 3-15
Engineering Orderwire .................................................................................. 3-16
Overview
This section describes the XDM system architecture, focusing on the following
components:
| Control and communications subsystems, including:
Control
Communications
Timing and synchronization
| Traffic and cross-connect subsystem
| I/O traffic subsystem
| Power feed subsystem
| Engineering orderwire

System Architecture XDM General Description
Figure 3-1: XDM card architecture
Control and Communications

Subsystem
In all XDM platforms, the controller subsystem is responsible for the following
functionality:
| Internal multiplexer control and traffic processing, accomplished through
the main processor that has the main activation software and a nonvolatile
backup memory (NVM)
| Internal shelf and card control
| Internal communications and processing
| Timing and synchronization
| SDH traffic cross connection through a switch that handles aggregate and
tributary interface traffic
| Double redundancy backup protection
| Communication with external equipment and management.

XDM General Description System Architecture
| Comprehensive Data Communication Channel (DCC) functionality with

dynamic Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing
| Alarms and maintenance
| Built-In Test (BIT), described in Built-In Test (BIT) (on page 12-2)
| NE software and configuration backup
Control
The main controller subsystem supports central control, alarms, maintenance,
and communication functions. It also communicates with the control processors
of the various cards using a master-slave control hierarchy.
Each controller unit contains an NVM that stores a complete backup of both the
system software and its NE configuration. Through the NVM, the XDM
benefits from superior management and control availability, ensuring that a
faulty controller unit does not affect traffic, even when only a single component
is installed.
Double redundancy in every shelf can be obtained using a redundant NVM unit
in the second, redundant controller subsystem, which is updated automatically
on an hourly basis. In addition, to maintain synchronization, the operator can
initiate a manual NVM update whenever a change occurs in the configuration.
The choice of redundant or nonredundant configuration depends on your
requirements and preferences.
In the XDM-100 product line, the controller is part of the MXC, a single card
that integrates matrix, control, and timing functionalities. In the XDM-100
product line redundant configuration, two controller units operate in parallel.
Each matrix supports full nonblocking connectivity at all VC levels. The
matrixes are connected to all I/O modules, providing 2.5 Gbps capacity to each
of them. Full one-to-one redundancy enables continuous sanity checking,
instantaneous switching as needed to maintain complete uninterrupted service,
and full redundancy protection of the TMU and power supply. The XDM-100
platform provides several types of XCs in compliance with applicable ITU-T
and Telcordia standards. These include broadband, wideband, and integrated
broadband/wideband XCs.
You can also operate the XDM-100 in a nonredundant configuration, in which
the platform is fitted with a single nonredundant controller unit together with a
bridge card. In this configuration, the protection trails are routed via the bridge
card to additional parts of the single matrix. The bridge card bridges traffic
from I/O modules to the dedicated traffic buses located in the controller unit
with a total capacity of 10 Gbps.

In the XDM-1000 product line, the controller is implemented in the xMCP

card. The platforms can be operated in a redundant configuration, in which the
main controller card is protected with a second identical controller card. The
redundant controller card contains a database identical to the active controller
card, and operates as a full-capability standby control and communication card.
The XDM control subsystem is separate from the traffic subsystem. When
working with a redundant system configuration, traffic is not impaired if the
controller unit fails or is extracted. In this case, communication capability with
the management station is switched over to the second controller unit, as shown
in the following figure. In fact, as each unit has a separate local controller, once
started, the XDM can operate without either controller unit. In this case,
however, it loses its communication capability with the management station.
Figure 3-2: Control system block diagram
The controller subsystem enables easy software upgrades using a remote

software procedure operated from the EMS-XDM. It can store several different
software versions at the same time, and enables a quick switchover between the
different versions when required.

Communications
The main control processor subsystem is responsible for communication with
external NEs and management stations.
The xMCP and MXC cards enable comprehensive DCC functionality with
dynamic OSPF routing. The xMCP/MXC cards are responsible for
communication with external NEs and management stations. Communication
with other SDH NEs is via the DCC channel embedded in each SDH link;
communication with C/DWDM elements is via the Optical Supervisory
Channel (OSC) or inband GCC.
The XDM performs IP forwarding between all network interfaces, including
DCC and Ethernet gateway management interfaces. The DCC enables operators
to integrate several platforms with their own workstations, and to pass this
management traffic through the XDM.
The XDM implements dynamic OSPF routing over the network interfaces to
automatically determine the routing table. OSPF support includes PPP
encapsulation of IP packets with HDLC framing over RS-DCC, MS-DCC, and
"Clear Channel" communication channels as defined in ITU G.7712. Support is
also provided for legacy LAN Emulation encapsulation, with full software
configurability between all communication modes.
An Ethernet interface is used to communicate with the EMS-XDM. The
controller subsystem can also communicate with a desktop or laptop PC-based
craft terminal (LCT-XDM (on page 11-22)) via a serial interface or Ethernet.
Note that this section provides only brief highlights to introduce the XDM's
sophisticated communication subsystem. For more detailed information and
component descriptions, see Network Communication Control (on page 9-1).

Timing and Synchronization

The XDM features a central synchronization subsystem that provides extremely
redundant high-quality system timing to all traffic cards and functions.
The main component in the XDM synchronization subsystem is the TMU
residing in the high-/low-order cross-connect (HLXC) or matrix I/O (XIO)
cards of the XDM-1000 product line, or the MXC of the XDM-100 product
line. Timing is distributed redundantly from the TMUs to all traffic and matrix
cards, minimizing unit types and reducing operation and maintenance costs.
NOTE: In V6.1 of the XDM, ECI Telecom has released a

new revision of the TMU named TMU_L. The TMU_L
supports all functionality of the original TMU, and in addition
is optimized to work with the stricter timing requirements of
the XIO384F and HLXC768. The TMU_L is installed
automatically where appropriate, with no action required on
the part of the user. From the user's perspective, there is no
difference in description or functionality between the TMU
and the TMU_L. In this manual the term "TMU" refers to
both the TMU and the TMU_L modules. The term "TMU_L"
refers only to the TMU_L module.
Figure 3-3: Timing distribution block diagram

The TMU and internal and external timing paths are fully redundant. The
distributed BIT mechanism ensures top performance and availability.
To provide a reliable timing source, the XDM supports multiple
synchronization reference options. Up to four of the following timing
references can be monitored simultaneously by each XDM shelf:
| 2 x 2 MHz (T3) external timing input sources
| 2 x 2 Mbps (T3) external timing input sources
| STM-n line timing from any SDH interface card
| E1 2M PDH line timing from any PDH interface card (XDM-1000 product
line)
| Local interval clock
| Holdover mode
Each input timing source has its own 8 kHz frame timing delivered to the
timing generator. The TMU selects one of the timing sources as a system
reference.
The timing signal is received from each of the I/O cards, and is routed to the
TMU through the timing reference bus. Any SIO/PIO interface card can be
selected as a reference source, transferring an 8 kHz timing signal to the TMU.
The external clock signal is routed directly to the clock unit, where the 8 kHz
signal is extracted.
The TMU provides direct control over the source selection (which it receives
from the system software), and the frequency control loop. The definition of the
synchronization source depends on the source quality and on the
synchronization mode, according to the network timing topology.
The operator can remotely manage network synchronization using the
EMS-XDM, and can select and determine the priority for each XDM timing
source reference. As described, these sources can include any external reference
clock, PDH line signal, SDH line signal or internal clock. In addition, the
EMS-XDM can be used to define overall network synchronization, network
synchronization maps, and alternative synchronization maps for different
contingency events.
Synchronization references are classified at any given time according to a
predefined priority and prevailing signal quality. The XDM synchronization
subsystem synchronizes to the best available timing source using the
Synchronization Status Marker (SSM) protocol. The TMU, a Temperature
Compensated Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator (TVCXO), is
frequency-locked to this source, providing internal system and SDH
line-transmission timing. The system is synchronized to this central timing
source.
In addition, the system provides synchronization outputs to synchronize
external equipment within the site. There are two external T4 interfaces that can
provide 2.048 MHz/2.048 Mbps external timing as required. These outputs can
be used to synchronize any peripheral equipment or switch.

XDM supplies a 4.6 ppm stable holdover mode when all alternative
synchronization sources are temporarily unavailable.
The XDM default clock accuracy complies with applicable ITU-T and
Telcordia standards at the network level. Optional G.812 or G.811
synchronization quality can be provided using additional external units.
Traffic and Cross-Connect

Functionality
The heart of the XDM is a powerful, high-capacity, nonblocking 4c/4/3/1
high-order/low-order cross-connect matrix (MXC, XIO, or HLXC). It is the
architecture of the XDM that enables its outstanding configuration flexibility.
The XDM enables efficient and cost-effective connections for VC-12
granularity for all types of equipment, from E1 to 10 Gbps. The platform's
scalability and nonblocking 4c/4/3/1 connectivity and expandability make it the
platform of choice for modern networks. When working with the XDM
platform, if you can connect it, you can cross connect it!
Figure 3-4: XDM cross-connect scheme
All interface modules (PDH, SDH, or Ethernet service cards) connect to the
central matrixes in a star configuration. The main functions of the matrix
include:
| High-order and low-order SDH 4c/4/3/1 matrix XCs at the VC-12, VC-3,
VC-4, and VC-nc order, up to 1536 VC-4 equivalents and connecting
STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64 optical interfaces.
Note that different platform and matrix combinations have different
capacity upper bounds, ranging from 20 Gbps all the way up to 240 Gbps in
a single platform. The wide range of configuration options enables both
pay-as-you-grow and build-as-you-grow flexibility.
| Overhead XC of SDH overhead bytes (such as E1, E2, F1, F2, and unused).
This capability is available in all STM-n ports.

The XDM is equipped with two redundant matrix cards where applicable,
depending on system capacity requirements and network configuration. Each
I/O module is directly connected to the matrix cores (both main and protection,
where applicable) and linked to every cross-connect direction and level. The
link is fully redundant at both the intrashelf and intershelf levels (if expansion
shelves are used). The I/O interface cards switch to the second core within
50 msec.
The following figure illustrates the simplified XDM internal traffic flow. It
provides an overview of both the physical and functional partitioning of the
system. Each of the blocks represents an I/O slot that can accommodate any
type of card with any bitrate and service.
Figure 3-5: System architecture

I/O Traffic Interface

Configuration Options
The capability to support and aggregate a wide range of services over a variety
of technologies and media enables operators to deploy the XDM in different
infrastructures. This ensures smooth integration with existing and future
networks and enables the XDM to support:
| High-order transmission paths for high-order and low-order subnetworks
and for IP networks (for example, LAN to LAN connectivity: GbE ↔ GbE)
| Leased lines at various bitrates, from 2 Mbps up to 10 Gbps
| Data and other digital services
These services are provided through a wide range of interfaces such as:
| TDM: E1, E3, DS-3, STM-1 electrical interface, STM-1 optical interface,
STM-4, STM-4c, STM-16, STM-16c, STM-64
| Data: Ethernet, FE (electrical or optical interface), GbE (electrical or optical
interface), 10 GbE LAN
| Others: protocol independent (50 Mbps - 2.7 Gbps over C/DWDM, OTU1,
OTU2)
All electrical and optical I/O interfaces are fully compatible with applicable
optical ITU-T and ETSI standards. The XDM enables flexible assignment of
I/Os. Any combination of I/O cards is allowed, provided the total matrix
capacity is not exceeded.

The following table lists examples of maximum numbers of services supported

on the various XDM shelves.
Table 3-1: Examples of maximum ports per shelf

Traffic type XDM-100 XDM XDM XDM XDM XDM XDM
XDM-100H -300 -40 -500 -1000 -2000 -3000
Over SDH (through the SDH matrix)
2 Mbps 252 504 --- 336 924 --- ---
34 Mbps 24 48 --- 64 176 --- ---
45 Mbps 24 48 --- 64 176 --- ---
STM-1 80 128 --- 48e/ 176e/ 192o 384

160o 368o
STM-4 40 64 --- 96 192 192 384
STM-16 12 24 --- 24 48 48 96
STM-64 --- 6 --- 4 12 12 24
FE Layer 1 64 128e/6 --- 48o + 96o + 96o 192

4o 64e 176e
FE Layer 2 48 96e/96 --- 48o + 32o + 96o 80

o 64e 64e +
32o/e
GbE Layer 1 32 64 --- 48 + 96o + 96o 192
32o/e 88o/e
GbE Layer2 16 32 --- 12o + 8o + 84o 80
28o/e 76o/e
Over C/DWDM (direct mapping to a wavelength, without the SDH matrix)
GbE/FC/FICON over 16 32 8 24 48 48 ---

2.5 Gbps C/DWDM
GbE over --- --- 16 48 96 96 ---
10 Gbps DWDM
10 GbE LAN/WAN/ --- --- 2 6 12 12 ---
STM-64/OTU2
over DWDM
STM-16 over --- --- 4 12 24 24 ---
2.5 Gbps C/DWDM
STM-16 over --- --- 8 24 48 48 ---

10 Gbps DWDM
Protocol-independent 16 16 2 6 12 12 ---
50 Mbps-2.7 Gbps
over C/DWDM

HLXC Cards
The heart of the XDM-1000 product line is its powerful high capacity 4c/4/3/1
nonblocking HLXC matrix card. It is available in several versions:
| HLXC192 – capacity of 192 VC-4 equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (30 Gbps).
| HLXC384 – capacity of 384 VC-4 equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (60 Gbps). Note
that the HLXC384 supports 32 STM-1 streams per I/O slot (12 x 32 = 384).
| HLXC768 – capacity of 768 VC-4 equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (120 Gbps). Note
that the HLXC768 supports 64 STM-1 streams per I/O slot (12 x 64 = 768),
working with the upgraded TMU-L and xMCP-B.
| HLXC1536 – capacity of 1536 VC-4 equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (240 Gbps).
Note that the HLXC1536 supports 64 STM-1 streams per I/O slot (24 x 64
= 1536), working with the xMCP-B2G.
The HLXC supports multiple functionalities, including:
| High-order and low-order SDH XC at the VC-12/3/4 and VC-4 order
levels.
| Space-time switching in a square architecture of 192/384/768/1536 STM-1
equivalents with fully nonblocking XCs (4c/4/3/1), implementing time slot
interchanges for the entire matrix capacity. This optimal method provides
the following benefits:
Modular design, enabling the implementation of higher capacity XCs
using the same building blocks and components
Strictly nonblocking solutions without rearrangements in single stage
and multistage configurations
Unlimited broadcast and multicast capabilities
| Multiplexer timing unit integrated into the HLXC cards.
In addition to its multi-ring support, the XDM matrix can serve both as a 4/4
and 3/3 XC, as well as a 4c/4/3/1 XC, thus providing a full network backbone
layer digital cross-connect solution. These capabilities are all contained in a
single-shelf unit. By eliminating the need for separate cross-connect nodes, the
XDM provides huge operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
(OAM&P) savings.
For hardware redundancy, the XDM contains two identical HLXC matrix cards.
Both cards perform the cross-connect and node synchronization functions
simultaneously in a 1+1 protection configuration. The I/O interface cards
switch to the backup HLXC within 50 msec. Similarly, the backup TMU takes
over timing control with no traffic disruption.

The XDM product line design provides a clear migration path from HLXC192
to HLXC384 and from HLXC384 to HLXC768 within the same platform. You
can also migrate from XDM-1000/2000 platforms to the XDM-3000 with the
HLXC1536 matrix card. This flexible scalability capability enables you to
increase your network capacity only as needed, in tune with your network
expansion and growth. Note that the HLXC768 fully supports all standard
service cards while simultaneously enabling use of the newer high-density
service cards. Migration to the HLXC1536 is accomplished while preserving all
services, using utilities in the management workstation.
XIO Cards
The XIO is a combo card, combining HLXC matrix functionality and I/O card
functionality within a single board, thereby providing simpler and more
cost-effective ADM solutions. Use the XIO card to expand the XDM platform's
I/O capacity, freeing up two additional slots for I/O use.
Like the HLXC, XIO cards perform cross-connect and node-synchronization
functions simultaneously in a 1+1 protection configuration. I/O interface cards
can switch to the backup XIO card within 50 msec. If required, the backup
TMU can take over timing control from the operational XIO with no traffic
disruption.
As an I/O card, the XIO192 simultaneously supports up to 1 x STM-16
interface and 4 x STM-1 interfaces, or 1 x STM-16 interface and 1 x STM-4
interface. The XIO384F supports up to 4 x STM-16/OTU1 interfaces or
1 x STM-64/OTU2 interface. The XIO card and the SDH I/O cards share the
same extractable optical modules, supporting both colored and noncolored
interfaces. The XIO card supports hot insertion of I/O modules. The following
figure illustrates the simplicity with which you can slide an I/O module into the
XIO card.
Figure 3-6: XIO with slide-in I/O module

The XIO192/XIO384F card series is designed to optimize cost-effective

ADM4/16 (XIO192) and ADM16/64 (XIO384F) configurations, due to the
matrix's fully nonblocking low-order granularity, capable of extracting a single
E1 from a 40 x 10 Gbps DWDM signal. The XIO384F supports software
configurable interfaces for both SDH (STM-16/STM-64) and OTN
(OTU1/OTU2, including FEC and EFEC). This flexibility provides added
value, especially when working in a converged configuration where some
interfaces connect to a network without FEC while others may, for example,
close a core ring over C/DWDM with FEC. The following figure illustrates a
typical ADM64 configuration using an XIO card.
Figure 3-7: XIO384F with ADM64 configuration
MXC Cards
The MXC is the main cross connect card for the XDM-100 product line,
combining matrix, power feeding, and timing functionality. MXC capacity is
tailored to each member of the XDM-100 product line:
| MXC100B: Designed for the XDM-100 platform suite, with a capacity of
192 VC-4 equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (30 Gbps)
| MXC300: Designed for the XDM-300, with a capacity of 384 VC-4
equivalents (4c/4/3/1) (60 Gbps)
MXC cards support the following capabilities:
| Multiplexer control and traffic processing.
| SDH traffic cross connection. The switch handles aggregate and tributary
interface traffic where the maximum capacity depends on the specific
platform and component configuration.
| Multiplexer timing unit.
| Communications and control.
| Alarm and maintenance.
| Routing and handling of DCC channels.

Like the HLXC, the XDM supports several types of cross connects in
compliance with applicable ITU-T and Telcordia standards. These include
broadband, wideband, and integrated broadband/wideband cross connects. In
addition, the MXC accommodates the NVM compact flash memory card.
The additional MXC card provides 1+1 protection to the cross-connect matrix
and full 1:1 protection to all other functions, since the standby MXC maintains
a database identical to the active MXC. The I/O interface modules switch to the
protection MXC within 50 msec. The backup TMU takes over the timing
control with no disruption in traffic.
Power Feed Subsystem

The XDM features a distributed fully redundant power feed subsystem. Two
external power inputs are available. Two redundant xINFs filter and distribute
the -48 VDC nominal battery plant inputs to all internal cards through fully
redundant power buses. Each card generates its own local voltage using high
quality DC/DC converters. This distributed power concept assures system
upgrading and efficient heat distribution. It also ensures maximum reliability of
the power feed subsystem. This is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 3-8: Power distribution
Additional features of the power subsystem include:

| Reverse polarity protection
| Surge protection (2 kV line to line, 4 kV line to ground)
| Over voltage protection
| Over current and short circuit protection
| Redundancy and current sharing between INF units
| Power fail detection + 10 msec holdup
| Under voltage detection
| Lightening strike protection
In the XDM-100 product line, the power feed subsystem is integrated in the
MXC, serving as an interconnection device between the modem card and
-48 VDC to -57.6 VDC power sources.
Note that if the power feeding source is AC, ECI Telecom offers AC to DC
convertors for up to 60A consumption with redundancy and backup batteries
sufficient for several hours.

Engineering Orderwire
The Engineering Orderwire (EOW) provides 64 kbps voice communication
channels between NEs. The XDM product line currently supports two options,
pure OW and an OverHead Unit (OHU).
The XDM EOW facility is an internal communications interface that provides
voice communication service between NE sites over SDH through 64 kbps
channels, facilitating voice contact using OW (E1 and E2) and F1 bytes. It is
based on a telephone "party line" concept, where all connected parties, typically
technicians, can participate in concurrent voice-based service calls. As such, it
enables one or more technicians to make calls simultaneously using dedicated
OW channels rather than regular SDH lines.
OW lines are normally used between a remote site and a central office during
initial installation of the system, or when no telephone line is available. All
calls are bidirectional.
The OW module supports analog-to-digital encoding, decoding, and routing
functions, thus facilitating voice contact via the E1, E2, or F1 bytes (OW or
user-channel) in the SDH Section Overhead (SOH). (Note that user-channel
functionality via F1 V11 is not supported.)
The OW paths are configured by LightSoft or the EMS-XDM and the site
phone ID number is programmed by the local LCT-XDM.
The OW capability is a fully integrated feature of the XDM product line. It
supports P2P, all-broadcast, and conference calls, allowing a person at any NE
site to communicate individually or simultaneously with the sites in the
network.
The OW consists of a module plugged into a dedicated Main Equipment
Control Panel OrderWire (MECP_OW) card (in the XDM-1000 product line)
or into a dedicated I/O slot (in the XDM-100 product line) with an integrated
Dual Tone MultiFrequency (DTMF) handset, cable connections, and
configuration interfaces. No other ancillary equipment is required.

4
XDM Platform Layout
In this chapter:
Overview.......................................................................................................... 4-1
XDM-100 Platform Suite................................................................................. 4-2
XDM-300 ......................................................................................................... 4-6
Expansion Shelves for the XDM-100 Product Line ........................................ 4-8
XDM-40 ......................................................................................................... 4-10
XDM-500 ....................................................................................................... 4-12
XDM-1000 ..................................................................................................... 4-14
XDM-2000 ..................................................................................................... 4-17
XDM-3000 ..................................................................................................... 4-19
Overview
This chapter describes the shelf layout of each platform in the XDM family.
XDM platforms are organized into two groups; the XDM-100 product line, the
intelligent CWDM/MSPP for metro and edge networks, and the XDM-1000
product line, converged All-Range ROADM and MSPP platforms.
XDM shelves have been designed to facilitate simple installation and easy
maintenance. Hot insertion of cards and modules is allowed to support quick
maintenance and repair activities without affecting traffic. The cage design and
mechanical practice of all platforms conform to international mechanical
standards and specifications.
NOTE: All installation instructions, technical specifications,

restrictions, and safety warnings are provided in the XDM
Installation and Maintenance Manuals. Refer to these manuals
for specific instructions before beginning any XDM platform
installation.

XDM Platform Layout XDM General Description
XDM-100 Platform Suite

The XDM-100 supports the complete range of PDH, SDH, and Ethernet
services with CWDM functionality, a versatile, scalable, and cost-effective
system that caters to virtually every need in a single compact platform.
Figure 4-1: XDM-100 platform
The XDM-100 boasts a completely modular structure that is offered in the

following shelf configurations:
| Converged MSPP configuration (XDM-100), including:
Redundant standard configuration
Expanded MSPP with I/O protection through the TPU expansion shelf
| Hybrid MSPP/CWDM configuration (XDM-100H), including:
Redundant standard configuration
Expanded MSPP/CWDM through the TPU/OCU expansion shelf

XDM General Description XDM Platform Layout
Converged MSPP Configuration (XDM-100)

The XDM-100 shelf is housed in a 231 mm deep, 443 mm wide, and 200 mm
high equipment cage. The exact configuration of theXDM-100 can be tailored
to meet specific client requirements. In one configuration, the XDM-100 can be
configured as an integrated MSPP platform, providing both SDH and Ethernet
services using a cost-effective approach that maximizes bandwidth utilization
while delivering both enhanced data and traditional voice services. Platform
components for the redundant MSPP configuration are arranged as follows:
| Eight slots (I1 to I8) flexibly allocated to up to eight I/O interface modules,
supporting a combination of PDH, SDH, and Ethernet services
| Two slots (MXC-A and MXC-B) allocated to the MXC cards, where each
MXC has two slots (A1 and A2, B1 and B2) to accommodate SDH
aggregate modules
| One slot allocated to the ECU module
| One FCU that consists of nine separate fans to support cooling system
redundancy, activated by redundant controllers located on the MXC cards
All electrical connections are located directly in the tributary modules;
therefore, the XDM-100 does not need additional electrical interface
connections. To support system redundancy, each MXC contains an integrated
XDM xINF unit with connectors for two input power sources. The ECU is
located beneath the MXC cards. Its front panel features several interface
connectors for management, external timing, alarms, and overhead (future
release). It also includes alarm severity colored LED indicators and selectors
plus a display for selecting specific modules and ports for monitoring purposes.
The following figure depicts the layout of the basic XDM shelf.
Figure 4-2: XDM-100 slot allocation
Another option is to configure the XDM-100 as an expanded MSPP with I/O

protection. In this configuration, a TPU is mounted on top of the basic shelf,
providing protection to the I/O modules, as described in TPU Expansion Shelf
(on page 4-8).

Hybrid MSPP/CWDM Configuration

(XDM-100H)
The hybrid MSPP/CWDM configuration, commonly referred to as the
XDM-100H, integrates all the functionality and features of both MSPP and
CWDM. This is a compact CWDM platform for metro-access networks – a
cost-effective, standalone, carrier class CWDM solution. The CWDM
configuration of the XDM-100H is based on a completely modular structure,
providing a variety of data, lambda, as well as SDH transmission services. The
platform's versatility and increased capacity make it perfectly suited for P2P
topologies and ring configurations spanning over 100 km (60 miles),
accommodating up to 16 CWDM channels.
Figure 4-3: Hybrid MSPP/CWDM configuration (XDM-100H)

The platform consists of the following:

| MSPP shelf, including:
Eight slots (I1 to I8) optimally allocated for I/O transponder and
combiner modules
Two slots (MXC-A and MXC-B) allocated to the MXC cards, where
each MXC has two slots (A1 and A2, B1 and B2) to accommodate SDH
aggregate modules
One slot allocated to the ECU module
One FCU
Replacement NVM module containing the licensed hybrid-option
software
| TPU/OCU mounted on top of the main XDM shelf. Either one or two
TPU/OCU units may be mounted, each including:
Four slots (OCM1 to OCM4) for supporting any mix of Mux/DeMux,
splitter/coupler, OADM, or optical amplifiers, described in OCU
Expansion Shelf (on page 4-9), or TPM modules, described in TPU
Expansion Shelf (on page 4-8)
One Tributary Control (TC) or (Tributary Control and Fan) TCF
module for carrying the power and control from the main shelf to the
TPU/OCU backplane
Various types of transponder modules with a variety of client data and SDH
interfaces are available for the module section. A combiner module supporting
GbE, FC, and FICON data services is also available. The card layout for the
XDM-100H converged configuration is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 4-4: XDM-100H slot allocation

XDM-300
The XDM-300 is designed for metro aggregation applications and cellular
Radio Access Network (RAN) infrastructure. The platform is optimized for
cost- and physical size-effective implementation of MADM-64 and MADM-16
NEs. The XDM-300 platform has been designed to meet the needs of the most
demanding customers, providing a complete solution for metro demands and
services. It provides an optimized migration path from TDM to Ethernet-based
services and from 2.5G to 10G networks. The XDM-300 is also versatile, with
modular cards that can be used interchangeably in all members of the
XDM-100 product line.

The XDM-300 is a small footprint subrack that fits both ETSI and 19” racks. Its
dimensions are 325 mm high, 450 mm wide, and 300 mm deep. The XDM-300
standard shelf is arranged as follows:
| Eighteen slots (I1 to I18) flexibly allocated to up to eighteen I/O interface
modules, including 2 SDH quad I/O modules (wide slots) and 16 tributary
interface modules (PIM, SIM, and Ethernet cards DIOM, EISMB, and
MCSM). These modules enable a combination of PDH, SDH, and Ethernet
services.
| Two slots (MXC-A and MXC-B) allocated to the MXC300 cards.
| One slot allocated to the ECU300 module.
| One FCU300 that consists of eight separate fans to support cooling system
redundancy, activated by redundant controllers located on the MXC cards.
The XDM-300 can be expanded through three expansion shelves, using TPU
shelves to add tributary protection capability, and/or OCU shelves to add
CWDM modules (Mux/DeMux, OADM, optical filters).

Expansion Shelves for the

XDM-100 Product Line
TPU Expansion Shelf
TPU expansion shelves can be added to the basic XDM-100 product line
platforms to add protection to electrical I/O modules. The TPU shelf attaches to
a connector on top of the main XDM shelf, which provides the power and
control buses required for its operation.
The TPU is a 231 mm deep, 443 mm wide, and 75 mm high unit. It connects to
a connector on top of the XDM shelf that provides the power and control buses
required for its operation. When the TPU is not installed, a protection cap
covers this connector. The TPU modules are distributed as follows:
| Four slots flexibly allocated for optical networking modules or TPMs
(single-slot or double-slot modules are supported)
| One slot allocated for a TC or TCF module
Each TPM is connected to the operating and protection modules of the XDM
shelf respectively. If a failure is detected in one of the operating I/O modules,
the XDM control system sends control signals to the appropriate TPM relays to
switch traffic from the operating I/O module to the protection module. Several
types of TPM modules for 1:1 or 1:3 protection schemes are supported. For
more information, see I/O Protection Modules (on page 7-10).
The TC or TCF is connected to the DC and control buses of the MXC cards via
the TPU backplane. It controls the switching of traffic from the main to
protection I/O module by relays in the corresponding TPM. In addition, the
TCF has four fans that provide cooling air to the modules installed in the TPU
(optional).
The TPU standard layout is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 4-7: TPU shelf

OCU Expansion Shelf

An OCU can be added to the XDM-100H and XDM-300 platforms, housing
passive optical expansion modules and providing interfaces to the CWDM
network when the XDM is configured as a WDM platform. The modules are
connected externally to the I/O modules, at the front of the unit.
The OCU can support any combination of up to four Mux/DeMux, OADM, or
passive splitter/coupler modules. The Mux/DeMux and OADM modules may
include eight (up to sixteen in the future) different CWDM wavelengths, some
featuring a built-in OSC filter, as follows:
| Mux/DeMux for four C band CWDM lambdas, with a 1310 nm OSC filter
| Mux/DeMux for four S and L band CWDM lambdas, without an OSC filter
| Mux/DeMux for eight C, S, and L band CWDM lambdas, including a
1310 nm OSC filter
| Mux/DeMux for sixteen O, C, S, and L band CWDM lambdas (future
release)
| Expandable Mux/DeMux for four C band CWDM lambdas, including a
1310 nm OSC filter, expandable to support eight lambdas
| Optical AB-type OADM1 modules for adding/dropping any one of eight
CWDM lambdas, including a 1310 nm OSC filter
| Dual-lambda AB-type OADM2 modules for several lambda pairs,
including a 1310 nm OSC filter
The coupler/splitter modules include:
| Quad coupler/splitter (50%) for SMF (single-mode fiber) 1310 nm
| Quad coupler/splitter (50%) for MMF (multimode fiber) 850 nm

XDM-40
The XDM-40 is a modular WDM and OTN platform, designed for broadband
metro-access and CPE applications. The XDM-40 enables SPs to build E2E,
flexible, standards-based OTN solutions that address the growing demand for
business data transport. It gives SPs the flexibility to take full advantage of their
existing networks while providing a smooth and fully supported migration to IP
over optics. The XDM-40 is ideal for transporting traffic to network hubs,
featuring a small footprint and flexible packaging, with high availability from
CWDM to DWDM including pluggable optics, and offering WDM capabilities,
optimal support for STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, STM-64, FC1, FC2, GbE,
OTU1, and OTU2, storage extension, and support for SDH-all on a single
platform. The XDM-40 also functions as an optimal amplification element in
regional/long-haul networks.

The compact XDM-40 shelf is located in a 285 mm deep, 447 mm wide, and
256 mm high equipment cage. Platform components are arranged as follows:
| Two slots (I1 and I2) flexibly allocated to I/O optical transponders,
combiners, and/or amplifiers
| Two slots (M1 and M2) allocated to DWDM/OADM, optical amplifiers,
and accessories modules
| One slot (C1) allocated to the xMCP_B card
| One slot (C3) allocated to the MECP card, for user and management
interfaces
| Two xINFs designed for power supply redundancy
| One ECM to facilitate routing of external management interfaces,
connecting the management, OHA, and OW interfaces to the active xMCP
| One xFCU that consists of three separate fans to support cooling system
redundancy, as well as the power supply for the fan unit (PSFU)
The FCU at the right side of the shelf provides cooling air to the system. It
contains nine separate fans, which add to system redundancy. Air is drawn in
by the fans from the right side of the chassis, and is exhausted through the
horizontally mounted cards and modules and through the left side of the
chassis. The fan assembly is hot-swappable.
The XDM-40 standard card layout is illustrated in the following figure.

XDM-500
The XDM-500 is a compact optical platform optimized for the metro-edge,
designed for medium interface capacities and street-cabinet installations. The
XDM-500 can be configured as a pure MSPP (up to n x STM-64), as a
converged platform with both MSPP and optical capabilities, or as a pure
C/DWDM and ROADM. It provides traditional broadband services and highly
advanced data services like adaptive rate GbE, sophisticated Layer 2 Ethernet,
POS, and lambda. It can be used either as a simple ADM, or as an edge
multi-ADM/TM shared between several rings, providing distributed cross
connectivity and concentration of low-rate services.

The XDM-500 compact shelf is located in a 285 mm deep, 450 mm wide, and
725 mm high equipment cage. Platform components are arranged as follows:
| Six slots (IC1 to IC6) flexibly allocated to I/O cards and/or transponders
(depending on the configuration)
| Four slots (#2 to #5) allocated to electric interface connection modules or
DWDM/OADM modules
| Two slots (X1 and X2) allocated to the HLXC or XIO matrix cards
| Two slots (C1 and C2) allocated to the xMCP cards
| One slot (C3) allocated to the MECP card, for connecting the OHA and
OW interfaces to the active xMCP card
| Two xINFs designed for power supply redundancy
| Three xFCUs to support cooling system redundancy

XDM-1000
The XDM-1000 is designed for high-capacity central exchange applications,
optimized for the regional core, and features unprecedented port densities. The
XDM-1000 can be configured as a converged platform with both MSPP and
optical capabilities, as pure MSPP (up to n x STM-64), or as a pure C/DWDM
and multi-degree ROADM. As a DXC, it forms a fully protected mesh core; as
a multi-ADM, it simultaneously closes STM-64 core MS-SPRing and multiple
edge SNCP rings; as a DWDM, it enables migration from SDH to DWDM
networks, providing high capacity and sublambda grooming and reliability. The
XDM-1000 provides connectivity between central office legacy switches from
E1 to STM-1 trunks, and between POPs over native FE, GbE, SAN, or POS,
while efficiently grooming traffic from edge rings.

The standard XDM-1000 is located in a 285 mm deep, 450 mm wide, and

1100 mm high shelf with a modules cage and a cards cage section. The
XDM-1000 standard shelf is arranged as follows.
| Twelve slots (I1 to I12) flexibly allocated to I/O cards and/or transponders,
depending on the configuration.
| Eleven slots (M1 to M11) allocated to electric interface connection modules
or DWDM/OADM, optical booster, optical preamp modules.
| Two slots (X1 and X2) allocated to the HLXC or XIO matrix cards. Note
that HLXC cards in these two slots support greater matrix functionality,
enabling greater port capacity per slot, while XIO cards in these two slots
provide an additional two slots' worth of I/O functionality, enabling greater
port density per slot.
| Two slots (C1 and C2) allocated to the xMCP cards.
interfaces.
| Two xINFs designed for power supply redundancy.
| Three xFCUs to support cooling system redundancy.
The modules cage contains 11 double-slot connection modules. Electrical I/O
cards installed in the cards cage interface with the XDM-1000 shelf via
interface connection modules installed in the modules cage. The modules are
extractable, thus allowing a flexible assignment of physical I/O ports.
Optical I/O cards utilize internal slide-in I/O modules for signal interfacing and
do not require connection modules in the modules cage. The free modules cage
slots in optical systems can therefore be allocated to DWDM or OADM
multiplexing and amplification modules.


XDM-2000
Optimized for pure DWDM and converged optical applications, the XDM-2000
transport platform is designed for the metro and metro-regional core. It is a
high-density DWDM platform that provides intelligent sublambda grooming
and optimum wavelength utilization. As the most flexible optical switch on the
market today, the XDM-2000 can be configured as a pure C/DWDM and
ROADM, as a converged platform with both MSPP and optical capabilities, or
as a pure MSPP (up to n x STM-64). The XDM-2000 transports up to
400/800 Gbps (upgradable to 1.6 Tbps and above), and integrates the most
advanced optical units with a variety of interfaces and a sophisticated
high-capacity matrix in one small low-cost package.

The XDM-2000 shelf is located in a 285 mm deep, 450 mm wide, and 775 mm
high equipment cage. Platform components are arranged as follows:
| Twelve slots (I1 to I12) flexibly allocated to optical modules (transponders
and/or other optical amplifiers)
| Two slots (X1 and X2) allocated for Mux/DeMux cards or for matrix cards,
depending on the system configuration
| Two slots (C1 and C2) allocated to the xMCP cards
interfaces

XDM-3000
The XDM-3000 is a high capacity MSPP for the metro-core layer. The
240 Gbps capacity is ideal for regional metro-core networks. The XDM-3000 is
designed for ever-expanding optical transport traffic demands, with network
migration to n x 10G interfaces increasing the bulk bandwidth requirements for
core platforms. The high capacity of the XDM-3000 relieves metro-core
network bottlenecks while enabling network expansion and improved BW
efficiency through the use of 10 Gbps cards to maximize utilization of available
slots.
As a multi-ADM, the XDM-3000 provides multi-ring closure, simultaneously
closing STM-16/STM-64 core MS-SPRing and multiple edge SNCP rings, and
providing improved protection and restoration capabilities. The XDM-3000 can
also be used as a cost-effective DXC for heavy traffic sites, forming a fully
protected mesh core. The large amount of low-order traffic handled by this
platform enables full connectivity for TDM networks.
The XDM-3000 can handle the complete range of SDH data rates (STM-1 to
STM-64) through high capacity SDH interfaces. In the metro core, services are
usually high-order STM-16/STM-64. Adding low-order nonblocking
connectivity greatly increases network efficiency, for two simple reasons.
| With the XDM-3000, a single high capacity platform also provides full
service connectivity. There is no need to waste resources on an additional
platform.
| Next-generation data services are ideally transmitted using low-order
granularity. This saves operator bandwidth as well as saving customer
money. Therefore, the platform used must support as large a capacity of
low-order traffic as possible. In this case, it’s a matter of the more, the
better.
However, low-order capacity at the portal is often limited by the capacity of
the platforms used to handle the low-order interfaces. When using an
XDM-3000, the low-order connectivity capacity offered by the XDM-3000
matches the full 240 Gbps capacity supported by the XDM-3000, rather
than being limited to the lower capacity of any additional platform.

Figure 4-16: XDM-3000 front view
The XDM-3000 is located in a 350 mm deep, 492 mm wide, and 1550 mm high
shelf. The XDM-3000 consists of an I/O card cage arranged in four sections,
together with additional power, communication, and control units, as follows:
| 24 slots (I1 to I24) flexibly allocated to I/O cards and/or amplifiers,
depending on the configuration. I/O card options include combinations of
up to 24 SIO1&4B, SIO164, DIOB, and/or MCS5/10 cards. Single channel
OFA2 or OFA_M amplifiers can be used for long distance applications.
| Two slots (X1 and X2) allocated to HLXC1536 matrix cards.
| Two slots (A1 and A2) allocated to ACP3000 ASON cards.
| Two slots (C1 and C2) allocated to the xMCP-B2G cards.
interfaces.

| One ECB3000 that provides external connections for the MECP card.
| Two INF3000s designed for power supply redundancy.
| Two FCU3000 fan units with ten fans each.
The XDM-3000 card layout is illustrated in the following figure.


5
MPLS and Ethernet Data
Solution
In this chapter:
MPLS Technology ........................................................................................... 5-1
User Benefits with the MCS ............................................................................ 5-3
MCS’s Unique Value Proposition ................................................................... 5-4
Applications and Services ................................................................................ 5-5
MPLS/Ethernet Card Summary ..................................................................... 5-14
Ethernet Interfaces ......................................................................................... 5-24
MPLS Technology
Based on the tremendous continued growth of data traffic, the demand for
complete service offerings, and network convergence strategies, many network
operators have started to deploy Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
networks. In an MPLS network, Ethernet interfaces and Ethernet/MPLS
services are the main toolbox supporting the network operator's strategic goals.
MPLS addresses the needs of SPs in the metro area by providing a
cost-effective solution that supports all services with carrier class capabilities
and significant OPEX and CAPEX reduction.

MPLS and Ethernet Data Solution XDM General Description
Benefits of MPLS for network operators include:

| Reduced OPEX through integration of multiple networks over a single
converged MPLS network.
| Increased revenue generation for both current and new Ethernet services,
such as VPLS VPNs (E-LAN), E-Lines, and Multicast Trees.
| Assured QoS for triple play, IPTV, VOD, business, and other services
through MPLS TE capability.
| Efficient provisioning of customer services and VPNs.
| SLAs extended with meaningful performance-related criteria.
| Enhanced network and service scalability and performance.
| Secured services through MPLS tunneling and VPN segregation.
MPLS technology is used to carry Ethernet service across the network metro
and core. MPLS as a transport layer for Ethernet service, (rather than using
Ethernet as both transport and service layers), enhances Ethernet service
through:
| Increased Ethernet scalability: MPLS supports hundreds of thousands of
Ethernet services, removing VLAN and MAC scalability limitations.
| Enhanced Ethernet QoS: MPLS-TE and Connection Admission Control
(CAC) solutions enable Ethernet service to offer differentiated services
with the appropriate QoS or experience. This is accomplished through
MPLS-TE controlling required service parameters such as delay, delay
variation, and loss.
| Enhanced Ethernet Service protection: MPLS supports sub-50 msec link
and node protection, the lowest common denominator requirement for all
service protection.
Introducing the MPLS/Ethernet Service Cards
The XDM families of MCS, EIS, and DIO service cards support the complete
range of Ethernet and MPLS services. This chapter introduces the XDM's
MPLS and Ethernet service cards, describing features and benefits of the cards
themselves, as well as the various applications and services that these cards
support.

XDM General Description MPLS and Ethernet Data Solution
User Benefits with the MCS

The MPLS functionality provided by XDM MCS cards offers operators the
following benefits:
| MCS5 card works as a Provider Bridge (QinQ) and is also upgradable to a
Provider Bridge + MPLS.
| MCSM and MCS10 cards provide an E2E MPLS solution.
| Increased Operator Revenue with standard MPLS-based Ethernet
services:
VPWS-P2P service using Martini encapsulation.
VPLS-LAN over the metro with MP2MP service in a full mesh and/or
hub and spoke scheme.
P2MP drop&continue multicast for BTV/IPTV and E-Learning
services.
| True Carrier Class Solution, supporting:
Complete scalability, enhancing Ethernet scalability by removing the
limits of VLAN and MAC capacity requirements.
Sub-50 msec Protection, using MPLS FRR link and node protection,
dual homed/attached protection, Ethernet UNI/NNI Link Aggregation
(LAG) and EoS LAG, and Fast Input/Output Protection (IOP) for card
protection.
Hard QoS, using MPLS TE and other mechanisms such as
classification, VLAN manipulation, policing, Weighed Random Early
Discard (WRED), scheduling, and shaping.
Full OAM support of Path OAM and Link OAM for fault localization.
Comprehensive security, with each client separated from the other and
also preventing MAC DoS attacks on clients.
Easy-to-use network management through the LightSoft NMS, with
point-and-click service creation and management including service
parameters and attributes. LightSoft uses preprovisioned CAC to check
for resource availability on service provisioning. Operators can also
define Shared Risk Source Group (SRLG) to enhance and guarantee
protection.

MCS's Unique Value Proposition

The MPLS functionality provided by XDM MCS cards offers the following
unique value propositions:
| Reduced OPEX and CAPEX through convergence of multiple networks
(TDM, Carrier Class Ethernet, WDM) and multiple services.
| Lower cost per port compared to other carrier-class solutions.
| SP revenue generation through any market segment with any service:
Triple play: VoIP, IPTV, VoD, and HSI.
Business: VPLS, VPWS, P2P EoS.
Mobile aggregation: 3G Ethernet-based services.
Wholesale: BW services, leased line services.
| Top down point-and-click E2E Service Management.
| Extended network management: CAC, SRLG, and Protection.
| E2E MPLS from access to core, for Ethernet carrier-class solution and
assured QoS of service delivery.
| Client security segregation, with each client within its own Ethernet
switch, using thousands of virtual switches.
| Optimized triple play solution and IPTV bandwidth efficiency for
CAPEX saving.
| Software upgradable for future services (NPU-based).

Applications and Services

The XDM family of Ethernet and MPLS full service cards support the services
necessary for today's network requirements, including the full range of E-Line
(EPL/EVPL) and E-LAN (EPLAN/EVPLAN) services.
E-Line (EPL/EVPL) Service

E-Line service is used for Ethernet P2P service connectivity in two approaches.
Ethernet Private Line (EPL) services use dedicated bandwidth for single
users (Ethernet Layer 1). Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) services use
shared bandwidth with service multiplexing and multiple users (Ethernet Layer
2). These services are provided through the following cards:
| MCS supports both EPL and EVPL service. The cards can be configured to
operate as either MPLS cards or as Ethernet Provider Bridge cards.
| EISMB supports both EPL and EVPL services.
| DIOB/DIOM supports EPL services.
MPLS-based VPWS for Ethernet P2P

EPL/EVPL
Virtual Private Wire Service (VPWS) uses P2P tunnels originating at the
source PE devices, traveling through Transit Ps, and terminating at the
destination PE. As illustrated in the following figure, the Source PE pushes
two MPLS labels into each customer's Ethernet packet as it enters the tunnel.
The inner MPLS label is the VC-label, and represents the VPN to which the
packet belongs. The VC label serves as a demultiplexer field, allowing
aggregation of multiple VPNs into a single tunnel and thereby providing a
scalable tunneling solution rather than a dedicated tunnel per VPN. The outer
MPLS label is the Tunnel label, and represents the tunnel to which the packet
is mapped.

The Transit P provider devices simply swap the MPLS labels from the source
port to the destination port. The Destination PE terminates the tunnel and
identifies the packet VPN based on the VC label. The Destination PE then
looks up the MAC DA of the packet to find the destination Ethernet port,
removes (pops) the two MPLS labels, and forwards the packet to the Customer
Equipment (CE) port(s).
Figure 5-1: P2P tunnel example
Ethernet-based P2P EPL

Ethernet Private Line (EPL) service ensures a seamless migration path from
voice-oriented to data-oriented networks by offering scalable data capabilities.
As such, data networks can be created within SDH networks, integrating the
added value of a typical Ethernet network while maintaining the original SDH
network reliability, robustness, and QoS that carriers demand.
An EPL's P2P service is similar to traditional TDM service in that it allows
Ethernet to be used as a simple plug-in to an existing network delivering
TDM-based services. EPL service over SDH guarantees full connectivity and
flexibility:
| Each Ethernet signal can be configured independently, providing full
network connectivity
| Traffic is transmitted P2P, in ring, mesh, or any other topology
| Each Ethernet signal is transmitted over a separate trail, guaranteeing
SDH/WDM network security levels
The XDM enables SPs to build a scalable infrastructure that ensures consistent
IP service throughput, facilitating capacity increases without disrupting existing
services.

The XDM's DIO card set provides the following functional features and
benefits:
| Adaptive rate control for each connection - from 2 Mbps to the full GbE
in appropriate increments (VC-12/3/4).
| Virtual Concatenation (VCAT) - for variable bandwidth piping down to 2
Mbps, with the capability of capacity distribution across multiple fibers and
optical carriers, guaranteeing data transfer over any SDH infrastructure and
meeting the ITU-T G.707 standard.
| Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme (LCAS) mechanism - for in-service
variation of pipe bandwidth and optional reuse of protection bandwidth.
The capacity of the Ethernet link automatically decreases if one or more
VCs fail, and automatically increases when the network fault is repaired,
| Generic Framing Protocol (GFP) - for industry-standard mappings
| Multitasking card sets - the same cards can be used for multiple levels of
service:
GbE and FE are supported within the same card.
VC-12/3/4 rates are supported within the same card.
| Network protection - SDH and/or WDM protection mechanisms,
including SNCP and MS-SPRing, are applied to each connection.
| Easy connectivity - point-and-click, E2E, real time, P2P, as in any SDH
trail.
| Full interoperability between all Ethernet cards - including the latest
MCS5 card and the BroadGate platforms, as well as seamless interfacing
with external third-party hardware.
| Seamless integration and complete backward compatibility with the entire
product line.
Figure 5-2: EPL service

E-LAN (EPLAN/EVPLAN) Service

E-LAN service is used for Ethernet MP2MP service connectivity in two
approaches. Ethernet Private LAN (EPLAN) services use dedicated
bandwidth for single users. Ethernet Virtual Private LAN (EVPLAN)
services use shared bandwidth with service multiplexing and multiple users.
These services are provided through the following cards:
| MCS supports both EPLAN and EVPLAN service. The cards can be
configured to operate as either MPLS plus Ethernet Provider Bridge cards
or as Ethernet Provider Bridge cards.
| EISMB supports both EPLAN and EVPLAN services.
MPLS-based VPLS for Ethernet MP2MP

Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) provide connectivity between
geographically dispersed customer Ethernet sites across the SP network,
creating a virtual LAN network. The interconnected customer sites form a
private MPLS VPN. VPLS uses the same tunnels and pseudo-wires used in
VPWS service, using MP2MP connectivity. In the following figure, the three
customer sites are connected via the provider's VPLS network, and can
communicate among themselves using standard Ethernet bridging and MAC
learning as if they were all on a single LAN.
Figure 5-3: VPLS service example
Sites that belong to the same MPLS VPN expect their traffic to be forwarded to
the proper location. This is accomplished through the following means:
| Establishing a full mesh of MPLS label switched paths (LSPs) or tunnels
between the PE sites.
| MAC address learning on a per-site basis at the PE devices.
| MPLS tunneling of customer Ethernet traffic over pseudo-wires (VPN)
while it is forwarded across the provider network.
| Packet replication across MPLS tunnels at the PE devices, for
multicast/broadcast-type traffic and for flooding unknown unicast traffic.

Ethernet-based MP2MP
XDM platforms provide Ethernet LAN (E-LAN) services over SDH at
minimum cost and maximum efficiency. By integrating SDH and Ethernet
layers, the XDM achieves enhanced reliability and protection. This solution
provides an ideal multiservice platform, enabling ISP connectivity with a
mixture of full-mesh connectivity and dedicated services by using the same
cards and ports.
The XDM EISMB and MCS cards provide the following features and benefits:
| High performance, wire speed Layer 2 switching for metro-core and
access networks in ring, multi-ring, star, and mesh topologies.
| Provider Bridge capabilities (802.1ad), with double tagging, QinQ-based
switching for P2P, P2MP, and MP2MP connections - fully transparent and
secure Ethernet service over the provider's EoS network.
| Up to eight QoS levels assigned per port, VLAN, or client CoS,
maximizing SLA diversity and optimizing packet handling throughout the
network.
| High granularity policing and priority marking (802.1p) per SLA,
enabling the provider to control the amount of bandwidth for each
individual user and service. Two-rate three-color policing enhances the
service offering, combining high priority service with best effort traffic for
the same user.
| Congestion avoidance mechanism based on user-configurable WRED.
Drops low priority packets first, preventing the network from reaching the
point where congestion increases the higher priority packet loss rate.
| Remote Network Monitoring RMON-based PM.
| Security capability per customer VPN.
| Low cost per port, achieved with statistical service multiplexing, offering
up to 24 interfaces of 10/100/1000BaseT electrical per slot and Small Form
Factor Pluggable-based (SFP) optical FE/GbE ports.
| Software upgrade to full MPLS support with the MCS cards for network
scalability and TE in VPLS core networks.
The EISMB and MCS also use multiple EoS ports to connect the cards over
SDH interfaces. EoS capabilities include:
| Standard-based GFP and VCAT, meeting the ITU-T G.707 standard, for
interoperability with the DIO card set, XDM-100 product line data cards,
ECI Telecom's BroadGate components, and third-party equipment. This
results in an E2E solution that integrates Layer 1 services at the access layer
with Layer 2 services at the metro-core.
| Adaptive rate control for each connection (from 2 Mbps and up to 2.5 Gbps
in VC-12/3/4 increments).

| LCAS protection - automatic adjustment of the Ethernet link capacity,

decreasing in case of VC failure and increasing when the network fault is
repaired, meeting the ITU-T G.7042 standard.
| Network protection - including SNCP and MS-SPRing on each connection.
| Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) for loop resolution and restoration in
ring and multi-ring configuration.
| Equipment protection - carrier class, with no single point of failure.
Figure 5-4: E-LAN service

E-Tree (Rooted-Multipoint) Service

E-Tree service provides Ethernet P2MP multicast tree connectivity, enabling
very efficient bandwidth use for broadcast TV or IPTV as well as E-Learning
applications using, for example, multicast/broadcast packet video. With this
approach, a single packet copy can be sent to all endpoints (leaves) that share a
single tree branch. Ethernet Private Tree (EP-Tree) services use dedicated
bandwidth with a single root and multiple leaves. Ethernet Virtual Private
Tree (EVP-Tree) services use shared bandwidth with rooted-multipoint
connectivity across a shared infrastructure.
| MCS cards support both EP-Tree and EVP-Tree services for IPTV/BTV
and E-Learning capabilities.
MPLS-based P2MP Multicast Tunnels for

Triple Play IPTV/BTV and E-Learning
Services
ECI Telecom platforms provide Ethernet Private Tree (E-Tree) services with
maximum efficiency at minimum cost. Metro network optimization is achieved
by an efficient MPLS P2MP multicast tree carrying IPTV services, as well as a
star VPLS for other triple play services such as VoD, VoIP, and HSI services.
The triple play service delivery network architecture includes the following
components:
| E2E MPLS carrier class capabilities. MPLS capabilities assure the QoS
of IPTV service delivery over a dedicated P2MP tunnel multicast tree, as
well as reliable sub-50 msec FRR protection.
| Multiple distributed MCS PE service edges (leaf PE). Leaf PEs
terminate the IPTV P2MP tunnel multicast tree branches on downstream
traffic, as well as handling IGMP snooping, policing enforcement, and TE
functions on upstream traffic. This gives SPs the ability to scale their IPTV
network.
| Efficient IPTV multicast distribution. IPTV distribution utilizes an
efficient drop&continue methodology, using an MPLS P2MP multicast tree
to deliver IPTV content over the metro aggregation network. This allows
SPs to efficiently utilize bandwidth over the metro aggregation network. It
also enables simple scaling capabilities as IPTV service demands increase.
| IGMP snooping at the PE leaf service edges enables delivery of only the
IPTV channels requested by the user, further enabling easy scalability as
the number of IPTV channels grows.

| Star VPLS topology to carry the VoIP, VoD, and HSI P2P services. The
star VPLS is built over the aggregation network from the root PE
(aggregator) device that connects to the edge router/BRAS to the leaf PE to
the IPDSLAM. This star VPLS also carries the bidirectional IPTV control
traffic that is either sent by the router downstream (IGMP query), or sent by
the subscriber set-top-box (STB) upstream (IGMP join/leave requests).
| E2E interoperability with the DSLAM and MSER, through either the
Ethernet or the MPLS layer. The P2MP multicast tree continues from the
PIM-SM multicast tree over the core network.
A P2MP tunnel originates at the source PE and terminates at multiple
destinations PEs. This tunnel has a tree-and-branch structure, where packet
replication occurs at branching points along the tree. This scheme achieves high
multicast efficiency since only one copy of each packet ever traverses an MPLS
P2MP tunnel. An MCS can act as both a transit P and as a destination PE
within the same P2MP tunnel, in which case it may be called a Transit PE (not
Transit P).
The following figure illustrates a P2MP multicast tree with PE1 as the source
PE (root), P1 as a transit P, PE2 as a transit PE (leaf PE), and PE3, PE4, and
PE5 as the destination or leaf PEs. The link from PE1 to P1 is shared by all
transit and destination leaf PEs; therefore the data plane sends only one packet
copy on that link.
Figure 5-5: P2MP multicast tunnel example

The following figure illustrates a second example of a P2MP multicast tree,

arranged over a multi-ring topology network. The multicast tunnel paths are
illustrated in this figure on both a physical layout and in a logical presentation.
In this example, PE1 is the source PE (root), P1 and P2 are transit Ps, PE2,
PE3, PE5, and PE6 are transit leaf PEs, and PE4 and PE7 are destination leaf
PEs.
Figure 5-6: P2MP multicast tunnel example - physical and logical networks
The P2MP tunnels carry multicast content such as IPTV content in a triple play
network, but P2MP tunnels are not enough. Two other functionalities complete
the triple play solution:
| Star VPLS
| IGMP Snooping
The full triple play solution, incorporating P2MP multicast tunnels, star VPLS,
and IGMP snooping, is illustrated in the following figure. The P2MP multicast
tunnels carry IPTV content in an efficient drop&continue manner from the TV
channel source, headend router, and MultiService Edge Router (MSER),
through the root PE (PE1) to all endpoint leaf PEs. The VPLS star carries all
other P2P triple play services such as VoIP, VoD, and HSI. The VPLS star also
carries the IGMP messages both upstream (request/leave messages from the
customer) and downstream (query messages from the router). IGMP snooping
is performed at the endpoint leaf PEs to deliver only the IPTV channels
requested by the user. This allows scalability in the number of channels, as well
as freeing up bandwidth for other triple play services such VoD, VoIP, and
HSI.

Figure 5-7: Triple play network solution for IPTV, VoD, VoIP, and HSI services
MPLS/Ethernet Card Summary

The XDM utilizes a wide range of flexible interchangeable I/O components.
With this range of modular options, the XDM is capable of building a network
tailored to your requirements, providing maximum efficiency and optimal
functionality.
The various I/O components are designed for modularity and ease of use. For
example, I/O cards are interchangeable within a product line, and optical
components are built on a single universal base card. These features simplify
the design, maintenance, and upgradeability of your network.
This chapter describes the following XDM MPLS/Ethernet components and
service cards:
| MCSM/MCS: MPLS carrier-class switch card that supports an advanced
Ethernet-based metro-core layer. MCSM/MCS cards enable
next-generation Ethernet applications such as triple play, VPLS business
connectivity, 3G Ethernet-based aggregation, and CoC bandwidth
applications, supporting, for example, up to 10 Gbps with the MCS10.
MCSM/MCS cards provide complete Provider Bridge (QinQ) functionality
and MPLS switching functionality, offering scalability and smooth
interoperability with IP/MPLS core routers.

| EISMB: Ethernet over SDH service cards providing cost-effective Provider

Bridge (QinQ) based EVPL and EVPLAN services. These field-proven
Layer 2 cards for the XDM family offer QinQ-based switching for ring and
multi-ring configurations in the metro-edge and metro-core. Offering VC-3
and VC-4 granularity on their WAN ports, the EIS card family is suitable
for EVPL and EVPLAN services and interoperable with the more advanced
XDM data cards. For example, the EISMB supports Ethernet applications
in the access and edge layers, offering high fan-out and multiple WAN
interfaces, with a bandwidth ranging from 2 Mbps up to full capacity GbE
and a choice of granularity options down to 2 Mb steps, together with
interoperability with other Ethernet systems.
| DIOB/DIOM: EPL Ethernet over SDH service cards that map multiple
GbE and FE ports (electrical or optical) into virtually concatenated trails,
with a bandwidth ranging from 2 Mbps up to full capacity GbE, and a
choice of granularity options down to 2 Mbps steps.
The following table identifies the MPLS/Ethernet components and the
platforms within which specific modules are used. The different modules are
listed by interface categories, where the modules within a category generally
share the same functionality. Specific details may vary from module to module.
More information describing the capacity, ports, and interfaces for each module
is provided in the rest of this chapter. For exact detailed specifications of each
module, see the Technical Specifications documentation.
Table 5-1: MPLS/Ethernet components and service cards per platform
Interface XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM-

100, 100H 300 500 1000 2000 3000
Ethernet over SDH
Layer 1
DIOM_04 √ √
DIOM_08 √ √
DIOM_40 √ √
DIOB √ √ √ √
Ethernet over SDH
Layer 1 and 2
EIS-MB_804 √ √
EIS-MB_840 √ √
Ethernet/MPLS
Layer 1 and 2
MCSM √ √
MCS5 √ √ √ √
MCS10 √ √ √ √

The MCS cards are the MPLS Carrier Class Switch cards for the XDM. These
cards enable SPs to build a cost-effective carrier class Ethernet network over
new and existing SDH networks, supporting any Ethernet-based application and
service, including business connectivity (VPLS), triple play (IPTV
drop&continue multicast), 3G mobile services, and CoC Ethernet leased line
and bandwidth services, all with carrier grade capability.
The MCS product series also allows SP to build a converged optical
transmission network that enables them to exploit the benefits and robustness of
SDH and optical DWDM together with the benefits of carrier class Ethernet,
through the use of transport MPLS.
The MCS product series enables SPs to build a cost-effective, E2E carrier class
Ethernet network with assured QoS service delivery for access, edge, and core
network applications. This single MPLS network solution is achieved using
MPLS from access aggregation to IP/MPLS core router, integrating MCS cards
with an existing IP/MPLS core router network, and enabling SPs to support any
Layer 2 and Layer 3 services.
Access aggregation is provided through the MCSM service card used in the
XDM-100 product line to provide 10 Gbps raw bandwidth and Layer 2
switching for advanced Ethernet-based service aggregation. The XDM-100
product line can aggregate up to 40 Gbps raw bandwidth. Edge and core
networks work with the MCS service card in the XDM-1000 product line to
provide 20 Gbps raw bandwidth and Layer 2 switching, supporting a Layer 2
MPLS access to core service aggregation network. The XDM-1000 product line
can aggregate up to 80 Gbps raw bandwidth. The MCS cards support on-board
physical interfaces for Fast Ethernet (FE/FX) and Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
access.
The MCS is a carrier class Ethernet service device that incorporates all
carrier-class capabilities, such as scalability, reliability, sub-50 msec protection,
E2E Hard QoS, security, and service management for E2E assured service
delivery. MCS supports MPLS TE, including classifying, policing, marking,
queuing, performing congestion avoidance mechanism (WRED), scheduling,
and traffic shaping.
MCS-based networks work with the LightSoft NMS, providing point-and-click
service provisioning based on a sophisticated Connection Admission Control
(CAC) algorithm that guarantees network services. LightSoft supports the
following Ethernet network topologies:
| Ethernet-based network
| MPLS-based (VPLS) network
| Hybrid Ethernet/MPLS-based networks (Ethernet Access Hierarchy VPLS
(EAH-VPLS))

MCS Card Specifications

The following figure describes the functional block diagram of the MCS.
MCSM cards are used in platforms of the XDM-100 product line, and MCS
cards are used in platforms of the XDM-1000 product line.
The MCS incorporates the following functions:
| Ethernet Provider Bridge (QinQ) switch – a standard base 802.1d/q/ad
bridge/switch.
| MPLS Layer 2 switch – a standard base IETF MPLS and ITU-T T-MPLS
switch supporting Ethernet PW, VPLS, and P2MP multicast trees.
| SDH mapper – supporting standard Ethernet, PPP, and MPLS mapping to
GFP/VCAT/LCAS with VC-12/3/4 granularity.
| 16-24 Ethernet ports – incorporating 4-8 x GbE/FX/FE ports and
8-16 x FX/FE ports. Ethernet ports are supported in either electrical or
optical interfaces.
| 16-32 EoS (WAN) ports - with standard GFP/VCAT/LCAS mapping and
n x VC-12/3/4 (VCG) granularity.
Figure 5-8: MCS functional block diagram
The MCS functional block diagram illustrates an Ethernet switch, an MPLS

switch, and an SDH mapper. A powerful Network Processor Unit (NPU)
fulfills the functions of the Ethernet and MPLS switches. This NPU is software
programmable, allowing the MCS card to work as an Ethernet Provider Bridge
(QinQ) switch in V6.2, while also supporting a software upgrade to MPLS in
V7.
The foundation for the Ethernet traffic flow is as follows:
| VCG trail – LightSoft-based preprovisioned VCAT group (with LCAS) to
carry the Ethernet/MPLS traffic.
| MPLS tunnel and PW – LightSoft-based preprovisioned MPLS PW and
tunnel (LSP), based on MPLS as a connection-oriented technology. Tunnels
and PW are used to carry the Ethernet service traffic.

Table 5-2: MCSM/MCS5/MCS10 data cards and modules

Card Service # of Ethernet Electrical Optical # of EoS* Port Single/ EoS*/MoT**
interface (LAN) ports ports ports (WAN) granularity Double bandwidth
ports slot
XDM-100 product line
MCSM 10/100/1000 16 8 8 16 Nx double 5G
BaseT (copper) configurable configura VC-12/3/4
FX/GbE (optic) ble
MCS5 10/100/1000 24 16 8 32 Nx single 5G

FX/GbE (optic) ble
MCS10 10/100/1000 24 16 8 32 Nx single 10G
FX/GbE (optic) ble
*EoS: Ethernet over SDH
**MoT: MPLS over Transport (SDH)
MCS Standards Compliance

The MCS cards all comply with the following international standards:
| IEEE
802.1ad, 802.3ah (Link OAM), 802.1D/P/Q, 802.1w, 802.3, 802.3ad,
802.3x
| MEF
ECI Telecom's XDM and BG product lines are certified to comply

with MEF9 and MEF14 standards. In addition, MCS cards support the
following MEF standards:
MEF 4, MEF 6, MEF 7, MEF 10, MEF 11, MEF 12
| ITU-T
G.707, G.7041, G.7042, G.8010/Y.1306, G.8011/Y.1307,
G.8011.1/Y.1307.1, G.8011.2/Y.1307.2, G.8012/Y.1308, Y.1710,
Y.1711

| IETF
RFC 3031, RFC 3032, RFC 3270, RFC 3443, RFC 4448, RFC 4379,
RFC 3812, RFC 3813, RFC 2702, RFC 4090, RFC 3916, RFC 3985,
RFC 4125, RFC 4126
Drafts:
Martini encapsulation, draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls
VPLS draft, draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-ldp
draft-ietf-pwe3-ethernet-encap
draft-sajassi-l2vpn-vpls-multicast-congruency
draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-mcast-reqts
draft-ietf-magma-snoop
draft-ietf-mpls-rsvp-te-p2mp
draft-vasseur-mpls-backup-computation
EISMB Cards - Ethernet Layer 2 Service Card

The XDM provides Ethernet Layer 2 (E-LAN) service through the EISMB card
sets. These cards provide Ethernet Layer 2 services in mixed SDH and Ethernet
networks at minimum cost with maximum efficiency. Each card has multiple
Ethernet ports for direct connection to customer sites (either directly or through
a CLE), and functions as an embedded Ethernet switch, eliminating the need for
an external Ethernet switch. These cards are especially useful for business and
ISP applications, providing the reliable capacity and powerful speed essential
for the success of these applications.
Figure 5-9: Metro network illustration

Customers can provision multiple services on any single port, for example:
| EVPL services
| E-LAN with various QoS options
| ISP connectivity services
| Business connectivity services
The Layer 2 cards in each XDM in the network are connected to each other via
Network to Network Interface (NNI) EoS ports. These NNI ports can serve
either for dedicated traffic for specific customers or as a shared core for
multiple customers.
The cards support two interface categories:
| Ethernet (LAN) ports - physical Ethernet interfaces residing on the card or
in the modules cage. These ports may be configured as UNI ports or as NNI
ports to client equipment.
| EoS (WAN) ports - Ethernet over SDH ports which provide connections to
the SDH matrix. EoS ports may be configured as NNI ports to provide
connectivity between EISMB and MCS cards, or as UNI ports to provide a
connection to remote LAN ports.
Figure 5-10: Ethernet packet path
The granularity of the EoS trails is VC-12/3/4, and the link capacity for each
EoS connection may range from 2 Mbps up to 2.5 Gbps. SDH trails can be
modified as required via LightSoft.

EISMB Card Specifications

The following table summarizes the basic characteristics of the EISMB card
sets.
Table 5-3: EIS/EISMB data cards and modules
Card Service # of Electrical Optical # of Port Single/ EoS

interface Ethernet ports ports EOS granularity Double bandwidth
(LAN) (WAN) slot
ports ports
EISMB_804 10/100/1000 4 4 0 8 Nx single 2.5G
BaseT VC-12/3/4
EISMB_840 FE/GbE 4 0 4 8 Nx single 2.5G

VC-12/3/4
DIOB/DIOM Cards - Ethernet Layer 1

Service Cards
The XDM implements E-Line services by offering transparent Ethernet data
transmission over SDH. This is accomplished through a sophisticated and
intelligent set of cards - the DIOB cards for the XDM-1000 product line and the
DIOM cards for the XDM-100 product line. Installable in all XDM shelves, the
DIO card set enables EPL P2P services to be provisioned and managed in the
same manner as traditional SDH lines. The service provided by the DIO card
set P2P private line is agnostic to the higher layers above Ethernet. This means
that VLANs, jumbo frames, and unicast, multicast, and broadcast Ethernet
packets are all handled transparently at any given rate.
The DIOB/DIOM provides control and bandwidth management allocation for
each Ethernet connection in VC-12/3/4 increments up to the full rate. Each
GbE/FE interface is configured separately without interfering with other
connections. This flexibility enables SPs to adapt service rates to customer
needs and tailor prices accordingly. The card also provides all the benefits of
SFP technology for optical interfaces as well as electrical SFPs for DIOM in
mixed optical/electrical configurations offering GbE services.
The DIOB/DIOM provides multiple EPL Layer 1 (P2P) Ethernet over SDH
services. The DIOB in the XDM-1000 product line maps up to 8 GbE + 16 FE
ports (electrical or optical) onto virtually concatenated trails, with a total
capacity of up to 5 Gbps using the SDH switching fabric (HLXC/XIO) and
SDH line cards to reach other network sites. SFP-based optical interfaces are
placed on the DIOB card and electrical interfaces are on the ME16 module
located in the CCP part of the XDM-1000 product line platforms. Similarly, the
DIOM offers either 4 x 10/100/1000BaseT, 4 x GbE/FE optical interfaces, or
8 x 10/100BaseT interfaces on a single XDM-100 product line slot with a
maximum capacity of 2.5 Gbps, using the SDH infrastructure within the shelf
for connectivity. With DIOM cards, all ports are placed on the card itself.

Figure 5-11: DIOB block diagram
Using standard VCAT, GFP-F, and LCAS, DIOB/DIOM cards ensure

interoperability with third-party equipment as well as interoperability with
other XDM cards and ECI Telecom products.
The DIOB/DIOM EPL services are user configurable. The bandwidth for each
EPL service ranges from 2 Mbps up to full capacity (100 Mbps or Gbps) with
VC-12/3/4 granularity for any service. Client failures, as well as failures in the
SDH transport layer, are forwarded from one end to the other using CSF/TSF
signaling, thus shortening the fault detection period for the higher layers and
enabling full restoration of customer services much more quickly.
The DIOB/DIOM uses LCAS protection to dynamically decrease and increase
the size of a VCAT group (VCG), in cases of failure and repair of VCG
members. This capability enables a variety of new protection schemes, such as
split bandwidth between multiple routes and SDH protection for part of a VCG.

DIOB/DIOM Card Specifications

The following table summarizes the basic characteristics of the DIOB and
DIOM card sets.
Table 5-4: DIOB/DIOM data cards and modules
Card Service # of Electrical Optical # of Port Single/ EoS

interface Ethernet ports ports EOS granularity Double bandwidth
(LAN) (WAN) slot
ports ports
DIOM_04 10/100/ 4 4 0 4 Nx single 1.25/2.5G
1000BaseT VC-12/3/4
DIOM_40 FE/GbE 4 0 4 4 Nx single 1.25/2.5G

VC-12/3/4
DIOM_08 10/100 8 8 0 8 Nx single 1.25G

BaseT VC-12/3/4
DIOB 10/100/ 24 16 8 24 Nx single 2.5/5G

1000BaseT VC-12/3/4
FE/GbE

Ethernet Interfaces
All XDM data cards support various combinations of the following Ethernet
interfaces:
| SFP-based optical GbE, dual fiber:
1000BaseLX/ZX, single mode
1000BaseSX, multimode
Multi bitrate CWDM
| SFP-based optical GbE, single fiber:
1000BaseLX/EX, single mode (1310/1550 or 1550/1310)
| SFP-based 100BaseFX, optical interface for 100 Mbps FE, both single
mode and multimode
| Electrical SFP:
10/100/1000BaseT (copper)
| Electrical interfaces:
10/100BaseT, electrical interface for 10 or 100 Mbps Ethernet with auto
negotiation
10/100/1000BaseT, electrical interface for 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps
Ethernet with auto negotiation

6
WDM Optical Components and
Service Cards
In this chapter:
Overview.......................................................................................................... 6-1
Multi-Degree ROADM .................................................................................... 6-3
Mux/DeMux Cards .......................................................................................... 6-5
OADMs............................................................................................................ 6-6
Transponders.................................................................................................... 6-7
Combiners ...................................................................................................... 6-11
CMTR25 Multi-Rate Combiner/Transponder ............................................... 6-14
ADM on a Card ............................................................................................. 6-17
Pluggable Transceiver Modules (SFP/XFP/SFF) .......................................... 6-29
Optical Amplifiers ......................................................................................... 6-31
OPM Card ...................................................................................................... 6-36
OMSP Card .................................................................................................... 6-38
DCM and DCF ............................................................................................... 6-38
PELES............................................................................................................ 6-39
Optical Modules Designed for the XDM-100 Family ................................... 6-40
Overview
XDM shelves house a variety of C/DWDM multi-rate transponders and
combiners, multi-degree ROADMs, OADMs, AoC, Muxes/DeMuxes, Optical
Fiber Amplifiers (OFAs), Optical Performance Monitors (OPMs), and other
optical cards and modules used to process, amplify, and monitor multichannel
signals. The next-generation transponder and combiner components are all
based on a single universal CHTR_B base card. This modular approach
increases flexibility, simplifies operation, and reduces the costs of spare parts.

WDM Optical Components and XDM General Description
Service Cards
ECI Telecom's multi-rate transponders and combiners offer the flexibility to

choose the optimal combination of service rates, tailored to specific network
requirements. XDM transponders and combiners utilize tunable lasers at the
line side and pluggable optics at the client side, providing an ideal
cost-effective solution for managing transponder and combiner components.
For example, transponder spare parts procurement costs can be reduced by as
much as 90% when using tunable lasers. In addition, they enable new services
to be delivered more quickly, as the same type of card can be used for any
wavelength. Tunable laser components can be set to any one of the
40/80 channels in the C band via the management system and have
high-dispersion tolerance transmitters, ensuring successful transponder card
replacement for all types of transmitters.
Pluggable optics provide simple cost-effective wavelength flexibility through
the use of modular SFP/XFP transceivers for diverse applications.
ECI Telecom's innovative AoC supports 10 Gbps ADM service on a double
card for GbE, FC1, FC2, and STM-16 services. AoC combines the cost
efficiency of an optical platform with the granularity and flexibility previously
available only in SDH networks.
The XDM offers a rich set of optical cards and modules, enabling operators to
design a network tailored to their requirements and preferences. The following
sections describe the highlights of the various optical components, focusing on
the most popular of the XDM cards and modules. The optical modules
described in the first half of the chapter are mostly used in platforms from the
XDM-1000 product line. Optical Modules Designed for the XDM-100 Family
(on page 6-40) focuses on the optical components designed specifically for use
in platforms from the XDM-100 product line. For a detailed description of the
complete set of XDM optical components, see the XDM System Specifications.

XDM General Description WDM Optical Components and
Service Cards
Multi-Degree ROADM
Operators' increasing need for capacity and flexibility in DWDM networks is
the driving force behind the development and deployment of ROADM
solutions. These systems provide full management of wavelength services
while reducing OPEX. The fast implementation of new revenue-generating
services thus becomes greatly simplified and cost effective.
The XDM offers an advanced third-generation 10-degree Wavelength
Selective Switch (WSS) ROADM providing:
| Colorless operation - remote management configuration enabling routing
any channel to any port.
| Full n-degree (1 < n < 10) operation for multiple ring, subtended ring, star,
and full mesh topologies.
| Low insertion loss for through channels.
| Expandable to 80 channels.
Figure 6-1: WSS-based ROADM technology

Service Cards
The WSS ROADM card is installed in the modules cage slots of the XDM-500
and XDM-1000. The card is configured for East/West operation and provides
eight add/drop ports. Each port can be configured to add/drop any of the
80 channels in the C band in any combination. The 2-degree Planar
Lightwave Circuit (PLC) ROADM extends the 10-degree ROADM
capabilities for simple P2P and ring applications, allowing network operators to
build flexible mesh-based optical networks from edge to core. Simplified
service provisioning and fewer regenerations enable reduced CAPEX and
OPEX.
Figure 6-2: PLC ROADM technology
Automatic equalization of the channels is provided via the LightSoft network

management system. Integrated in the XDM and fully managed by the
LightSoft network management suite, the ROADM provides operators with the
most cost-effective flexible multiservice optical platform available today for
metro, regional, and long-haul networks.
Table 6-1: WSS/PLC ROADM modules

Module Slots XDM- XDM- Description
1000 2000
MO_ROADM40 3 CCP √ 2-degree, 40-channel PLC ROADM with
per-channel drop&continue capability and
wrong-wavelength blocking
MO_ROADM8D 2 CCP √ 10-degree WSS ROADM with optical add/drop of
any combination of channels to 9 ports
MO_ROADM8E 2 CCP √ 10-degree WSS ROADM with optical add/drop of
any combination of channels to 9 ports,
expandable to 80 channels
MO_ROADM8I 2 CCP √ 10-degree WSS ROADM with optical add/drop of
any combination of channels to 9 ports, expansion
module for 80 channels

Service Cards
Mux/DeMux Cards
The XDM offers a wide range of Mux and DeMux cards, enabling network
operators to select cards optimized for their specific network requirements.
Mux/DeMux cards support up to 40/80 DWDM channels (with a spectral
spacing of 50/100 GHz between channels), and up to 8/16 channels CWDM
(with 20 nm channel spacing). This variety of cards enables the operator to
choose the card or module that provides an optimal fit for the network capacity,
reach, and day-one costs.
Several upgrade and expansion paths are offered, such as from 16 to
32 channels DWDM, from 40 to 80 channels DWDM, and from 4 to 8 channels
CWDM. This variety of expansion options enables operators to optimize
day-one costs with maximum system capacity.
The following table lists some of the XDM C/DWDM Mux and DeMux units
more commonly used in the XDM-1000 product line. For the full list please
refer to the XDM System Specifications.
Table 6-2: Mux/DeMux modules - selected subset in the XDM-1000 family

Module Slots XDM- XDM- XDM- Description
40 1000 2000
MO_CW2 + 1 √ √ 8-channel CWDM Mux/DeMux
OM_CWM8C + CCP
OM_CWD8C
MO_DW40VMD 3 √ 40-channel DWDM variable
CCP Mux/DeMux for long-haul
applications
MO_DW40VMD 3 √ 40-channel DWDM variable
E CCP Mux/DeMux for long-haul
applications, expandable to 80
channels
MO_DW40VMDI 3 √ 40-channel DWDM variable
CCP Mux/DeMux for long-haul
applications, expansion module for
80 channels
MO_DW40MC 2 √ 40-channel C band Mux for
CCP metro/regional applications
MO_DW40DC 2 √ 40-channel C band DeMux for
CCP metro/regional applications
The Variable Mux (VMUX) card is a key component in cost-effective

high-performance regional and long-haul networks. This controllable Mux can
attenuate each individual input wavelength to any desired value, eliminating
spectral tilt, improving Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio (OSNR), and facilitating
pre-emphasis of weaker channels. These capabilities enable a significant
extension of the overall reach. They also simplify both the initial installation
and calibration of the network and the addition of more wavelengths as the
network grows.

Service Cards
The VMUX functionality is critical in supporting alien wavelengths that are fed
to the XDM DWDM network from third-party equipment that supports the
ITU-T DWDM grid. The VMUX attenuates the alien wavelength to match the
desired level applied to neighboring wavelengths, thereby eliminating power tilt
and increasing overall reach. The CWDM Mux/DeMux modules handle up to
eight different CWDM wavelengths and feature a built-in OSC filter.
OADMs
In both metropolitan and long-haul networks, some of the traffic is transported
over short site-to-site distances. However, it is not always necessary to access
all the channels at every node along the path. In these cases, XDM OADM
cards provide a very cost-effective solution.
OADMs add and drop single or multiple channels at specific nodes without
interfering with the remaining pass-through channels. They therefore allow
network resources to be shared among several traffic hubs, nodes, or
subnetworks.
The XDM OADM solutions are provided in East/West and A/B configurations,
in which each OADM interfaces with the two fibers that arrive from the
adjacent site, as follows:
| East/West: ideal for protected traffic or asymmetrical channel networks
| East/West Pluggable: ideal for OADM-ready sites that do not require
traffic drops from the start
| A/B: low insertion loss, optimized for nonamplified metro applications
Figure 6-3: Pluggable OADM in standby and active modes

Service Cards
The following table lists some of the XDM OADM modules more commonly
used in the XDM-1000 product line. For the full list please refer to the XDM
System Specifications.
Table 6-3: OADM cards and modules - selected subset of XDM-1000 family
Module Slots XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- Description
40 500 1000 2000
MO_CW2 + 1 √ √ 1-channel CWDM OADM,
OM_OADMC1AB CCP AB configuration
_xx
MO_CW2 + 1 √ √ √ 4-channel grouped DWDM
MO_OADM4GEW CCP OADM for non-amplified
xx links, EW configuration
OADM4EW + 1 I/O √ √ √ 4-channel OADM for
OM_AD4EWxx amplified links, EW
configuration
Transponders
The XDM offers various transponder cards for 10 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, and
continuous bitrates up to 2.7 Gbps. These transponders support all commonly
required services, such as SDH (STM-1 to STM-64), Ethernet (FE, GbE, and
10 GbE LAN), ATM, IP, SAN, video, and proprietary bitrates. The CMTR25
multi-rate combiner/transponder (see "CMTR25 Multi-Rate Combiner /
Transponder" on page 6-14) can be used as a transponder and/or a combiner
and support any combination of a range of client interfaces, including STM-16
or OTU1 regeneration.
XDM transponders comply with the ITU-T standards for 50 GHz and 100 GHz
multichannel spacing (DWDM) or 20 nm spacing (CWDM). Most transponders
for the XDM-1000 product line are based on the universal CHTR_B base card
for increased simplicity and reduction of spare parts costs.
The 10 Gbps and 2.5 Gbps transponders use ITU-T G.709 mapping and
framing, including FEC, PM, in-band management (GCC), and G.709-based
protection. Performance monitoring of all client side signals is done in their
native layer (SDH and Ethernet).

Service Cards
The following table lists some of the more commonly used XDM transponder
cards and modules. For the full list please refer to the XDM System
Specifications. Transponder features are described in greater detail in the
following sections.
Table 6-4: Transponder cards - selected subset

Module Slots XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- Description Protection
40 500 1000 2000 type
10 Gbps Transponders
TRP10_2B 1 I/O √ √ √ √ STM-64/10 GbE WAN OCH 1+1
OTN add/drop
transponder/regenerator
with FEC/EFEC
TRP10_LAN 1 I/O √ √ √ √ 10 GbE LAN OTN OCH 1+1
add/drop transponder
with FEC/EFEC
2.5 Gbps Transponders
TRP25_2C 1 I/O √ √ √ √ Continuous bitrate OCH 1+1
DWDM add/drop
transponder/regenerator
(50 Mbps to 2.7 Gbps)
with FEC
OMTR27_2 1 I/O √ √ √ √ High-density 2.5 Gbps OCH 1+1
SFP-based transponder and/or line
with FEC protection
options
NOTE: The OMTR27_2 transponder module is used in the

CMTR25 multi-rate combiner/transponder (on page 6-14).
TRP10 Cardset
The TRP10 cards all have two transponders (Tx and Rx) on one card, providing
full functionality in a space-saving form factor and operating in an East/West
configuration. TRP10 cards support the following features:
| Based on universal CHTR_B base card
| Variety of client side signals:
STM-64/10 GbE WAN
10 GbE LAN
| Variety of client side XFPs
| Variety of line side transmitters:
80-channel tunable LiNbO3 line transmitters for improved performance
and flexibility
Single wavelength SFF transmitters
Single wavelength XFP colored transmitters for reduced cost

Service Cards
| G.709 OTN ODU2/OTU2 mapping and framing including:

Configurable for FEC/EFEC operation
G.709 GCC in-band communication channel
Unique mapping of 10 GbE LAN to a fully standard ODU2, including
full transparency of the Ethernet preamble and SFD bytes
(TRP10_LAN)
| Comprehensive PM, such as:
Line side: G.709 OTN PM
Client side: native SDH PM for STM-64 and 10 GbE WAN clients
(TRP10_2B)
Ethernet PM for 10 GbE LAN clients (TRP10_LAN)
| Built-in optical channel (OCH) protection based on PM parameters
| ALS
| 800 ps/nm and 1600 ps/nm (40 km and 80 km, 25 and 50 mile) operation
The following figure shows a block diagram illustrating the operation of the
XDM transponder.
Figure 6-4: TRP10_2B transponder block diagram

Service Cards
TRP25_2C
The XDM TRP25_2C consists of a single base card with two separate 2.5 Gbps
transponders. The TRP25_2C features include:
| Client side and line side continuous bitrate, from 50 Mbps to 2.7 Gbps
| Two-wavelength fixed and tunable line side transmitters
| Optical channel protection in less than 10 msec, based on LOS or LOD
OMTR27_2
The 2.5 Gbps OMTR27_2 transponder card supports the following key
features:
| Based on the universal CHTR_B base card
| Variety of client side SFPs, STM-16/OTU1, noncolored and CWDM
| Configurable for G.709 OTN OTU1 line rates
| Line side transmitters:
Fixed DWDM SFP transmitters
CWDM SFP transmitters
| G.709 OTN ODU1/OTU1 mapping and framing, including:
7% FEC operation
PM for SDH clients
| Built-in OCH protection in less than 50 msec, based on PM parameters
| Optional line protection
| ALS

Service Cards
Combiners
The XDM offers a variety of combiner card options for 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps.
These cards multiplex several client signals onto a single C/DWDM
wavelength using a built-in TDM matrix. The CMTR25 multi-rate
combiner/transponder (see "CMTR25 Multi-Rate Combiner/Transponder" on
page 6-14) can be used as either transponders or combiners and support any
combination of a range of client interfaces, including STM-1, STM-4, GbE,
FC1, and FC2, for configurations tailored to your precise requirements.
The combiner cards support line side tunable lasers and hot-swappable client
side SFPs, and support a variety of GbE and SAN applications.
XDM combiners are ideal for reducing network cost, saving wavelengths, and
improving network reliability. For example, all combiners for the XDM-1000
product line are based on the universal CHTR_B base card for increased
simplicity and reduction of spare parts costs.
The following figure shows a block diagram illustrating the operation of the
XDM combiner.
Figure 6-5: CMBR10_T combiner block diagram
One of the XDM’s unique features is the ability to combine different services
over the same wavelength, including mixing CWDM clients onto DWDM lines.
This enables the operator to design very cost-effective C/DWDM networks,
from access to core, with no back-to-back connections of multiple transponders
and combiners.

Service Cards
The following figure illustrates a blending of multiple GbE and FC services,

from access CWDM to core DWDM, through the interworking of three
different combiner types. The result is an end-to-end solution with no costly
and unnecessary back-to-back transponder and combiner connections.
Figure 6-6: Seamless GbE/FC transport from access to core
The interworking approach described in the previous example can also be

applied to mixtures of different services over the same wavelength, such as
multiple GbEs, FCs, and STM-16s over a single 10 Gbps wavelength.
The following table lists some of the more commonly used XDM combiner
cards. For the full list please refer to the XDM System Specifications.
Combiner features are described in greater detail in the following sections.
Table 6-5: Combiner cards - selected subset

Module Slots XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- Description Protection
40 500 1000 2000 type
10 Gbps Combiners
CMBR10_T 1 I/O √ √ √ √ 4 x STM-16/OTU1 OCH 1+1
OTN combiner with
timing transparency
with FEC/EFEC
2.5 Gbps Combiners
OMCM25_4 1 I/O √ √ √ √ 4xAny multi-rate OCH 1+1
combiner , up to four and/or line
separate wavelengths protection
per card, choice of options
service options
(STM-1, STM-4, GbE,
and FC1/FC2 into
STM-16/OTU1) with
FEC

Service Cards
NOTE: The OMCM25_4 combiner module is used in the

CMTR25 multi-rate combiner/transponder (on page 6-14).
10 Gbps Combiners
The CMBR10_T supports the following key features:
| Variety of client side SFPs, noncolored and CWDM
| Variety of line side transmitters:
80-channel tunable LiNbO3 line transmitters for improved performance
and flexibility
Single wavelength SFF transmitters
Single wavelength XFP colored transmitters for reduced cost
Configurable for FEC/EFEC operation
Client side: Native SDH PM for STM-16
| ALS
| 800 ps/nm and 1600 ps/nm (40 km/25 mile and 80 km/50 mile) operation
2.5 Gbps Combiners

The 2.5 Gbps OMCM25_4 combiner card supports the following key features:
| Variety of client side noncolored SFPs (STM-1, STM-4, GbE, FC1, FC2)
| Configurable for STM-16/G.709 OTN OTU1 line rates
| Line side transmitters:
Fixed DWDM SFP transmitters
CWDM SFP transmitters
7% FEC operation
Ethernet PM for GbE clients
PM for SDH clients
| Optional line protection
| ALS

Service Cards
CMTR25 Multi-Rate
Combiner/Transponder
The CMTR25 multi-rate transponder/combiner card works with either one or
two slide-in modules (OMCM25_4 and/or OMTR27_2).
The OMCM25_4 module is a multi-rate combiner that provides 4xANY
service, supporting either two or four client ports with either one or two OTU1
aggregate lines. The OMTR27_2 module is a double-density SFP-based OTU1
transponder and regenerator. Both modules offer a choice of line protection,
regeneration, or add&drop service, as well as supporting GCC in-band
management capabilities. Each module accepts up to four plug-in SFP modules.
Each line interface is configurable by the user at either STM-16 or OTU1 line
rate. Supported client rate services include STM-1, STM-4, GbE, FC1, and
FC2, using up to four extractable CWDM or non-colored (850/1310/1550 nm)
SFPs.
The CMTR25 can be used in the following configurations:
| Each OMTR27_2 module functions as an STM-16/OTU1 transponder that
can carry two separate wavelengths per card. The OMTR27_2 supports a
choice of service options. including either two STM-16 over two OTU1
unprotected service, or 1+1 SNCP line protection on a single module,
depending on the configuration.
| With two OMTR27_2 modules, the CMTR25 functions as a
double-density multi-rate transponder, doubling the capacity of a single
OMTR27_2 module to carry four wavelengths per card.
Figure 6-7: OMTR27_2 transponder block diagram

Service Cards
| Each OMCM25_4 module functions as a multi-rate 2.5 Gbps combiner,

with flexible capabilities that enable cost-efficient multiplexing of several
different low-rate signals, such as STM-1, STM-4, FC1, FC2, and full rate
GbE service, (both uni- and bi-directional), onto an STM-16/OTU1
C/DWDM wavelength.
| With two OMCM25_4 modules, the CMTR25 functions as a
double-density multi-rate combiner, doubling the capacity of a single
OMCM25_4 module.
Figure 6-8: OMCM25_4 multi-rate combiner block diagram
| With a combination of one OMTR27_2 transponder module and one

OMCM25_4 combiner module, the CMTR25 offers both combiner and
transponder multi-rate functionality, with the complete set of services and
capabilities described here.

Service Cards
A CMTR25 cards with a mixture of one OMCM25_4 and one OMTR27_2 is

illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 6-9: CMTR25 in mixed module mode
The following figure illustrates a typical application for which the CMTR25
provides the optimal combination of service flexibility. This figure portrays a
P2P application that transports up to four different services over two protected
OTU1 line interfaces.
Figure 6-10: CMTR25 typical usage

Service Cards
ADM on a Card
ECI Telecom supports 10 Gbps Add/Drop Multiplexer (ADM) service on a
double card for GbE, FC1, FC2, OTU1, and STM-16 services. This convenient
ADM on a Card (AoC) module replaces larger, more cumbersome and complex
ADM units.
AoC benefits include the ability to route client signals to different locations
along the optical ring, as well as per-service selectable protection and
drop&continue features, useful for E-line service and multi-service
applications. The AoC can also be used as a multi-rate combiner up to OTU2.
With all these capabilities built in, the AoC combines the cost efficiency of an
optical platform with the granularity and flexibility previously available only in
SDH networks.
The AoC supports flexible aggregation of different services, enabling
multiplexing of up to 16 Ethernet, FC, or TDM client interfaces onto a 10 Gbps
optical ring (10.7G OTN), or eight per chain, without any need for traditional
SDH or ODU matrixes. Redundancy and service availability are provided by
pairing two AoC cards together. The physical interfaces are
GbE/FC1/FC2/STM-16, yet the AoC supports granularity down to the VC-4
level. The AoC can take OTU1 traffic from the OMCM25_4 (see "CMTR25
Multi-Rate Combiner/Transponder" on page 6-14) and break down the separate
traffic streams, transmitting the internal services (STM-1, STM-4, and GbE)
along the ring at the appropriate bandwidth.
The AoC offers the flexibility of tunability for long haul DWDM chains as well
as cost effective fixed DWDM transmitters for metro ring configurations.
Figure 6-11: AoC: typical configuration

Service Cards
The AoC supports efficient GbE multicast capabilities with uni-directional

drop&continue service. These capabilities make the AoC particularly suitable
for video applications such as VoD that are part of full triple play service.
Table 6-6: AoC functionality options

Module Slots XDM XDM XDM XDM Description
-40 -500 -1000 -2000
AoC: 2 I/O √ √ √ √ 10 Gbps Add/Drop Multiplexer
ADM (ADM) service on a double card for
configuration up to 16 client interfaces, for GbE,
FC1/FC2, OTU1, and STM-16
services
AoC: 1 I/O √ √ √ √ Multi-rate combiner up to OTU2 for
terminal up to eight client interfaces, for GbE,
configuration FC1/FC2, OTU1, and STM-16
services
AoC multi-service ADM supports wire-speed GbE with node pass-through,

add/drop, or drop&continue service per GbE. AoC offers low latency and high
QoS with no packet loss and a high data transport capacity with low operational
costs. AoC provides SDH-like simplicity and minimal operational complexity,
with no need for optical link engineering, optical amplifiers, or power
balancing. Additional advantages include fast, automatic optical-layer
protection and efficient backhauling of multiple DSLAMs per node through use
of TDM to a 10 Gbps wavelength.

Service Cards
Comprehensive E2E Wavelength Services

The AoC enables next-generation transport WDM, providing connectivity,
interoperability, and complete in-band management capabilities between the
4xAny multi-rate network components, via the AoC, while simultaneously
providing ring-based services for GbE, FC1, FC2, and STM-16. Highlights of
AoC capabilities are illustrated here.
| The AoC supports all ring-based services for GbE, FC1, FC2, and STM-16
interfaces, taking and dropping FC1/FC2/GbE/STM-16 traffic through the
AoC.
Figure 6-12: AoC: ring-based services for GbE, FC1, FC2, OTU1, and STM-16

Service Cards
| Traffic can be routed from a 2.5 Gbps access point to the 10 Gbps ring by
routing it, for example, from the OMCM25_4 module (see "CMTR25
Multi-Rate Combiner/Transponder" on page 6-14) to the AoC.
Figure 6-13: AoC: routing traffic from access to ring

Service Cards
| Connect the OMCM25_4 to the AoC for remote AoC management via
GCC. The AoC supports GCC in-band management, enabling remote
management from the OTU1 aggregate line interface (OMCM25_4)
through the OTU1 client interface (AoC).
Figure 6-14: AoC: GCC in-band remote management capabilities

Service Cards
| The AoC offers protected services. For example, the AoC supports dual
homing from access and ring.
Figure 6-15: AoC: dual homing protection

Service Cards
| To conserve bandwidth in the AoC ring, the AoC supports cross connection
at the VC-4 level. XDM networks can transport STM-1 and STM-4 traffic
through the AoC even though the AoC does not include direct
STM-1/STM-4 interface support.
Figure 6-16: AoC: STM-1/STM-4 cross connect capabilities

Service Cards
Put it all together, and you can see that the AoC enables the most
comprehensive set of E2E wavelength services for your network requirements.
Figure 6-17: AoC: next generation transport WDM

Service Cards
AoC Protection Options

The AoC offers a variety of protection options, enabling network operators to
choose the protection scheme most useful for their network configuration.
Protection options include:
| Full equipment protection: The AoC as a multi-rate combiner for standard
P2P service supports OCH 1+1 with full equipment protection.
The AoC offers the option of arranging double line aggregates on separate
cards with two clients connected to a single client interface. This
configuration requires card installation in adjacent slots and a
splitter/coupler or Y-fiber to connect the client interfaces.
Figure 6-18: AoC: full equipment protection

Service Cards
| Network protection: The AoC as a multi-rate combiner for standard P2P

service supports standard line protection.
cards with a single client on either of the cards connected directly to the
client interface. This configuration requires card installation in adjacent
slots.
With this configuration, service providers can even push up to 9 GbE or
10 FC1 unprotected clients, supporting up to the full OTU2 bandwidth
capacity.
Figure 6-19: AoC: network protection

Service Cards
| Optical Dual Ring Interface (DRI) protection: The AoC when used in
ring applications supports optical DRI protection. (Note that inter-ring
traffic is through client ports.)
The AoC supports network topologies requiring drop&continue or multicast
services. Drop&continue service offers a key benefit by enabling network
operators to build robust, resilient network architectures that are able to
survive multiple fiber and note failures through the use of optical DRI, as
Figure 6-20: AoC: optical DRI protection

Service Cards
| Mixed protection schemes: The AoC when used in ring applications

supports a mixture of protection schemes.
The comprehensive service support and flexibility of the AoC enables use
of a mixture of protection schemes. Choose the optimal combination of
protection configurations, based on your network needs. A typical example
is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 6-21: AoC protection mixture
With the AoC, you may choose any combination of protected network traffic,
unprotected traffic, fully protected traffic including client port protection, and
so on. Dual homing from access to ring is also supported.

Service Cards
Pluggable Transceiver Modules

(SFP/XFP/SFF)
SFPs, XFPs, and SFFs are a new variety of modular optical transceivers with a
small footprint and low power consumption. SFP transceivers operate at rates
of up to 2.7 Gbps, with either electrical or optical ports, including both colored
and noncolored interfaces (C/DWDM). XFP and SFF transceivers operate at
rates of up to 10.7 Gbps. SFF transceivers are available in both tunable and
fixed versions.
The SFP/XFP/SFF transceiver modules are used for the entire spectrum of
interfaces, including intraoffice, short, and long ranges, and the interchangeable
transceiver components are utilized throughout the product line. The
standardized modular design of the transceiver components facilitates network
maintenance and upgrades. Instead of replacing an entire circuit board
containing a number of soldered modules, a single module can be removed or
replaced for repair or upgrade, providing significant cost savings.
All transceivers provide power monitoring capabilities. The SFPs for STM-16
have the added capability to use low-cost colored interfaces (C/DWDM),
further reducing maintenance costs. Transceivers provide a significant
advantage for the XIO, SIO, DIOB/M, EISMB, and MCS cards used in XDM
platforms.
Figure 6-22: SFF, SFP, and XFP examples
The SFP, XFP, and SFF transceivers support a variety of transmission rates for
several wavelengths and distances.

Service Cards
The XFP transceivers support:

| Short-haul 850 nm 10 GbE LAN transceivers.
| Long-haul 1310 nm 10 GbE LAN transceivers.
| Extended reach 1550 nm 10 GbE LAN transceivers.
| Intraoffice 1310 nm STM-64/10 GbE WAN transceivers.
| Short-haul 1310 nm STM-64/10 GbE WAN transceivers.
| Long-haul 1550 nm STM-64/10 GbE WAN transceivers.
| Long-haul DWDM C band (40 channel with 100 GHz spacing) OTU2
(G.709) transceivers.
The SFF transceivers support:
| Short-haul DWDM C band (40 channel with 100 GHz spacing) OTU2
(G.709) fixed transceivers.
(G.709) fixed transceivers.
(G.709) configurable FEC/EFEC fixed NRZ transceivers.
(G.709) configurable FEC/EFEC tunable NRZ transceivers.
(G.709) configurable FEC/EFEC tunable RZ transceivers.
| Long-haul (80 channel with 50 GHz spacing) OTU1 (G.709) tunable
transceivers.
The SFP transceivers support:
| Short-haul and long-haul 1310 nm transceivers, ranging from STM-1 to
STM-16.
| Short-haul and long-haul 1550 nm transceivers ranging from STM-1 to
STM-16.
| Short reach 850 nm optical GbE transceivers.
| Long reach 1310 nm optical GbE transceivers.
| Extended reach 1550 nm optical GbE transceivers.
| Short and long reach CWDM STM-16/OTU1 SFP transceivers.
| Short and long reach DWDM STM-16/OTU1 SFP transceivers.

Service Cards
Optical Amplifiers
As optical signals are attenuated by the fiber through which they travel, they
can reach power levels below the sensitivity of the optical receiver at the other
end. Before this occurs the signal must be regenerated. In the past, regeneration
was performed exclusively using OEO transceivers. However, with the
development of the OFA, amplification can be performed more cost-effectively
in the optical domain, without requiring an expensive conversion to the
electrical domain and back.
The XDM platform offers a large variety of EDFA and Raman amplifiers to
suit any need and application, such as:
| Amplified metro-core DWDM networks
| Regional and long-haul DWDM networks
| Repeaterless undersea DWDM links
| Single-channel SDH applications that require extra power budget and for
which no optional regeneration sites are available
The XDM houses these amplifiers in the modules cage as well as in the cards
cage, providing maximum flexibility regardless of the XDM shelf used.

Service Cards
The following table lists some of the more commonly used XDM OFA cards
for the XDM-1000 product line. Card features are described in greater detail in
the following sections.
Table 6-7: OFA cards - selected subset for the XDM-1000 family
Module Slots XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- Description
500 1000 2000 3000
40
MO_OFA_HBC 1 √ √ √ High-power dynamic
CCP booster for long-haul
applications.
MO_OFA_PC 1 √ √ √ High-power dynamic
CCP preamplifier for long-haul
applications.
MO_OFA_PHBC 1 √ √ √ High-power dynamic
CCP booster and preamplifier
in E/W configuration for
regional/long-haul
applications. Optimized
for ROADM nodes.
MO_OFA_M 1 √ √ √ High-power dynamic
CCP variable gain multistage
amplifier for
regional/long-haul
applications. Mainly used
as an in-line amplifier.
MO_OFA_MH 1 √ √ √ Very high-power
CCP dynamic variable gain
multistage amplifier for
80 channel
regional/long-haul
applications. Mainly used
as an in-line amplifier.
OFA2 1 I/O √ √ √ √ √ Family of boosters,
preamplifiers, and in-line
amplifiers for
metro/regional
applications.
OFA_R 2 I/O √ √ High-power RAMAN
amplifier for long-haul
and undersea
applications.
RM_OFA_VHB Rack mounted Very high power booster

for long-haul and
undersea applications.
RM_OFA_HBR Rack mounted High power RAMAN

RM_OFA_HFR amplifiers for long-haul
and undersea
applications.

Service Cards
OFA2
This family of EDFA-based amplifier cards provides a complete bidirectional
amplification solution for a fiber pair with a very compact form factor on a
single slot card. Its compact size and low cost make it ideal for amplified metro
networks.
Available modules are:
| Preamplifier
| Booster
| 23 dB gain amplifier for inline and/or booster applications
| 29 dB gain amplifier for inline and/or preamp applications
The OFA2 also uses a built-in Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) that
automatically controls the input power and the amplifier gain so that the
amplifier can be controlled using ECI Telecom's patent-pending power-control
technology.
The OFA2 cards are typically used in metro core/regional networks of channels
that typically range up to 500 km (over 300 miles) and sometimes up to 1000
km (620 miles).
Dynamic Variable Gain Amplifiers (VGA)

The MO_OFA_M, MO_OFA_PHBC, MO_OFA_HBC, MO_OFA_PC, and
MO_OFA_MH families of amplifiers include a set of high-power multistage
dynamic variable gain EDFAs. These amplifiers are typically used in regional
and long-haul networks of up to 2000 km (1240 miles). The RM_OFA_VHB
and RM_OFA_HBR/HFR amplifiers are generally used in repeaterless
undersea DWDM links, typically up to 300 km (190 miles).
Using dynamic EDFA technology, these amplifiers automatically adjust
themselves to the length of the fiber span for which they are compensating,
thereby providing optimized amplification over the entire spectral band. By
maintaining an optimal OSNR at the output of each amplifier, much longer
spans and many more amplifiers can be cascaded, resulting in an OSNR that is
sufficiently high for the receiver at the end of the link. This capability is
essential in real-world regional and long-haul optical networks, where the fiber
spans vary in length and attenuation between amplifier sites. As a result, fewer
spare amplifiers are needed.
Along with the ability to provide the correct gain at each site while maintaining
flat amplification and optimal OSNR, the MO_OFA_M family has midstage
access for DCF, OADM, and ROADM integration (up to 10 dB of insertion
loss) that does not affect the link power budget. This means that DWDM links
based on the MO_OFA_M family not only have a very impressive reach but
require fewer inline amplifiers to achieve that reach.

Service Cards
The intelligent MO_OFA_M amplifier can even correct the spectral tilt
introduced by the hundreds of kilometers or miles of optical fiber and other
optical components on the line that have wavelength-dependent loss
coefficients.
The MO_OFA_MH is a high power version optimized for 80 channel
applications. The MO_OFA_PHBC is a dual stage EDFA that is unique in its
East/West configurations. As illustrated in the following diagram, this
architecture is specifically designed for ROADM nodes, providing high gain,
low noise, and high midstage access to accommodate 2 x WSS ROADM.
Moreover, the unique East/West architecture ensures that no single failure will
cause a node failure.
Figure 6-23: Typical MO_OFA_PHBC application in a fully redundant ROADM node
The MO_OFA_PHBC/MO_OFA_HBC can operate as a booster and

preamplifier for terminal nodes. A single booster configuration
(MO_OFA_HBC), as well as a single preamplifier configuration
(MO_OFA_PC), are both available.
RM_OFA_VHB
The RM_OFA_VHB is a very high power (25–27 dBm) EDFA booster in a
compact rack-mounted unit. This amplifier is typically used in undersea links
and in very long terrestrial links where very high power is required to bridge
very high fiber loss. In many applications this amplifier is coupled with Raman
amplifiers, described in the following section.

Service Cards
OFA_R and RM_OFA_HBR/HFR

Optical networks are sometimes deployed under conditions where equipment
must transmit over long fiber spans with no intermediate sites for optical
amplification or electrical 3R regeneration. This is the case with undersea
networks, island hopping, festoons, and other spans over rough terrains or to
remote locations.
Whenever the optical power budget offered by the OFA_2 and OFA_M is
insufficient, the OFA_R or the RM_OFA_HBR/HFR distributed Raman
amplifiers are the required solution. With these amplifiers, single channel and
DWDM networks can operate over extended distances. The amplification is
highly dependent on the fiber type used, its quality, the splices, and other
optical criteria. Use of Raman amplifiers also reduces the number of inline
amplifiers in an optical span, thus allowing reduced operation costs and higher
service availability.
Raman is a nonlinear physical phenomenon whereby injection of high optical
power into the fiber transforms it into an amplifier and reduces optical
attenuation. This improves optical power budget and increases the effective
range of the signal.
ITU-T Recommendation G.665 classifies distributed Raman amplifiers as
follows:
| Forward-pumped
| Reverse-pumped
| Bidirectional pumped
The Raman amplifiers may be configured to operate in any of the distributed

Raman amplification classes. It operates in conjunction with the EDFA at either
end of the span, serving as the booster or preamp.
Figure 6-24: OFA_R in a bidirectional distributed amplification application
The OFA_R is a double-slot card that generates 500 mW (27 dBm) optical
power. The RM_OFA_HBR/HFR are compact rack-mounted units that
generate very high power of up to 1.8 W (32.5 dBm). The RM_OFA_HFR
operates in a forward mode, and the RM_OFA_HBR operates in a backward or
reverse mode. The Raman amplifiers are designed to operate with various fiber
types, including G.652, G.655, and G.654.

Service Cards
OPM Card
To properly manage DWDM networks, especially regional/long-haul amplified
networks, active monitoring of the optical layer is critical. The Optical
Performance Monitoring (OPM) card for the XDM-1000 product line enables
simultaneous monitoring of all 80 wavelengths, at any four different line points
within a site, delivering direct feedback of the optical signal status. Specifically,
it reports three critical parameters from each active optical channel to LightSoft
and provides alarms about any changes in the following parameters:
| Wavelength (and channel count)
| Power level per channel
| OSNR per channel
The OPM performs automatic scheduled measurements at 15-minute intervals.
These are compared to a historical database of measurements. Long-term
monitoring provides a performance baseline that enables forecasting and rapid
network restoration in case of failures.
The following figure illustrates different possible locations of the OPM and the
connection to LightSoft to enable monitoring of each individual wavelength.
Figure 6-25: OPM cards location and connections to the network manager

Service Cards
A single OPM card monitors optical parameters at four different points in the
same site. The following figure illustrates how a single OPM card in a single
XDM slot monitors these parameters in an OADM site. More than one OPM
card can be used in hub sites in mesh topologies.
Figure 6-26: Typical OPM configuration in an ROADM site
The OPM card enables comprehensive intelligent monitoring that is of great

value for:
| Routine monitoring of optical transmission and fiber quality.
| Preventive maintenance of the optical links, recommended to prevent
problems before they occur.
| Quick and effective troubleshooting, since the OPM provides operators
with vital information needed to efficiently pinpoint the source of a network
problem with minimal disruption or downtime. Use of the OPM eliminates
the need to send technicians with standalone measuring equipment, such as
an optical spectrum analyzer, to the site, thereby enabling a quick return to
full operational functionality with major OPEX savings.

Service Cards
OMSP Card
The OMSP is an optical MS protection card that provides multiplex section
protection at the optical line level. This single-slot card enables the optical
network to operate in a four-fiber infrastructure while minimizing equipment
needs. Operation in four-fiber rings ensures enhanced protection in cases of a
fiber cut, as a parallel fiber pair protects each fiber pair.
The OMSP card can also be used to add nodes by switching to the appropriate
fiber pair, thus connecting the node to the network.
Figure 6-27: Adding nodes using the OMSP
DCM and DCF

The XDM offers a variety of Dispersion Compensating Modules (DCM) and
Dispersion Compensating Fibers (DCF) to properly compensate for chromatic
dispersion.
The DCFs are compact rack-mounted units that can compensate for various
distances (20, 40, 60, 80, 95, and 120 km, or 12, 25, 38, 50, 60, and 75 miles),
suitable for various fiber types, such as ITU-T G.652 and G.655 compliant
fibers.
The DCM utilizes state-of-the-art passive Fiber Bragg Grating technology, and
provides a cost-effective solution for single-channel dispersion compensation,
usually in long reach SDH networks. Fiber Bragg Grating technology provides
a filter that reduces amplifier noise at the receiver, thereby increasing the
available power budget. Single-channel low-insertion-loss modules for 40 km,
80 km, and 100 km (25, 50, and 60 mile) dispersion compensation are available
for installation in a single CCP slot in the XDM-1000 product line. A
rack-mounted unit is also available for use with the XDM-100 product line.

Service Cards
PELES
The XDM uses a patent-pending highly intelligent network control plane to
provide constant optimized power-per-channel (PPC) throughout the link and
the system life span. This mechanism is called PELES (Power Equalization for
Lightwave Enabled Servers), and is essential for providing DWDM networks
with the reliability and ready-to-use simplicity they require.
PELES works at both network and NE level. At the network level, PELES
enables an operator to observe an optical link from beginning to end and to
analyze the actual cause of optical power variations along the link. At the NE
level, PELES remotely and automatically measures the composite and/or
per-channel power levels and monitors the difference between actual power
values (read by the photodiodes in the various optical elements) and expected
(calculated) power values. In case of a power control alarm the XDM analyzes
the situation. If user-defined thresholds are crossed, the XDM readjusts the link
(amplifiers, ROADMs, OADMs, etc.), clears the alarm, and notifies the
management system accordingly.
Using the network power control plane, channels can be freely added and
removed from the DWDM system without requiring reconfiguration or tuning.
The process is completely transparent to all existing channels and does not
interrupt traffic, thereby providing perfectly smooth scalability from the first
channel up to the maximum channel count.
PELES offers the following key capabilities:
| Span loss change detection and measurement of link attenuation: The
real change in span loss along a single link is detected by comparing
changes of composite power at the input of a controlled element against
changes at the output of the previous element. This enables the operator to
detect fiber degradation and to distinguish between power changes caused
by changes in the number of active channels and those caused by changes
in fiber or connector attenuation.
| Active wavelength change measurement: PELES calculates the actual
number of channels that are present at the input of each Mux/OADM and
updates each controlled element when changes in the number of active
channels occur. This eliminates the need for a manual update or
readjustment of the various amplifiers, OADMs, ROADMs, etc. along the
link, thereby simplifying the steps required to add new wavelengths to the
network.
| Calculates and defines the correct gain values needed at each amplifier:
PELES takes into account the power goals and optical noise accumulated
along the chain. This optimizes OSNR performance along the link and
ensures highest QoS even during addition/removal of wavelengths and
during changes in fiber attenuation.

Service Cards
Another key feature of PELES is the comprehensive set of indicators available

for the operator's convenience, such as a map of all active channels and a table
showing all changes in span loss. All this serves to ease network operation and
assist the operator in closely monitoring all network changes and provide early
warning of problematic fibers. The following diagram illustrates the operational
concept of PELES.
Figure 6-28: PELES
In addition, complete control of the entire system, including all maintenance

tasks, is achieved via LightSoft, eliminating the need to visit distant sites.
Optical Modules Designed for the

XDM-100 Family
While some of the ECI Telecom optics cards and modules can be used in all the
different XDM platforms, many were designed specifically for use in the
XDM-100 family. For example, the SIM16_x and SAM16_x cardsets used in
the XDM-100 platforms support CWDM service through the use of pluggable
SFPs. This section focuses on some of the optical components used exclusively
in the XDM-100 product line.
Mux/DeMux Cards in the XDM-100 Family

The XDM offers a wide range of Mux and DeMux cards for the XDM-1000
and XDM-100 product lines, enabling network operators to select cards
optimized for their specific network requirements. Mux/DeMux cards in the
XDM-100 product line support up to 8/16 channels CWDM (with 20 nm
channel spacing).
Several upgrade and expansion paths are offered, such as from 4 to 8 channels
CWDM. These expansion options enable operators to optimize day-one costs
with maximum system capacity.

Service Cards
The following table lists some of the XDM CWDM Mux and DeMux units
more commonly used in the XDM-100 product line. For the full list please refer
to the XDM System Specifications.
Table 6-8: Mux/DeMux cards - selected subset for the XDM-100 family
Module Slots XDM-100H XDM-300 Description
MO_CMD8 1 OCU √ √ 8-channel CWDM Mux/DeMux
MO_CMD4C_ 1 OCU √ √ 4-channel CWDM Mux/DeMux,
E expandable
MO_CMD4SL 1 OCU √ √ 4-channel CWDM Mux/DeMux,
expansion module
OADMs in the XDM-100 Family

XDM OADM cards provide a very cost-effective means to add and drop single
or multiple channels at specific nodes without interfering with the remaining
pass-through channels. OADMs allow network resources to be shared among
several traffic hubs, nodes, or subnetworks. The XDM OADM solutions in the
XDM-100 family are in A/B configurations, in which each OADM interfaces
with the two fibers that arrive from the adjacent site with low insertion loss,
optimized for nonamplified metro applications.
The following table lists some of the XDM OADM modules more commonly
used in the XDM-100 product line. For the full list please refer to the XDM
System Specifications.
Table 6-9: OADM modules - selected subset for the XDM-100 family
Module Slots XDM-100H XDM-300 Description
MO_COADM1AB_xx
1 1 √ √ 1-channel CWDM OADM, AB
configuration
MO_COADM2AB_Gxx
2 2 √ √ 2-channel grouped CWDM
OADM, AB configuration
MO_COADM2AB_xxyy
3 2 √ √ 2-channel random CWDM
OADM, AB configuration
1
xx designates the channel dropped by the OADM.
2
Gxx designates the group of two channels dropped by the OADM.
3
xxyy designates the two random channels dropped by the OADM.

Service Cards

7
MSPP Components and
Service Cards
In this chapter:
Overview.......................................................................................................... 7-1
PDH Service Cards .......................................................................................... 7-4
SDH Service Cards .......................................................................................... 7-5
Aurora-G GbE Encryptor Card ........................................................................ 7-7
ATS Service Matrix for 3G Cellular Networks ............................................... 7-8
I/O Protection Modules .................................................................................. 7-10
Simplified SDH Trail Movement .................................................................. 7-11
Overview
The XDM utilizes a wide range of flexible interchangeable I/O components.
With this range of modular options, the XDM is capable of building a network
tailored to your requirements, providing maximum efficiency and optimal
functionality.
The various I/O components are designed for modularity and ease of use. For
example, I/O cards are interchangeable within a product line, and optical
components are built on a single universal base card. These features simplify
the design, maintenance, and upgradability of your network.

MSPP Components and Service Cards XDM General Description
This chapter introduces the following XDM MSPP components and service
cards:
| PIM/PIO: PDH I/O service cards, aggregate modules, and tributary
modules that link PDH interface signals to the XDM cross-connect matrix,
supporting E1, E3, and DS-3 interfaces.
| SIM/SAM/SIO: SDH I/O service cards, aggregate modules, and tributary
modules that link SDH interface signals to the XDM cross-connect matrix,
supporting all interfaces ranging from STM-1 to STM-64.
| Aurora-G: Encryption solution, encrypting Ethernet traffic at GbE rates.
The Aurora-G enables government and defense agencies as well as
commercial Utelco operators to secure their communications.
| ATS: An ATM switch designed specifically to address the requirements of
3G cellular networks.
The following table identifies the MSPP components and the platforms within
which specific modules are used. The different modules are listed by interface
categories, where the modules within a category generally share the same
functionality. Specific details may vary from module to module. More
information describing the capacity, ports, and interfaces for each module is
provided in the rest of this chapter. For exact detailed specifications of each
module, see the Technical Specifications documentation.
Table 7-1: MSPP components and service cards per platform
Interface XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM-

100, 300 40 500 1000 2000 3000
100H
2M
PIM2_21 √ √
PIM2_42 √ √
PIM2_63 √ √
PIM2_63B √ √
PIO2_84 √ √
34/45M
PIM345_3 √ √
PIO345_16 √ √

XDM General Description MSPP Components and Service Cards
Interface XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM- XDM-

100, 300 40 500 1000 2000 3000
100H
STM-1
SAM1_4oB √
SIM1_4oB √ √
SAM1_4e √
SIM1_4e √ √
SIM1_8 √ √
SIO1&4 √ √ √
SIO1&4B √ √ √ √
STM-4
SAM4_2 √
SIM4_2 √ √
SIM4_4 √ √
SIO1&4 √ √ √
SIO1&4B √ √ √ √
STM-16
SIO16M √ √ √
SAM16_1B √
SIM16_1 √ √
SIM16_4 √
SIO164 √ √ √ √
STM-64 (TDM 10 Gbps)
SIO164 √ √ √ √
SIO64 √ √ √
SIM64_XFP √
Encryption service
Aurora-G √ √ √ √
ATM service
ATS √ √ √

PDH Service Cards

The function of the PDH I/O service card (PIO or PIM) is to link PDH interface
signals to the XDM cross-connect matrix. The XDM PDH service cards
provide all the functionality required to deploy a transport network, including
PM for PDH interfaces and 2 Mbps retiming (for PABX synchronization). The
XDM supports all standards of PDH service, including hardware Equipment
Protection Switching (EPS).
The PIO/PIM modules consist of line interface circuits, PDH signal processing
circuits, and internal interfaces to the two matrix cards. The physical line
interfaces and traffic protection circuits are located in the electrical connection
modules. PIMs with electrical interfaces fully support direct connection to the
module without other external connection modules. PIOs use CCP modules as
conductors.
The protection scheme for all PIO/PIM modules is 1:N, with one card in
standby mode to protect the active n cards. In case of a failure in one of the
active cards, the standby card becomes active and replaces the faulty card,
without having to disconnect any cables. For information about module
protection, see I/O Protection Modules (on page 7-10).
Table 7-2: PDH service cards
Card Service Balanced/ Single/ Ports Minimal Optical/

interface Unbalanced Double per required slot Electrical
(75 Ω/120 Ω) slot card capacity interface
PIM2_21 E1 120 Ω single 21 1.25G electrical
PIM2_42 E1 120 Ω single 42 1.25G electrical
PIM2_63 E1 120 Ω double 63 1.25G electrical
PIM2_63 E1 120 Ω double 63 1.25G electrical
B
PIM345_3 E3 / DS-3 75 Ω single 3 1.25G electrical

PIO2_84 E1 75 Ω/ single 84 2.5G electrical
[with CCP 120 Ω
M2_84]
PIO345 E3 / DS-3 75 Ω single 16 2.5G electrical
[with CCP
M345]

SDH Service Cards

The function of the SDH I/O service cards (SIO, SIM, or SAM) is to provide
interfaces that enable SDH signals to connect to the central cross-connect
matrix of the XDM. The XDM SDH service cards provide comprehensive SDH
functionality, supporting the complete range of interface types, including both
colored and noncolored optical interfaces (C/DWDM) as well as electrical
(STM-1).
To provide this comprehensive functionality, the SDH service card consists of a
common base card and either plug-in optical modules or electrical ports,
depending on the service interface. The SIO164 is software configurable
between SDH and OTN interfaces (STM-16/OTU1 or STM-64/OTU2), for
greater convenience and simplicity in your network administration. For better
performance, the XDM supports 7% out-of-band FEC (G.709 RS (255.239)), as
well as EFEC for even greater correction ability.
The XDM service cards are designed for efficiency on a basis of universality
and commonality, with the same modular components used for both SDH and
optical service. For example, the same optical plug-in modules (SFP/XFP) are
used in both the SIOs and the transponder cards. This leads to further savings in
spare parts.
The utilization of colored interfaces in existing or new SDH networks enables
DWDM and optical networking implementation without having to add
transponders in series to the SDH interfaces. When DWDM functionality is
added to the network, an SIO card with a noncolored laser can be upgraded to a
colored SIO. This simple procedure further increases savings.

Table 7-3: SDH service cards
Card Service Balanced/ Single/ Ports Minimal Optical/

interfac Unbalanced Double/ per required Electrical
e (75 Ω/120 Ω) Quad card slot interface
slot capacity
SAM1_4e STM-1 75 Ω single 4 1.25G electrical
SAM1_4oB STM-1 --- single 4 1.25G optical
SIM1_4e STM-1 75 Ω single 4 1.25G electrical
SIM1_4oB STM-1 --- single 4 1.25G optical
SIM1_8 STM-1 --- single 8 1.25G electrical/

optical
SAM4_2 STM-4 --- single 2 1.25G optical
SIM4_2 STM-4 --- single 2 1.25G optical
SAM16_1B STM-16 --- single 1 2.5G optical
SIM16_4 STM-16 --- quad 4 10G optical
SIM64_XFP STM-64 --- quad 1 10G optical

SIO1&4 STM-1 75 Ω single 16 2.5G electrical/
SIO1&4M optical
SIO1&4 STM-4 --- single 4 2.5G optical
SIO1&4M
SIO1&4B STM-1 75 Ω single 16/32* 2.5G/5G/ electrical/
10G optical
SIO1&4B STM-4 --- single 4/16 2.5G/5G/ optical
10G
SIO16 STM-16 --- single 2 2.5G optical
SIO16M
SIO64 STM-64 --- double 1 5G optical
SIO64M
SIO164 STM-16 --- single 4 10G optical
SIO164 STM-64 --- single 1 10G optical
* Via CCP module and SFP.

Aurora-G GbE Encryptor Card

To overcome hostile interception of data and information, military,
government, Utelco, finance organizations, and other enterprises invest major
efforts to increase their network security. Encrypting information running over
fiber is considered the highest level of security a network operator can achieve
for protecting against external threats.
The Aurora-G Ethernet Security card protects every frame sent over a Layer 2
Ethernet network. Any frame not encrypted with the correct key or modified in
any way is rejected.
The Aurora-G is designed for the XDM-1000 product line, utilizing a single
platform slot to encrypt Ethernet traffic at a GbE rate for a single encrypted
port, thereby replacing expensive standalone encryption units. Each card has
two GbE SFPs, one for plain text and one for secure text. Integrating encryption
functionality into the XDM reduces network complexity, lowers operational
expenses through integrated management tools, and reduces CAPEX by
lowering the total cost of ownership, since it requires less power and less space.
In a typical deployment, Aurora-G cards are installed in pairs. Each appliance
establishes a secure connection with the other. Once a card pair is deployed, a
secure tunnel is created over the open (unsecured) network. This secure tunnel
prevents unauthorized viewing of the data, prevents unauthorized modification
of the data in transit, and prevents data transmission by unauthorized sources.
Figure 7-1: Aurora-G in P2P Ethernet over DWDM configuration
The Aurora-G card supports P2P Ethernet over DWDM, interfacing smoothly,
for example, with the CMBR25_2, the CMBR10_D, and transponder cards.
The card employs hardware encryption for the entire Ethernet frame as well as
Layer 3 protocol protection, including IPv4, IPv6, IPX, and others. The
Aurora-G uses the strongest encryption method available, AES-256, rendering
cryptanalysis virtually impossible. Keys are managed remotely through the IKE
protocol. The Aurora-G card is FIPS 140-2 Level 2 compliant.

ATS Service Matrix for 3G

Cellular Networks
The XDM ATS card is an ATM switch designed specifically to address the
requirements of 3G cellular networks. It is a single-slot card that can be inserted
into any platform in the XDM-1000 product line.
In a typical ATS card application, VC-12s arriving from Node Bs are
concentrated into VC-4s, which are then transported to the RNC or to the next
concentration level. The ATS can also terminate and rebuild traffic into larger
IMA groups to optimally use the transmission infrastructure. This regrouping
capability, illustrated in the following figure, is useful, for example, in cases of
limited capacity at the RAN, such as limited leased-line services or radio SDH
service.
Figure 7-2: XDM ATM approach
The ATS card does not have any physical ports. All ports are logical, and
derive from the matrix core. The ATS supports up to two ATM STM-1s/VC-4s
and up to 125 ATM E1s. Any XDM I/O interface can serve as a physical port
for the ATS.
The connection between the physical ports and the ATS logical ports is
established dynamically by configuring XC (HLXC and XIO), as shown in the
following figure:
Figure 7-3: ATS ports

Connectivity to Any Physical Port, E1/IMA or

STM-1/VC-4
Because the connection between physical and logical ports is established by
configuring the SDH XCs, it is possible to assign any E1, or E1 mapped to a
VC-12 port, to any logical E1 port, or any STM-1/VC-4 to any logical
STM-1/VC-4 port, while maintaining full ATM service assignment flexibility
for ATM UNI or IMA. ATM processing can also be bypassed when not
required. The following examples illustrate some of the possible configuration
options for ATS ports:
| Each individual E1 port in the PIO2_84 cards can be assigned to any ATM
service, including IMA. This means that the ATS can combine any set of
E1 ports, including those residing on different PIOs, into one IMA group,
eliminating any need for port reservations.
| Any E1 mapped to VC-12 from any PIO or SIO card can be assigned to any
ATM service. All SDH interfaces can also be accessed as channeled
interfaces.
| Each individual STM-1 port (of the maximum 16 available on each STM-1
card) can be assigned to any ATM service.
| Any VC-4 from any SDH card can be assigned to any ATM service. For
example, VC-4 ATM can be accessed from STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64
SDH payloads.
| There is no difference between the access side and the network side. All
physical ports can be assigned the same capabilities.
| UNI/NNI can be configured separately for each port.
| VC-4 streams that do not require further ATM processing may bypass the
ATS, thereby realizing tremendous cost savings.

I/O Protection Modules

In a protected service, the service availability is essentially determined by the
two endpoints of the service at the tributary cards. Since each endpoint
inevitably consists of a single card, this introduces a Single Point of Failure
(SPOF) to the service. No matter how much redundancy and protection is built
into the system design, the individual endpoint remains the single most
vulnerable point in the network.
Providing hardware protection at the two endpoints dramatically increases the
service availability and enhances the quality of service provided. For electrical
tributaries, the XDM features a 1:N protection scheme with one standby card
protecting several working service cards. The 1:N design is an efficient
approach through which you choose the amount of resources held in reserve,
providing added value by enabling you to select a level of protection tailored to
your network requirements.
In the XDM-100 product line, hardware protection is provided through the
TPU, which holds up to four TPMs. Depending on the module configuration,
each TPM protects one or more PIM and SIM modules. Immediately upon
detection of a faulty PIM or SIM component, the MXC automatically activates
the appropriate switching relay, providing immediate protection. The following
table lists TPM module options.
Table 7-4: TPM options
Module type Protected Protection

I/O module pairs scheme
Single-slot modules
TPM2_1 PIM2_21 1:1
PIM2_21F
TPMH_1 PIM345_3, 1:1
SIM1_4e
Double-slot modules
TPM2_3 PIM2_21 1:3
PIM2_21F
Triple-slot modules
TPM2_63_2 PIM2_63 1:2

The following figure illustrates a typical 1:4 protection scheme:
Figure 7-4: TPM protection - four groups of 1:1
For a detailed list of TPM configuration options, refer to the XDM-100

Technical Specifications.
In the XDM-1000 product line, hardware protection is provided through an
internal mechanism via the backplane. The same 1:N protection scheme is used,
offering a choice of up to 1:10 I/O protection. Hardware protection for the
electrical modules is implemented automatically in the XDM-1000 product line
through the CCP modules. One extra I/O module is held in reserve to protect up
to 10 working I/O modules.
Simplified SDH Trail Movement

The SDH advanced service cards support a convenient trail shift capability that
enables operators to transfer SDH links (STMx) from one slot to another within
the same platform. All SDH link configurations and XCs are preserved. SDH
links are moved to a new service card by an onsite ECI Telecom technical
team, with no interruption in service, leaving the original service card free for
other use or for upgrading, depending on operator preferences.
The ability to easily move SDH links to a different service card allows
operators to allocate their platform slots more efficiently. More important, the
'move trails' feature allows operators to replace their current cards with
higher-capacity cards and increase bandwidth as needed, based on service
demand, with no interruption to service and no need to add extra platforms for
more slots. For example, the move trails feature would allow operators to
increase the line rate from STM-16 (2.5 Gbps) to STM-64 (10 Gbps), simply by
switching the STM-16 trails in a single movement to one STM-64 link. Note
that link trails must be moved simultaneously on both sides of the link.
The 'move trails' feature is a valuable maintenance tool for deployed XDM
networks that wish to expand and deliver more services. This tool simplifies
management activity, eliminating the high risk usually intrinsic to trail
reconfiguration.


8
ASON in the XDM
In this chapter:
Overview.......................................................................................................... 8-1
Standardizing the Control Plane:
ASTN/ASON, GMPLS, and UNI/E-NNI Standards ....................................... 8-3
ASON Architecture.......................................................................................... 8-6
Control Plane Functionalities........................................................................... 8-8
ASON/GMPLS in the XDM Family ............................................................. 8-12
Overview
ECI Telecom’s innovative networking framework enables carriers to reduce
CAPEX and OPEX by efficiently planning and operating intelligent optical
networks using ASON architecture and GMPLS protocols.
An Automatically Switched Optical Network (ASON) provides dynamic
signaling-based policy-driven control over OTN and SDH networks via a
distributed (or partially distributed) control plane, which provides
auto-discovery and dynamic connection set-up.
An ASON network provides:
| Improved support for current end-to-end provisioning, re-routing, and
restoration.
| New transport services such as bandwidth on demand, rapid service
restoration for disaster recovery, and switched connections within a private
network.

ASON in the XDM XDM General Description
| Support for a wide range of narrowband and broadband clients signals such
as:
SDH/SONET
IP
Ethernet
ATM
Frame Relay
ESCON, FICON, Fiber Channel
Audio/Video
A typical ASON implementation scenario is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 8-1: ASON example implementation scenario (Source ITU-T)
Through the power of ASON/GMPLS, the XDM provides automatic discovery

capabilities that help carriers reduce OPEX significantly. The XDM’s
distributed dynamic routing capability allows for rapid cost-effective addition
of new nodes and additional bandwidth, without the extensive offline
operations required today. The XDM’s variety of bandwidth-efficient
protection and restoration schemes work with the complete set of ring, mesh,
and point-to-point network topologies. Protection modes include linear MSP,
fast mesh restoration, SNCP, and MS-SPRing.
The XDM ASON/GMPLS implementation is based on emerging standards
from ITU, IETF, and OIF, as well as advanced distributed control plane
architectures, as explained in this chapter.

XDM General Description ASON in the XDM
Standardizing the Control Plane:

ASTN/ASON, GMPLS, and
UNI/E-NNI Standards
The need for intelligent optical networking in carrier networks triggered an
ongoing effort by leading standardization bodies, including the ITU-T, IETF,
and OIF, towards a unified control plane architecture. By adopting proven
protocols and approaches, a unified architecture standard would enable the
development of a new generation of transmission networks. These new
networks would enable fast provisioning and restoration along multiple carrier
domains using infrastructure from multiple vendors.
Understanding the Standards

The ITU-T focuses on the switched transport control plane, developing the
ASTN umbrella of specifications. The set of ASTN standards includes the
ASON architecture, as well as multiple generic and specific standards
addressing issues such as call connection management (signaling), discovery
and link management, routing, and other topics.
Figure 8-2: Control plane architecture
The IETF has defined the well-known GMPLS architecture and protocols,
extending MPLS for circuit-switching as well as other non-IP-based systems.
GMPLS protocols include signaling protocols (RSVP-TE), routing protocols
(OSPF-TE), and others. The GMPLS protocols enable advanced switching
platforms such as the XDM to add “intelligence” by integrating a control plane.
The OIF focuses on integration and interoperability issues by defining the
user-to-network interface (UNI) and the external network-to-network interface
(E-NNI). These standards cover the gaps between ASON and GMPLS
architectures, enabling a smoother integration of carrier networks.

Understanding the Layers

Networks are composed of the following layers:
| Transport Plane: Responsible for transporting services, including
switching and multiplexing. The transport layer is implemented from an
assembly of intelligent components and subsystems that make up the
switching elements and line systems. The transport layer also includes
gateways for service adaptation.
| Control Plane: The enabler for mesh restoration and intelligent optical
networking. The control plane consists of individual processors (control
plane instances) running control plane software and using a communication
channel to create an overlay plane that controls the switching elements. The
control plane is mainly responsible for restoring failed connections, for
which it establishes, releases, and supervises connections. A signaling
communication network (SCN) supports control plane instances by
providing the communication channel necessary for its operation.
| Management Plane: With the introduction of the control plane, the
management layer is expanded to accommodate the OAM&P of control
plane-related functionalities. Components of the control plane are modeled
as managed entities within the management plane, fitting into the existing
OAM architecture to minimize disruption to existing operational
procedures.
Understanding the Interfaces

Networks work with the following interfaces:
| I-NNI: The internal network-to-network interface (I-NNI) is a bidirectional
signaling interface between control plane instances within the same routing
domain. Complete topology and routing information is exchanged using the
OSPF-TE routing protocol over I-NNI, and connection requests are
propagated across the control plane using RSVP-TE signaling protocol.
Routing and signaling traffic is carried over the SCN. The signaling design
complies with ITU-T G.7713 and ITU-T G.7713.2, and routing with ITU-T
G.7715 and ITU-T G.7715.1. Current versions of the ASON cards fully
support I-NNI interfaces.
| E-NNI: The external network-to-network interface (E-NNI) is a
bidirectional signaling interface between different routing and
administrative domains. E-NNI is a key enabler for rapid delivery of
services that span across multiple domains. The E-NNI interface passes
reachability and domain level routing information only (not complete
routing information as does I-NNI). It is a UNI-like interface with some
NNI functions for exchanging address and topology summaries. The
RSVP-TE protocol is used for E-NNI protocol.

| UNI: The user-to-network interface (UNI) allows a client to signal for an

optical connection to be set up or torn down. The UNI is used by client
systems like routers. It is also used by elements of a higher layer transport
network to request an optical connection or modify the service attributes.
No topology or routing information is exchanged over UNI. OIF-UNI 1.0
R2 is used for this interface.
| NMI: The network-to-management interface (NMI) handles the interactions
between the management layer and the control plane.
Figure 8-3: Control plane interfaces

ASON Architecture
The XDM architecture is fully ASON-compliant (ITU-T G.8080) and
completely interoperative with other vendor equipment, including systems that
do not have Optical Control Plane technology. The following figure illustrates a
high-level view of the XDM's ASON architecture, composed of three layers or
planes:
| Transport plane
| Management plane
| Control plane
Figure 8-4: Three-layered ASON architecture in the XDM
Transport Plane
The transport plane represents the switching equipment. This is the physical
equipment that carries the client payload between endpoints of a connection
(trail) over any number of NEs. It includes the intelligent components and
subsystems that make up the network's switching elements and line systems. It
also includes gateways for service adaptation, where necessary.
Within the ECI Telecom ASON network, the transport plane is made up
primarily of components from the ASON-XDM family of products.

Management Plane
The management plane is the management interface for the following control
plane-related functionalities:
| Performance management
| Fault management
| Configuration management
| Security management
Within the ASON network, the components of the control plane are modeled as
managed entities within the management plane.
Control Plane
The control plane consists of individual processors, or control plane instances,
that run the control plane software and use a communication channel to create
an overlay plane that controls the switching elements.
The control plane performs both connection control and connection control
functions on an ASON network.
The principal functions of a control plane are:
| Signaling: to support the capability to create, delete, and maintain
end-to-end connections. Through signaling, the control plane sets up and
releases connections, and can restore a connection in case of a failure.
| Routing: to select the most appropriate path.
The purpose of the ASON network control plane is to:
| Facilitate fast and efficient configuration of connections within a transport
layer network to support both switched and soft permanent connections.
| Reconfigure or modify connections that support calls that have previously
been set up.
| Perform a restoration function, in the event of a failure.

Control Plane Functionalities

Auto-discovery
ASON-XDM auto-discovery supports resource and link management. The
auto-discovery design complies with ITU-T G.7714 and ITU-T G.7714.1. The
following levels of auto-discovery are supported:
| Self-discovery: NE self-discovery is handled by XDM shelves at the
transport layer, as in any XDM-based SDH network. Upon NE
commissioning, the network element automatically detects installed circuit
packs and software configuration, initializing the circuit packs to default
settings. The NE continuously monitors the state and attributes of its local
facilities. The NE learns the local facility characteristics and port attributes
and reports them to the ACP card, which, in turn, updates the local XDM
topology database.
| Adjacency discovery: In adjacency discovery, an individual NE
automatically detects logical and physical connectivity to neighboring NEs
(link adjacency) on a per-port basis, through the simple exchange of unique
interface identifiers (auto-discovery tags). This identifier exchange is done
in-fiber, over the J0 byte. The use of J1 is also allowed when it is not
possible to use J0.
Adjacency discovery involves the following steps:
An auto-discovery identifier is exchanged on each optical interface.
Once validated and accepted by the network operator, the adjacency
information is sent to the control plane for analysis. It is possible to
configure the system for auto discovery and auto acceptance.
The information obtained by the control plane analysis is sent to the
management plane.
The XDM continuously monitors link adjacency as long as the interface
is configured. Mismatches, as well as topology changes, are reported to
the control plane and the management system.
Adjacency Discovery complies with ITU-T G.7714 standards.
| Network topology discovery: The control plane uses OSPF for the
discovery of the control plane and network architecture. To ensure that each
control plane instance holds a complete and identical view of the network
topology and resources, each ACP learns the network topology and builds
its own topology database. The routing mechanisms use this information in
automated route computation.

| Link bundling: The XDM control plane bundles ports and other facilities
with the same link attributes into a single link bundle. Link bundling
provides an efficient way to distribute link information for multiple links
simultaneously. Link bundling is one of the features that enable the ACP
cards' scalable architecture capabilities.
As implemented, the topology database is updated when the following
events occur:
Connection setup (or connection setup failure) and connection tear
down. If the connection setup fails because a remote NE does not have
the bandwidth available, the source NE learns this information and
updates its network topology database accordingly.
Bundle capacity modification. The topology database is updated when
new resources are added or removed from a bundle, or when a new
bundle is created.
Regular link bundle LSA broadcasting is performed periodically.
Significant changes in the availability of resources-for example, when a
link bundle gains or loses the ability to support a connection type-are
advertised promptly (seconds).
End-to-End Trail Configuration

ASON supports both SDH static trails and E2E ASON trails. To configure an
ASON trail you specify the trail's source node, sink node, bandwidth
requirements, and protection level. This information is used to define an
algorithm for configuring the trail. Trail routing and cross-connection at
intermediate nodes are all automatically completed by the ASON NEs.
Mesh Networking Protection and Restoration

ASON provides MESH networking protection. ASON also enables existing
protection mechanisms, such as MS-SPRing to continue to co-exist on the
ASON network. This combination provides greatly enhanced trail survivability
and network security. MESH networking does not require 50% bandwidth held
in reserve, in contrast to SDH networking modes. This leaves additional
bandwidth free and available for use by mission-critical trails in the network.
This networking mode provides dynamic routing for each trail, to best utilize
network resources with higher security.

Routing
XDM routing is responsible for network topology and resource discovery, and
for automatic route computation. XDM routing complies with ITU-T G.7715
and ITU-T G.7715.1.
The XDM uses a distributed link state routing protocol, OSPF-TE, for
automatic discovery of network topology and resources and to maintain a local
topology database on each control plane instance. Each ACP is responsible for
discovering its neighboring NEs and the links that connect them. The ACP then
advertises the identities of its adjacent neighbors and the cost/weight of each
link. This link information is advertised among control plane instances through
periodic exchange of link state packets. Thus, each ACP is armed with a
dynamic map of the network topology and resources. With this information, the
ACP is able to compute routes to any destination.
Both implicit and explicit path determination are supported at call creation.
Implicit calls are calls for which only the source and destination points are
specified for the connection(s), along with other service attributes (i.e., rate,
granularity, CoS, and so on).
Explicit calls are calls for which the route is specified by the LightSoft NMS.
This explicit route specification is passed on to the control plane. With explicit
routing, the control plane does not do any route calculation. Note that an
explicit call may benefit from the dynamic connection management capabilities
of the control plane by using precalculated mesh restoration.
Signaling
Optical signaling provides the underlying mechanism for dynamic call and
connection management. The signaling mechanisms handle connection
requests, such as connection creation or restoration. The signaling design
complies with ITU-T G.7713.2 and GMPLS RSVP-TE.
Once a route is determined by the ACP of the source node, signaling is used to
set the connection. Label request messages are sent from source node to the
destination node. Notification message receipts sent from the destination node
to the source node are used by each ACP along the way to set the local cross
connect that services the entire connection E2E.
Two connection types may be supported:
| Soft permanent connection (SPC): Optical connection requested by
LightSoft, on behalf of client devices.
| Switched connection (SC): Optical connection requested directly by the
client at the network edge.

Management and Operation

LightSoft is today's NMS for all XDM families. With Corba northbound and
southbound interfaces, LightSoft implements MTNM architecture. LightSoft
interoperates with EMS-XDM as well as other ECI Telecom and third party
EMS systems to complete the management system in large networks.
LightSoft works in conjunction with EMS-XDM to deliver a full FCAPS suite.
LightSoft ensures consistency between network resources and the carrier's
internal database, in addition to other features related to fault reporting,
accounting, PM, and security.
When LightSoft works together with EMS-XDM, it acts as the management
system of the control plane. The role of LightSoft is to prepare configuration
data that enables the control plane, acting as a real-time tool, to set up and tear
down services, as well as preserve them in the event of network failures. Traffic
engineering tools are one such application; they provide the right configuration
parameters for optimal distributed routing decisions. Once correctly configured,
the control plane is able to operate even if LightSoft is unavailable. On the
other hand, LightSoft is capable of overriding the control plane if necessary.
For example, faulty resources may be hidden from the control plane, enabling
the operator to repair them.
Signaling Communication Between Nodes

The Signaling Communications Network (SCN) is a data communication
channel that enables communication between ACP cards. In an ASON-based
network with a distributed control plane where each NE has his own ASON
card, signaling communication between NEs is a critical issue. Moreover, when
a failure occurs, no restoration is performed. High reliability is therefore
required to always maintain “live” management connections between the NEs.
Operators may implement the DCN both in-band and out-of-band, as follows:
| SDH IP-DCC in the XDM
| Clear Channel (DCC encapsulated into a VC-12)
| External DCN through ACP Ethernet port
The SC channel, whether in- or out-of-band, can be implemented with existing
SDH links between the ASON domain NEs.

ASON/GMPLS in the XDM Family

The XDM family's ASON control plane architecture offers intelligent services
in new and existing XDM transport networks. Adding a GMPLS control plane
enhances XDM networks by adding restoration to sub-50 msec protection
schemes and automated service provisioning. Other capabilities supported by
the XDM architecture contribute to reduced CAPEX and OPEX.
The ASON-XDM family solution is based on the "Add-On" concept, adding
unique capabilities to existing and new networks. Expandable and scalable, the
inter-compatible product line supports seamless integration of NEs with
dynamic E2E ASON-based applications.
Figure 8-5: ASON-XDM family portfolio

ASON Advantages
ASON offers significant advantages over the accepted network standards in the
telecommunication industry.
SDH optical communication, for example, has long been an industry standard.
However, as networks became more complicated, the limitations of SDH began
to show. Specifically, SDH failed to address the following requirements of
today's carriers: the need to streamline the process of configuring trails, the
need for more efficient use of bandwidth, and the need for more advanced
protection schemes.
| Trail Configuration: SDH networks typically consist of chains and rings.
The trails and time slots of their trails are manually configured—which is
slow and expensive. When the networking involves interconnection
between more than one vendor's equipment, the configuration process can
take several weeks and, often, much longer.
ASON solves this problem by adopting an E2E automatic trail
configuration model. To configure a trail, simply specify the source node,
sink node, bandwidth, and protection type—and the intelligent,
self-discovery capability of the network automatically does the rest.
| Bandwidth Utilization: SDH optical transmission networks must maintain
a large portion of available network resources in reserve. These networks
also lack advanced trail protection, restore, and routing functions.
ASON provides comparable protection with fewer resources held in
reserve-which means greater efficiency and improved utilization of network
resources. ASON also supports traffic engineering and dynamic adjustment
of the network topology logic in real time, thereby optimizing the
configuration and allocation of network resources.
| Protection and Restoration: MSP and SNCP are the main protection
schemes for SDH trails.
In ASON, MESH is the main topology, which means that besides MSP and
SNCP protection, ASON allows for a dynamic restoring function. In
addition, when there are multiple failures in the network, the trails can be
restored progressively. Based on the differences in trail restoration time,
multiple service types are defined in ASON networks to meet requirements
of different customers. Working with varied services enables multiple
levels of protection.

ASON Features in the XDM

The XDM provides an integrated solution of high-order and low-order
VC-12/3/4 switching capabilities, with capacities ranging from 30 Gbps on the
XDM-100 up to 240 Gbps on XDM-3000 shelves. With multiple line cards per
shelf and bit rates ranging from E1 up to STM-64, as well as Layer 1 and
Layer 2 MPLS/Ethernet over SDH, XDM is an ideal platform for metro-edge,
metro-core, and regional networks, capable of implementing both ring-based
and extremely efficient meshed networks.
The following figure illustrates a network architecture after integrating the
ASON control plane.
Figure 8-6: XDM network architecture with ASON
ECI Telecom's ASON-XDM control plane architecture provides intelligent

services to new and existing XDM transport networks. ECI Telecom
implements ASON through the use of GMPLS, a multi-protocol control plane
that is added to the control plane.

The enhanced XDM network adds new capabilities that can bring significant
economies to carriers (CAPEX and OPEX). For example:
| Distributed dynamic routing capability facilitates the rapid and
cost-effective deployment of new nodes and additional bandwidth, without
the extensive offline operations otherwise required. (CAPEX)
| Management includes automatic topology discovery, resource
dissemination, point-and-click connection provisioning, automatic user
initiated setup, E2E PM across an SDH circuit. The addition of ASON
provides network-wide E2E path protection and restoration, further
enhancing existing service provisioning. (OPEX)
| Facilitates revenue-generating services, such as Gigabit Ethernet, Optical
Virtual Private Networks (O-VPN), Bandwidth on Demand (BoD), and
differentiated Class of Service (CoS).
| New types of protection schemes, which are able to increase network
survivability, including the 1++ (SNCP-based) protection for very high CoS
services, and 1+R (unprotected based) protection for low CoS services.
ASON Control Plane (ACP) Module

The control plane in the XDM is implemented through a dedicated ASON
Control Plane (ACP) card, available in the following versions:
| ACP3000: Designed for XDM-3000 shelves; installed in dedicated ASON
slots.
| ACP1000: Designed for XDM-500 and XDM-1000 shelves; installed in
any CCP slot.
| ACP100: Designed for XDM-100 and XDM-300 shelves; installed in any
I/O slot.
Each XDM shelf may be equipped with two ACP cards for 1:1 protection,
preventing single point of failure.
ECI Telecom's ACP cards support the following standards: I-NNI, E-NNI,
UNI, and MNI as defined by ITU-T ASON standards, and OIF, based on the
GMPLS standard.


9
Network Communication
Control
In this chapter:
Routing and Forwarding Functionality ............................................................ 9-1
Digital Communication Channel (DCC) ......................................................... 9-2
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC)................................................................ 9-9
General Communications Channel (GCC) .................................................... 9-10
Communications Module ............................................................................... 9-11
Routing and Forwarding

Functionality
The routing and forwarding capabilities of the XDM platforms have grown to
match the requirements of the deployed networks. Initially, a LAN Emulation
scheme was implemented, suitable for small and mid-size networks. Later,
LAN Emulation was extended with static routing, which permitted an increase
in the size and complexity of the managed networks. The current version
incorporates standard OSPF dynamic routing, suitable for larger networks and
including a richer set of features for network communication management.
In the XDM platforms, the main control processor subsystem is responsible for
communication with external NEs and management stations. Communication
with other SDH NEs is via the DCC in each SDH link; communication with
C/DWDM elements is via the OSC or in-band GCC. An Ethernet interface is
used to communicate with the EMS-XDM. The controller subsystem can also
communicate with a desktop or laptop PC-based LCT-XDM (on page 11-22)
via a serial interface or Ethernet. It also provides alarm outputs and OW
support. Some of these network communication components and their
functionality are described in this chapter.

Network Communication Control XDM General Description
Digital Communication Channel

(DCC)
DCC with LAN Emulation and Static Routing
When working with LAN Emulation and static routing, all DCCs terminated at
the XDM are associated into a single IP interface. An IP address and mask are
assigned to the DCC IP interface. This IP address also serves as the host IP
address. From an IP point of view this is a network interface, making all IP
addresses in the masked subnetwork direct neighbors.
The gateway interface, when it exists, serves as a second IP interface. The
XDM management entity is the host, situated at the router. An additional IP
address is assigned to the gateway interface if this is used. The router operates
with a straightforward routing table. The DCC IP interface is the default route.
Packet encapsulation and IP forwarding over the gateway are both standard,
based on the routing table. Standard Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is also
supported over this interface. A special encapsulation of the IP packets is used
over the DCCs. This encapsulation includes the fields required for operation of
the flooding mechanism.
In this approach, the networks are structured in ring configurations.
Management traffic travels to the NE through these rings, arriving from both
directions. One of the packets is automatically discarded. The advantage of this
approach is that in case of link or node failure, traffic will still reach the NE,
providing resiliency for management communications. Nevertheless, this is a
less-than-optimal approach, since transmission of all packets over all links is
inefficient from the perspective of link utilization.
When networks are more complex than single rings, flooding of all packets
over all DCC interfaces becomes unacceptably inefficient. For this reason, the
basic LAN Emulation scheme was extended with static routing, where multiple
(up to 64) IP interfaces can be defined for the DCC channels. Each DCC
channel must be assigned to one and only one of these IP interfaces. A packet
initially forwarded over one such IP interface is transmitted over all the DCC
channels connected to that interface. On reception, a packet whose destination
does not appear in the routing table is forwarded over the other channels in the
interface.
Static routing is suited to multiple interworking rings, with the routing defined
at the interworking points of these rings. Nevertheless, static routing does not
support gateway protection when the Carrier Access Data Communication
Network (DCN) consists of routers.

XDM General Description Network Communication Control
DCC with PPP

When LAN Emulation is not used, the preferred approach is to use a standard
encapsulation method to promote interoperability with other vendor equipment.
The XDM implements the prevalent encapsulation scheme for IP on P2P links -
Point to Point Protocol (PPP), as required by the ITU standard G.7712.
This protocol has a component which negotiates some of the encapsulation
parameters before the link endpoints. The XDM implementation fully supports
PPP with the basic encapsulation format. One advantage of PPP when
compared to LAN Emulation is the reduced encapsulation overhead. The PPP
overhead is 6 bytes per frame, whereas the LAN Emulation overhead is
14 bytes per frame.
DCC with Dynamic OSPF

A DCC enables operators to integrate several platforms with their own
workstations and to pass this management traffic through the XDM. In
addition, the controller subsystem provides 64 kbps and (N x 64) kbps trail
capability for transporting management data, transporting the DCC channels of
external devices, or for other external DCN purposes. The operator sets up an
IP–based DCN to carry IP packets between the management stations and the
NEs. The DCN is composed of Embedded Communication Channels (ECCs)
supported by the equipment itself and an External DCN supported by standard
data equipment. The ECCs supported by the XDM are described in Embedded
Communication Channels (on page 9-6).
The XDM performs IP forwarding between all network interfaces, including
DCC and Ethernet gateway management interfaces. It implements dynamic
OSPF routing over these network interfaces to automatically determine the
routing table. OSPF can be configured for any subset of these network
interfaces and supports:
| P2P and broadcast interfaces
| Up to four OSPF areas
| Address summarization
| Support for ABR functionality
| Support for ASBR functionality, including redistribution of static routes
| Support of a loopback address as a router ID
| Configuration of HELLO protocol parameters
| Support of "passive" interfaces to allow distribution of routes to attached
devices

OSPF support includes PPP encapsulation of IP packets with HDLC framing

over RS-DCC, MS-DCC, and "Clear Channel" communication channels as
defined in ITU G.7712. OSPF functionality enables a wide range of DCN
configurations, adds resiliency to management communications between NEs
and the management stations, and reduces the DCC load, for a significant
improvement in management performance and NE capacity.
Under dynamic DCC routing, NEs ping each other through the available DCC
interfaces and build their own routing tables. Working with dynamic routing
tables that respond to real-time circumstances simplifies DCC planning and
maintenance, and reduces the DCC load by making it unnecessary to reserve
DCC protection paths in advance. There is also no need to plan DCC rings,
since dynamic DCC routing enables NEs to automatically set up new routes if
existing ones fail.
Support is also provided for legacy LAN Emulation encapsulation and static
routing for packet routing and forwarding in the embedded component of the
DCN. The XDM enables interworking between NEs working in OSPF/PPP
mode and NEs working in the legacy LAN Emulation mode, with full software
configurability between all communication modes. The XDM supports
unnumbered IP interfaces on DCCs with PPP encapsulation to avoid any need
for assigning and configuring IP addresses for each interface.
The encapsulation type is configurable on a DCC-by-DCC basis. In networks
composed entirely of XDM elements, migration of all NEs and links to
OSPF/PPP is a natural step, leading to a natural improvement in the DCN's
resilience and capacity. In mixed networks, a migration path must be planned
that takes into account the capabilities of the current network equipment. For
example, a network may consist of an XDM core that can be migrated directly
to OSPF/PPP. This core may work with subtending rings that continue to
operate using LAN Emulation.
DCN Network Illustration

The following figure illustrates a network that includes a combination of XDM
and legacy equipment working with several different DCN methods, including:
| DCC with LAN Emulation
| DCC with OSPF
| Ethernet mode OSPF
| DCN OSPF (towards the XDM gateways)

The XDM smoothly integrates multiple DCN modes, with a single XDM able
to function in different DCN modes with different network components. For
example, the XDM icon highlighted and outlined in red in the following figure
maintains a direct link to and communicates with three different network
components working in three different modes: DCC with LAN Emulation,
DCC with OSPF, and DCN OSPF.
Figure 9-1: Integrating a variety of DCN schemes

Embedded Communication Channels

The XDM supports a full range of routing and forwarding functionalities
through one of the following communication channels:
| DCC Routing
| Clear Channel
| External DCCs
| OSC
DCC Routing Features

The XDM SDH links between NEs support two standard ECCs:
| RS-DCC at 192,000 Bps, generally used for communicating with other
RS-DCC terminating equipment
| MS-DCC at 576,000 Bps, generally used for communicating with other
NEs
The XDM is fully compliant with applicable industry standards, enabling it to
operate with any combination of non-ECI Telecom NEs. Its DCC transparency
feature enables the transfer of any vendor’s management traffic. As a result,
you can deploy XDM in any vendor's fiber transport network at both the SDH
and optical layers while continuing to manage other equipment. Up to 64 DCC
channels are supported.
The DCC routing feature provides full connectivity of management traffic
between any vendor's elements. This allows the routing/cross connecting of a
DCC stream from any STM-1 to any other STM-1, while utilizing effective IP
routing schemes. This provides intelligent nonflooding routing of ECI
Telecom's DCC.

Clear Channel
When an XDM network is interconnected with equipment from other vendors,
the XDM management may not be able to use the embedded communication
channels provided by the other vendor. For example, the other equipment may
not support IP packet forwarding. Nevertheless, the XDM supports a complete
range of alternate communication methods, enabling full interoperability with
external vendor equipment, despite the limitations that may be imposed.
In one approach, management traffic may be carried on a regular VC-12
crossing the external network, using external equipment. The XDM-100, for
example, can do this internally, through a Clear Channel termination that
operates in an identical fashion to the RS-DCC/MS-DCC termination. The
Clear Channel feature is implemented when DCC management information
must pass through an external subnetwork that does not support the transport of
transparent DCC channels. To manage remote ECI Telecom equipment through
other vendor subnetworks, DCC channels are transported over 2 Mbps (VC-12)
trails.
Figure 9-2: DCC to VC-12 Clear Channel conversion
An alternative to the built-in Clear Channel feature is to convert the

management data to E1 and back again using an external converter. The
management information of the DCC channels is converted to VC-12 format by
the CPU and is connected to spare channels of E1/PDH cards. After the VC-12
trail crosses the external subnetwork and reaches the ECI Telecom subnetwork,
the CPU of the far XDM retrieves the information from the payload of the
VC-12 trail.

External DCCs
In some cases, the XDM network must interconnect with NEs that cannot
support interworking at the DCC network level. In this situation the XDM
equipment may have to carry the foreign management communication in a
virtual 'Transparent DCC' over embedded communications without mixing it
with its own management communications. This may occur, for example, when
one provider must transparently transport the management communications of
another provider over its network, or with NEs that are managed using OSI
protocols over the DCCs rather than IP-based protocols. This transparency is
valuable, for example, in CoC multivendor networks where the XDM platforms
enable connectivity between the different vendor islands.
The external DCC channel and external DCC XC features of the XDM support
this requirement. RS and MS objects in SDH data cards contain external DCC
bytes used to implement the transparent DCC feature. This feature enables you
to use the XDM network to transparently route the management channel of an
external vendor, independent of the payload routing. Using the EMS-XDM XC
subsystem, you can create XCs on external DCC objects that specify how the
management channel is routed via the NE.
Figure 9-3: Point-to-point DCC transparency

Optical Supervisory Channel

(OSC)
The XDM supports a range of OSCs for WDM link management when the data
channels themselves do not include embedded communication channels or if
there are no channel drops, as at an in-line amplifier site. The OSC is used as a
communication channel to enable the EMS-XDM (on page 11-14) to
communicate with and control the XDM. It operates at either 1510 nm or
1310 nm, at a rate of 155 Mbps or 2 Mbps, thus integrating high capacity
without interfering with the optical channels that operate in the 1550 nm range
(C band). The OSC is integrated into the MECP. As the XDM fully integrates
the smart optical layer with the SDH and OTN layers, the DCC/GCC
management channels can be used when available.
The various MECPs support:
| Short spans (1310 nm) with optional OW
| Long spans (1510 nm) with optional OW
| Extended spans (1510 nm) with optional OW
| Raman amplifier applications - safety mechanism

General Communications
Channel (GCC)
The XDM supports in-band management utilizing the GCC incorporated in
CHTR_B-based OTN transponders and combiners. The GCC enables remote
management of equipment at any site where optical channels are dropped. This
can increase margins and extend distances of optical links, as OSC filters are
eliminated. The GCC provides the same basic features as the DCC detailed in
the preceding sections.
The XDM fully integrates the GCC with the DCC and OSC channels, thus
providing the operator with the flexibility to choose the most appropriate
management channel. Operators can even mix the different channels in a
network or even in the same shelf. This is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 9-4: Integrating communication channels

Communications Module
All XDM shelf configurations work with a communications module, featuring:
| Electrical interface connectors that are integrated into the I/O modules,
saving the need for separate electrical interface modules
| Easy routing of external management interfaces
| A monitoring system for acceptance test purposes
| Hot insertion of cards and modules to support quick maintenance and repair
activities, without affecting traffic
In the XDM-1000 product line, the platforms work with the MECP. In the
XDM-100 product line, the platforms work with the ECU.
NOTE: For detailed information about card and module

variants and system specifications, refer to XDM System
Specifications.
MECP
The MECP connects the management, OHA, and OW interfaces to the active
xMCP card. The physical management connections are provided by the
External Connection Board (ECB) located above the MECP.
The MECP supports standard OW as well as a special voice channel over the
DCC when using VoIP and a special router. This feature enables external calls
from outside the network to a particular site. In addition, the MECP generates
system alarms and activates indicators, for example software downloads,
restarts, configurations, and so on.
In pure optical networks and inline amplifier sites, various MECP versions are
available to support OSC operation at 1510 nm or 1310 nm, with maximum
reach ranging from 85 km to over 200 km.

ECU
In the XDM-100 product line, the ECU provides the physical interface between
the XDM and external management and clock devices. The ECU connects
management, alarms, and overhead access interfaces to the active MXC. It also
provides the physical connections for these interfaces.
Two types of ECU cards are available for the XDM: ECU (regular) and ECU-F
(enhanced).
The ECU-F supports the following management and alarm interfaces and
functions:
| Ethernet interface to LightSoft and EMS-XDM
| Ethernet hub for multiple NE connections
| Serial (RS-232) interface for LCT-XDM (on page 11-22)
| Synchronization inputs and outputs (T3/T4)
| Alarm severity outputs (Critical, Major, Minor, Warning)
| External alarm outputs and inputs (SCSI D-connector)
| Alarm Cut Off (ACO)
| Operation and alarm LEDs
| Selection and display of traffic interfaces for monitoring purposes
| Monitor interface for STM-1 ports
| Laser activation during ALS, for maintenance purposes
| Multiplexer reset
| Hold-up capacitors
| Lamp test activation
| OW functionality
The ECU card supports all functions provided by the ECU-F except for
Ethernet expansion to hub, monitoring points, holdup capacitors, and alarms
in/out.

10
XDM Protection and
Restoration Mechanisms
In this chapter:
Overview........................................................................................................ 10-1
ASON Protection and Restoration Capabilities ............................................. 10-2
MPLS Protection Schemes ............................................................................ 10-6
Ethernet Provider Bridge Traffic Protection ................................................ 10-15
Fast IOP: 1:1 Card Protection ...................................................................... 10-17
SDH Path Protection Schemes ..................................................................... 10-17
SDH Line Protection.................................................................................... 10-21
Optical Layer Protection .............................................................................. 10-25
Equipment Protection .................................................................................. 10-30
Integrated Protection for I/O Cards with Electrical Interfaces .................... 10-31
Overview
The XDM provides a comprehensive set of protection and restoration
mechanisms that supply complete overall protection for every aspect of your
network configuration. The XDM supports protection for all types of networks,
based on the complete range of technologies. Protection mechanisms are
provided through the XDM's ASON capabilities, as well as a complete set of
MPLS and Ethernet traffic protection schemes, and fast IOP (1:1 card
protection). The XDM supports full SDH path and line protection, optical layer
protection, equipment protection, and integrated protection for I/O cards with
electrical interfaces. These various protection capabilities are introduced in this
chapter.

XDM Protection and Restoration XDM General Description
Mechanisms
ASON Protection and

Restoration Capabilities
The unique value proposition of ASON for carriers is the ability to improve
existing network resiliency by introducing the well-known restoration approach
of IP networks. With restoration, the network itself monitors services and
restores them in the event of failure. Service re-establishment in case of failure
has been a key feature of SDH-based transmission networks, which offer
service protection in less than 50 msec. SDH technology defines various shared
and dedicated protection schemes. Over the years, these protection schemes
have proven to be highly reliable. They have managed to achieve multivendor
interoperability, and have paved the way to SDH technology becoming the
most reliable transmission technology available.
The high reliability of SDH is achieved through the allocation of networking
assets for protection. Linear protection schemes, such as MSP 1+1, use a
dedicated standby line. MS-SPRing uses 50% of the ring capacity for
protection. Path protection, which is suitable for mesh topologies, uses 50% of
the overall network bandwidth by duplicating all traffic at its origin.
Adding ASON to SDH-based networks brings added benefits without affecting
the already superior performance of SDH today. With ASON, the control plane
is capable of restoring services in case of multiple failures in the network.
Furthermore, network capacity is utilized more efficiently by sharing protection
resources.
XDM architecture supports differentiated CoS. Supporting a range of protection
schemes allows network planners to balance protection switching time and
dedicated resources. For mission-critical services, the XDM provides
distributed restoration mechanisms with 50 msec service recovery and
dedicated protection. For less critical services, distributed shared mesh
restoration schemes can be implemented. For efficient use of installed
resources, pre-emptible services can be established using the protecting
resources.

XDM General Description XDM Protection and Restoration
Mechanisms
Multiple Protection Schemes

The XDM control plane supports the coexistence of multiple protection and
restoration schemes. The XDM control plane introduces new restoration
schemes, as well as combined protection/restoration solutions, as follows:
| 1++ (“1+1 Forever”): Similar to path protection with SNCP, where a failed
path is restored by the control plane to prepare for the next possible failure.
A sub-50 msec restoration time is kept for any number of failures, as long
as a restoration path is found for the failed connection. This is an extension
of the traditional 1+1 path protection, where failure in the main or
protection path results in the restoration of the failed path. Restoration is in
addition to protection at the SDH layer, which continues to be performed in
less than 50 msec. Note that this protection scheme is the most
bandwidth-consuming as traffic is duplicated at all times.

Mechanisms
Figure 10-1: 1++ protection

Mechanisms
| 1+R (Mesh/Shred Restoration): Re-route restoration (1+R). Dynamic

restoration enables shared protection with prioritization. This protection
scheme is an extension of unprotected trails, where failure in the path
results in restoration of the trail in a new path. The unused traffic may be
used for low priority traffic at all times.
In a variation of 1+R, preplanned shared protection enables shared
protection with prioritization. Preplanned priority reacts faster than dynamic
restoration as the processing time is performed in advance.
Figure 10-2: 1+R protection
| 1+1 path protection

| Unprotected

Mechanisms
Path Computation
The protection and restoration capabilities of links and the shared risk link
groups (SRLG) associated with links can also be advertised by the routing
protocols. Based on the LightSoft physical layer, SRLG constrains the
information and capabilities provided by the GMPLS routing and signaling
protocols. The routing constraints defined for hops, fiber distance, link cost,
and SRLG may lead to different service path calculations, depending on the
constraints. The path computation algorithm Constrained Shortest Path First
(CSPF) can select disjoint paths based on link, node, or SRLG diversity.
MPLS Protection Schemes

Comprehensive MPLS Network Protection
The following figure illustrates an XDM MPLS network that incorporates an
E2E combination of protection schemes to provide optimal protection at every
point. Protection mechanisms provided include sub 50 msec FRR link and node
protection, Dual-Homing, and Link Aggregation (LAG), described in the
following sections, as well as Fast IOP: 1:1 Card Protection (on page 10-17).
Figure 10-3: Comprehensive MPLS protection

Mechanisms
Facility Backup Fast ReRoute (FRR)

It may be desirable to protect a tunnel against failure of a link or node along its
path. MCS supports a protection mechanism called Facility Backup Fast
ReRoute (FRR). FRR protects against link or node failure along a tunnel path
through the use of bypass tunnels.
With FRR, a backup LSP called Bypass tunnel is pre-established by LightSoft
NMS to bypass a network link or node failure to a downstream MCS where the
alternative path merges with the path of the protected tunnel. Switching to a
Bypass tunnel requires pushing a third MPLS tag called an FRR label into the
packet. The FRR label remains in the packet until the Bypass tunnel merges
with the path of the protected tunnel, where it is removed (label pop) off the
packet. The primary advantage of FRR over other protection schemes is the
speed of repair. Thanks to the pre-establishment of the Bypass tunnels and the
fast physical layer-based failure detection, FRR can provide sub 50 msec
switching time for both link and node protection, a value that is comparable to
SDH protection mechanisms.
The following figure illustrates a tunnel flowing from MCS1 through MCS2 to
MCS3. The tunnel is configured with node protection at MCS1 via Bypass 1
and with link protection at MCS2 via Bypass 2.
| If MCS1 detects that the node MCS2 has failed, MCS1 switches the tunnel
traffic to the node-protecting Bypass tunnel 1 while pushing an FRR
label. Bypass tunnel 1 then merges with the protected tunnel path at Next
Next Hop (NNH) MCS3, where the FRR label is removed (pop).
| If MCS2 detects that the link between MCS2 and MCS3 has failed, MCS2
switches the tunnel traffic to the link-protecting Bypass tunnel 2 while
pushing an FRR label. When the packet traveling via Bypass tunnel 2
arrives at the Next Hop (NH) MCS3, the FRR label is removed.
Figure 10-4: P2P FRR example

Mechanisms
FRR for P2MP Tunnels

In Facility Backup FRR link protection for a P2MP tunnel, the MCS
upstream from the failed link redirects the traffic through a Bypass tunnel
whose destination is the NH. The Bypass tunnel is an ordinary P2P Bypass
tunnel and may be shared by both P2P and P2MP tunnels. As in FRR for a P2P
tunnel, an FRR label is pushed to the packets before they are directed to the
Bypass tunnel. The FRR label remains until the Bypass tunnel path merges with
the original tunnel, where the label is removed.
The following figure illustrates a P2MP tunnel that flows from P1 to P2, where
it branches towards destination PEs (PE3 and PE4). If P1 detects that the link to
P2 has failed, it switches the traffic to the Bypass tunnel. When the rerouted
traffic merges at P2, the FRR label is removed.
Figure 10-5: P2MP link protection example
In Facility Backup FRR node protection for a P2MP tunnel, the MCS
upstream from the failure redirects the traffic through a Bypass tunnel that
merges with the original P2MP tree at the NNH MCS. If the NH is a P2MP
branching point to N links, N Bypass tunnels are required for complete
protection. As for link protection, when traffic of the same P2MP tunnel share a
Bypass tunnel, the data plane forwards only one packet copy to that Bypass
tunnel. FRR label insertion and removal is handled as in FRR link protection.

Mechanisms
The following figure illustrates a P2MP tunnel that flows from P1 to P2, where
the tunnel branches towards destinations PE3 and PE4. If the P2 branching
point fails, P1 switches all traffic meant for PE3 to go through Bypass tunnel 1
to PE3. P1 also switches all traffic meant for PE4 to go through Bypass tunnel 2
to PE4.
Figure 10-6: P2MP node protection example

Mechanisms
Dual FRR Protection

FRR link and node protection is usually defined in terms of FRR link protection
or FRR node protection (as illustrated in FRR for P2MP Tunnels (on page
10-8)). When either FRR link or FRR node protection has been triggered by a
link failure, ECI Telecom has designed an innovative, proprietary system that
provides concurrent FRR link and FRR node protection, thereby enabling fully
protected P2MP tunnels.
Traditionally, an FRR-guaranteed, or fully protected, P2P tunnel is a tunnel
with full FRR protection for all hops. This protection preferably consists of
FRR node protection for the length of the tunnel, combined with FRR link
protection for the last hop. FRR-guaranteed protection for P2MP tunnels is
similar, with each sub-tunnel also FRR-guaranteed. However, traditional
FRR-guaranteed protection leaves open a problematic loophole in the case of
P2MP tunnels. The problematic scenario, and ECI Telecom's innovative
solution, are described here.
FRR protection provides alternative traffic routes. These routes are activated if
a connection link, or a connecting node, should fail. The following figure
illustrates a portion of a P2MP tunnel. Node PE2 connects to both transit and
tail sub-tunnels. The transit sub-tunnel leads to node PE3, and the tail
sub-tunnel terminates at the access port of PE2. To fully protect the tunnels
leading from PE2, the preceding node PE1 has been designated the Point of
Local Repair (PLR). Protection bypass tunnel B1 runs from PE1 to PE2,
providing link protection in case the link from PE1 to PE2 fails. Protection
bypass tunnel B2 runs from PE1 to PE3, providing node protection in case node
PE2 fails. Note that both link and node protection are required for this network
configuration, since node protection alone does not provide a backup for the
sub-tunnel that terminates at PE2.
Figure 10-7: FRR protection: typical scenario

Mechanisms
This scenario is a classic illustration of the traffic duplication problem, which,

when it occurs, invalidates all the traffic of the P2MP tunnel. If link PE1-PE2
fails and triggers both link and node protection, protective traffic may be sent
via bypass tunnel B1 (to reach node PE2) as well as via bypass tunnel B2 (to
reach nodes PE3 and continue to node PE4). Because node PE2 is also a tail
endpoint for B1, node PE2 forwards traffic that has been received on to PE3,
along the P2MP tunnel. Therefore, PE3 will receive two duplicate copies of the
packet, (one from PE2 and one over B2), and traffic is thus rendered useless.
To resolve this problem, ECI Telecom has developed a method called Dual
FRR. A single bypass tunnel is defined that provides both link and node
protection simultaneously. A corresponding rule is defined to avoid traffic
duplication. The Dual FRR bypass tunnel originates at PE1, the point of local
repair, drops node-protection traffic at PE3, the node protection merge point,
and continues on to drop link-protection traffic at PE2, the link protection
merge point. The protective behavior at node PE3 may be referred to as
Drop & Continue. The traffic packets dropped at PE2 as part of Dual FRR
protection are identified as such and therefore not transmitted back to PE3, thus
avoiding the problem of traffic duplication. Dual FRR protection therefore
enables concurrent link and node protection. In this example, the Dual FRR
protection would work in cases of a failure in the link between PE1 and PE2, as
well as in a failure in the node PE2. This is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 10-8: Dual FRR protection

Mechanisms
Additional FRR Capabilities

In Facility Backup FRR, multiple protected tunnels share a Bypass tunnel
through the addition of an FRR label. Facility Backup FRR is scalable in terms
of the number of Bypass tunnels.
MCS also supports both Shared and Nonshared Protection BW. In Shared
Protection BW, multiple Bypass tunnels share their bandwidths, while in
Nonshared Protection BW each Bypass tunnel gets its own guaranteed
bandwidth. Sharing protection bandwidth can only be applied if the bypass
tunnels protect against independent risks or SRLGs.
SRLGs refer to situations where links or nodes in a network share a common
physical attribute, such as fiber duct. If a link or node fails, other links and
nodes in the group may fail too. Links and nodes in the group are said to have a
shared risk or shared fate.
Bypass tunnel path selections avoid links (or nodes) in the same SRLG as the
link (or node) they are protecting. Otherwise if that link (or node) fails, the
other SRLG members may fail too.
MCS further supports Best Effort (BE) and BW-based protection per CoS.
BE protection means the Bypass tunnel protects tunnels regardless of their
bandwidth, while in BW-based protection the bandwidth sum of the tunnels
protected by a Bypass tunnel cannot exceed the maximum Bypass tunnel
bandwidth.
MCS also offers an option of FRR timing. To avoid switching to protection
while the underlying physical-layer protection is also switching (for example,
with SDH MS-SPRing, or SNCP), FRR switching may optionally be delayed
through a per-port configurable Hold-Off time. Similarly, to prevent switching
too frequently to or from protection, the switch back from the Bypass tunnel to
the protected tunnel after a failure is repaired may be delayed through a
per-port configurable Wait-to-Restore (WTR) time.

Mechanisms
Dual-Homed Access Device Protection

The single biggest issue in network protection is the problem of single points of
failure. These are the weak links in a typical network. Almost anything can be
protected if you have an appropriate alternative available. But the 'single points'
in a network by definition do not have a good alternative reliably at hand,
which makes them the most vulnerable to failure.
For example, the access devices that sit at the edges of a network are typically
single points of failure for all the customers linked to the network through a
single access device. Networks designed with XDM platforms avoid this
problem through the use of Dual-Homed protection. Dual-Homed protection is
effective for both link and node failures, with reliably fast recovery time.
Dedicated pseudo-wires are configured, able to tunnel the client RSTP/MSTP
Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) traffic.
The following figure illustrates a simple Dual-Homed protection scheme, where
the customer equipment (CE) can be connected to the Dual-Homed device
through either one (Customer A) or two (Customer B) CE devices.
Figure 10-9: Dual-homed protection scheme

Mechanisms
Link Aggregation
Ethernet Link Aggregation (LAG) protection is based on standard Ethernet link
aggregation schemes (IEEE 802.3ad). In LAG protection schemes, a single
logical link is composed of up to eight physical links (Ethernet or EoS ports).
When one (or more) physical link fails, the failed link is simply removed until
that link recovers. The network continues to function correctly without the
failed link.
LAG is available for both Ethernet and EoS WAN ports. The following figure
illustrates the LAG approach. Two variations are displayed, one for Ethernet
ports and one for EoS WAN ports.
Figure 10-10: Link aggregation examples
Link members are added and removed through the network management
system.

Mechanisms
Ethernet Provider Bridge Traffic

Protection
Provider Bridge Protection
Ethernet Provider Bridge traffic protection supports the LAG protection
mechanism described in Link Aggregation (on page 10-14). Provider Bridge
traffic protection also supports a combination of SDH protection schemes and
RSTP-based restoration. SDH protection schemes are used to protect each
individual EoS trail, connecting every two EoS (WAN) ports on any data card.
RSTP, which is initially used for loop resolution purposes on Provider Bridge
cards (MCS5 and EISMB cards), may also provide a means of protection in
case of link failure (such as fiber cut) and NE failure (such as data card failure).
| SDH protection schemes - ranging from unprotected trails, which use the
minimum amount of traffic through SNCP for 1+1 protection, and up to
MS-SPRing, which is the most effective means of ring protection. XDM
data cards fully exploit the extensive flexibility of its SDH capabilities to
offer the most effective means of protection in any case.
| RSTP – initially used as a “loop resolution” protocol in MCS5 and EISMB
based Provider Bridge networks. At the same time, RSTP provides means
of restoration to traffic failures. Although RSTP convergence time is much
shorter than STP, it is still slower than SDH protection. For that reason,
RSTP may be used as a “second line of defense”, restoring services in case
of card failure, while relying on the SDH sub-50 msec protection as the
“first line of defense”, providing much faster protection in the more likely
event of fiber failures.
| Diversely routed VCG with LCAS protection - with this type of
protection scheme, each VC in the VCG is routed via a different SDH path.
If some of the VCs fail to reach their destination due to a failure in the SDH
network, the LCAS mechanism re-establishes the EoS with the remaining
VCs, enabling service to continue at a lower effective capacity. This
scheme provides protection for part of the capacity without using extra
capacity for protection. By offering LCAS-based service, the operator
provides a guaranteed and best effort service without allocating any extra
bandwidth or resources for protection, thereby enabling a more flexible and
efficient cost structure.

Mechanisms
The following figure shows a typical mixture of protection schemes in a typical

metro network, which mixes EPL services at the access layer with shared
Provider Bridge network at the core. The use of DIO cards enables operators to
offer the most cost-effective access technology, while the shared Provider
Bridge networks at the edge and metro-core offer the benefits of shared
infrastructure and MP2MP services.
Figure 10-11: Protection schemes in a typical metro network
Bandwidth Scaling Protection for Ethernet

Traffic
The XDM enables GbE traffic processed by DIO cards to be scaled to
accommodate traffic conditions (for example, a link failure). This provides
protection similar to that provided by the LCAS protocol. The DIO cards
automatically decrease the capacity of the Ethernet link if one or more of the
VC-4s fails. The capacity automatically increases after the network fault is
repaired.
The same protection method is applicable to traffic processed by the EISMB.
For EISMB cards, the granularity of the protection method depends on the type
of SDH container (VC-3s or VC-4s) in use.

Mechanisms
Fast IOP: 1:1 Card Protection

Fast IOP offers the reliability of 1:1 card protection. The protection card is kept
on hot standby, ready to step in as needed, with no delay required for card
synchronization if the active card fails. All tables, including FIB, RSTP, etc.,
are kept updated between the active and standby cards. Fast IOP can be used in
both revertive and non-revertive mode. Card protection is based on BIT, card
plug-out, and manual switching through the management system. In Fast IOP
for optical links, the links are connected with Y-fiber splitters and couplers. In
Fast IOP for electrical links, the links are connected through switches.
The following figure illustrates a simple IOP example for optical links.
Figure 10-12: Fast IOP protection
SDH Path Protection Schemes

The XDM features proven redundancy mechanisms to ensure the complete
integrity of all traffic transfers. System protection schemes offer highly reliable
trail protection arrangements and equipment duplication on all units. The
platform supports protection schemes at the line and service levels.
The XDM provides complete protection for internal traffic paths. All traffic is
fully redundant within the shelf, and is routed via separate traffic paths and
hardware units. In case of equipment or line failure, traffic protection switching
takes place within 8-12 msec.
The XDM supports mesh and ring traffic protection and restoration. The
restoration mechanism ensures traffic rerouting in the event of a major
contingency. Telecom operators may define their own major contingencies
based on individual operating parameters. Traffic restoration time is generally
dependent on network complexity and traffic load.
For more information about the traffic restoration feature, see the LightSoft
General Description and the EMS-XDM User Manual.

Mechanisms
SNCP
The XDM features path protection over mesh and SubNetwork Connection
Protection (SNCP). SNCP provides independent trail protection for individual
subnetworks connected to the XDM, thus enhancing reliability against multiple
failures. When implemented in dual-node interconnections, SNCP, combined
with the drop&continue capability of the XDM, is even more powerful against
multifailure conditions in mesh topologies. By integrating SNCP into the XDM,
operators achieve superior traffic availability figures. SNCP is therefore
extremely important for leased lines or other traffic requiring superior SLA
availability.
SNCP switching functions automatically in the XDM without operator
intervention or path redefinition. The result is an exceptionally fast protection
switching time of less than 30 msec, with typical switching time taking only a
few milliseconds. Protection switching is performed in a distributed way in the
service cards.
A major SNCP advantage is its flexibility. SNCP is topology-independent and
can be implemented in ring, chain, star, mesh, and hybrid topologies. It can be
implemented with platforms from other vendors, enabling the creation of a ring
where traffic originating from other ADMs is fully protected.
Leased lines are provided through single-link connections. In the event of
failure, leased-line traffic is protected by SNCP switching at the service
termination point.
In typical multi-ring or mesh networks, the SNCP drop&continue functionality
provides better traffic reliability and link redundancy in the event of a site
failure. In these networks, four ADMs are typically required to enable this
functionality (see the following figure showing only one direction).
Figure 10-13: Typical SNCP-protected network sites

Mechanisms
Having the XDM function as a multi-ADM enables the number of elements to

be reduced to just two (one per site). This results in better service availability
and reliability, as well as a reduction in floor space and equipment costs (see
the following figure).
Figure 10-14: SNCP-protected XDM sites
The XDM supports SNCP at all STM-n levels (STM-1 to STM-64) and for all
VC objects, as follows:
| Any VC-4 in any STM-n
| Any VC-4nc in any STM-n
| Any VC-3 in any VC-4 in any STM-n
| Any VC-12 in any VC-4 in any STM-n

Mechanisms
The XDM supports the following SNCP types:

| SNCP/I – SNC protection switching due to TU-AIS, AU-AIS, TU-LOP, or
AU-LOP events
| SNCP/N – SNC protection switching due to TU-AIS, AU-AIS, TU-LOP, or
AU-LOP events, and any other path overhead alarms (signal label
mismatch, path trace error, EBER)
The XDM enables users to set EBER thresholds for BER and Signal
Degradation (SD) conditions. The SNCP function is complemented by the user
option to set the hold-off time for switching (0-10 sec in 100 msec intervals)
and the Wait-to-Restore (WTR) time (1-30 minutes), in accordance with
applicable standards.
The EMS-XDM enables both automatic and manual switch-to-protection and
protection-lockout commands. When an automatic switch occurs, notification is
sent to the subnetwork management station. The status of the selectors and the
subnetwork connections is displayed in the EMS-XDM window.
Revertive SNCP
XDM platforms support revertive SNCP starting from V6.2 of the system.
When the system is protected by regular SNCP, it uses the protection path in
the event a failure is detected in the main path, and does not revert to the main
path even after it recovers. The protected path may incorporate links that are
more expensive and less reliable (for instance, leased lines).
Revertive SNCP is useful when the user has a preferred path for traffic and can
switch back to the main path after recovery. The user can now define the
operating mode as Revertive or nonrevertive SNCP, giving him a higher degree
of flexibility.
The system provides several parameters to ensure that the failed (main) path is
stable and reliable before reverting to it after a fault condition. Most of these
are user-configured, including:
| Wait to Restore (WTR): The period of time after which a failed unit is
faultfree and can be considered as available again by the protection
processes.
| Wait to Switch (WTS): Factory-defined timer issued to prevent excessive
switching events in a nonstable condition. This timer disables switching to
protection path for X minutes if Y or more switches occurred in a period of
time of Z seconds.
| Hold-off time: Useful for interworking of protection schemes and
provisioned on an individual equipment basis. The failure condition is
monitored at the end of the hold-off time before switching to the protection
path.
| Switch time: Traffic switch operating as quickly as possible. The target
time is 50 msec.

Mechanisms
SDH Line Protection

The XDM incorporates two independent MS protection mechanisms:
| Linear – Linear Multiplex Section Protection (MSP):
MSP 1+1 unidirectional
MSP 1+1 bidirectional
| Ring – Multiplex Section Shared Protection Ring (MS-SPRing)
MSP
MSP is designed to protect single optical links. This protection is most suitable
for appendage TM/star links or for four-fiber links in chain topologies.
The XDM supports MSP in all optical line cards (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16,
and STM-64). MSP 1+1 unidirectional and bidirectional modes are supported.
MSP 1+1 is implemented between two SDH interfaces (working and
protection) of the same bitrate that communicate with two interfaces on another
platform. As with SNCP and path protection, in MSP mode the XDM provides
protection for both fiber and hardware faults.
The following figure shows a four-fiber star XDM with all links protected. This
ensures uninterrupted service even in the case of a double fault. The XDM
automatically performs MSP switching within 50 msec.
Figure 10-15: MSP protection modes

Mechanisms
MS-SPRing
In addition to SNCP protection that may also be implemented in mesh
topologies, the XDM supports MS-SPRing that provides bandwidth advantages
for selected ring-based traffic patterns.
Two-fiber MS-SPRing supports any 2.5 Gbps and/or 10 Gbps rings closed by
the XDM via SIO16/SIO64 cards, in compliance with applicable ITU-T
standards. This is fully automatic and performed in less than 50 msec.
NOTES:
| In the XDM-100 product line, MS-SPRing is supported on all
STM-16 and STM-64 ports through the SAM16, SIM16, and SIM64
card sets.
| In the XDM-1000 product line, MS-SPRing is supported by the
following card sets:
SIO16M
SIO64M
SIO164
XIO192
XIO384F
HLXC384
HLXC768
| As explained in this section, MS-SPRing is a network protocol that
runs on the ring aggregate cards. The PDH, STM-1, STM-4, and
data cards (electrical and optical) that serve as drop cards connected
to the client are not part of the MS-SPRing ring protocol. However,
all client services can be delivered via MS-SPRing on XDM
networks through the drop cards and the SDH aggregate cards that
create the MS-SPRing protection ring.
| When working with the HLXC768 matrix card, links within the
same NE and session must run between the same card types and the
same port numbers on those cards.
Thus, for example, an MS-SPRing connection could run from Port1
on an SIO16_2 card in the East side to Port1 on an SIO16_2 card on
the West side.
You cannot connect Port1 on an SIO16_2 card in the East to Port2
on an SIO16_2 card in the West, since the port numbers do not
match. You also cannot connect an STM-16 port in an SIO164 card
to an STM-16 port in an SIO16_2 card, since the card types do not
match. Similarly, you cannot connect an STM-64 port in an SIO164
card to an STM-64 port in an SIO64 card, since here too the card
types do not match.
There are no comparable limitations in MS-SPRing link
construction when using an XIO384F matrix card.

Mechanisms
MS-SPRing can support low-order traffic arriving at the nodes in the same way
it does high-order traffic. LO traffic support on MS-SPRing is unique to XDM
as it is a genuine MSPP.
In MS-SPRing modes, the STM-n signal is divided into working and protection
capacity per MS. In case of a failure in one MS of the ring, the protection
capacity loops back the affected traffic at both ends of the faulty MS. The
XDM supports the full squelching protocol to prevent traffic misconnections in
cases of failure at isolated nodes. Trails to be dropped at such nodes are muted
to prevent their being delivered to the wrong destination.
MS-SPRing is particularly beneficial in ring applications with uniform or
adjacent traffic patterns, as it offers significant capacity advantages compared
to other protection schemes.
The following figure shows an XDM in a two-fiber MS-SPRing. In this
configuration, two fibers are connected between each site. Each fiber delivers
50% of the active and 50% of the shared protection traffic. For example, in an
STM-16 ring, 8 VC-4s are active and 8 VC-4s are reserved for shared
protection.
In the event of a fiber cut between sites A and D, traffic is transported through
sites B and C on the black portion of the counterclockwise fiber. The switch in
traffic is triggered by the APS protocol that transmits control signals over the
K1 and K2 bytes in the fiber from site D to site A.
Figure 10-16: Two-fiber protection

Mechanisms
Extra traffic capability is also supported, enabling users to use the protecting
VC-4s to carry extra traffic that is dropped in case of a failure in the protected
VC-4s. Thus, the total capacity of the ring is used, provided there are no
network failures. The extra traffic itself is, of course, not protected.
Nonpre-emptive Unprotected Traffic (NUT) is also supported. NUT refers to
unprotected traffic carried on channels with MS-SPRing MSP protection
switching mechanism that is disabled for certain working channels and their
corresponding protection. It allows the users to implement the MS-SPRing in a
smaller group of AU-4s enabling better BW efficiency. Traffic carried on these
channels is unprotected MS-SPRing and nonpre-emptive, but can be protected
using other protection schemes.
Dual-node Interconnection with MS-SPRing

When the working and protection fiber pairs travel in separate ducts, two rings
can be connected via a dual link over two different nodes. This enables the
network to overcome multiple failures like fiber cuts or node failures, so
improving traffic availability in the network.
Integration of Low-order SNCP and

MS-SPRing
The XDM can simultaneously close MS-SPRing-protected metro-core rings
and SNCP-protected edge-access rings within the same NE. LO traffic can be
transported directly from multiple edge-access rings to the metro-core ring
transparently, without external XCs or mediation equipment. This reduces floor
space and costs, and improves site reliability.

Mechanisms
Optical Layer Protection

Protection is of the utmost importance in the high-capacity traffic transmitted
through WDM systems. The XDM features two types of optical protection
schemes - Optical CHannel (OCH) protection and Optical Multiplex Section
Protection (OMSP) or line protection.
AoC Protection Options

The AoC offers a variety of protection options, enabling network operators to
choose the protection scheme most useful for their network configuration.
Protection options include:
| Full equipment protection: The AoC as a multi-rate combiner for standard
P2P service supports OCH 1+1 with full equipment protection.
cards with two clients connected to a single client interface. This
configuration requires card installation in adjacent slots and a
splitter/coupler or Y-fiber to connect the client interfaces.
Figure 10-17: AoC: full equipment protection

Mechanisms
| Network protection: The AoC as a multi-rate combiner for standard P2P

service supports standard line protection.
cards with a single client on either of the cards connected directly to the
client interface. This configuration requires card installation in adjacent
slots.
With this configuration, service providers can even push up to 9 GbE or
10 FC1 unprotected clients, supporting up to the full OTU2 bandwidth
capacity.
Figure 10-18: AoC: network protection

Mechanisms
| Optical Dual Ring Interface (DRI) protection: The AoC when used in
ring applications supports optical DRI protection. (Note that inter-ring
traffic is through client ports.)
The AoC supports network topologies requiring drop&continue or multicast
services. Drop&continue service offers a key benefit by enabling network
operators to build robust, resilient network architectures that are able to
survive multiple fiber and note failures through the use of optical DRI, as
Figure 10-19: AoC: optical DRI protection

Mechanisms
| Mixed protection schemes: The AoC when used in ring applications

supports a mixture of protection schemes.
The comprehensive service support and flexibility of the AoC enables use
of a mixture of protection schemes. Choose the optimal combination of
protection configurations, based on your network needs. A typical example
is illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 10-20: AoC protection mixture
With the AoC, you may choose any combination of protected network traffic,
unprotected traffic, fully protected traffic including client port protection, and
so on. Dual homing from access to ring is also supported.

Mechanisms
OCH
The XDM provides OCH protection very similar to its path protection
mechanism. By using double transponder/combiner cards with built-in OCH
units, a dual-traffic path goes around the ring and is received by both the main
transponder/combiner and the protection transponder/combiner. Both perform
continuous PM to ensure channel integrity.
If PM on the main transponder/combiner does not indicate a problem, a
message is sent through the backplane to the protection transponder/combiner
for it to shut down its laser to the client, thereby ensuring transmission to the
client from only one transponder/combiner (the main). Protection switching to
the protection transponder/combiner occurs automatically when a failure is
detected by the main transponder/combiner.
The figures in this section illustrate different protection schemes. Note that
XDM protection schemes can be tailored to meet your specific requirements.
For example, the protected channels in the following figure are user-selected.
Figure 10-21: Example of OCH protection scheme
OCH protection is currently the most popular optical protection method for the
optical layer. The mechanism transports each optical channel in two directions,
clockwise and counterclockwise. The shortest path is defined as the main or
working channel; the longer path as the protection channel.
The main benefit of OCH protection is its ability to separately choose the
shortest path as the working path for each channel. There are no dedicated
working and protection fibers. Each fiber carries traffic with both working and
protection signals in a single direction.
The OCH 1+1 protection scheme provides separate protection for each channel.
For SDH and GbE, protection switching is based on OM parameters. For
nonstandard bitrate protection, switching is based on LOS and LOD
parameters. The switch-to-protection mode is automatic when a malfunction is
detected in a single channel. This is very convenient, as users can choose the
channels for protection and the main or protection paths. Switch-to-protection
time in the OCH 1+1 protection scheme is less than 5 msec.

Mechanisms
OMSP
The XDM features Optical Multiplex Section Protection (OMSP) and provides
line protection for P2P optical links. In the event of a fiber cut, an optical
switch within the OMSP card automatically switches traffic to the protection
fiber.
This low-cost approach protects all DWDM channels simultaneously without
hardware redundancy. OMSP protection operates independently of data rates,
protocols, or number of channels. OMSP also provides protection for future
upgrades when additional DWDM channels are added to the network.
Figure 10-22: Line protection
Equipment Protection
The XDM's high-level reliability is achieved through comprehensive equipment
redundancy on all units. Automatic protection switching is initiated by a robust
internal BIT diagnostic system.
Common Unit
The XDM provides 1+1 and 1:1 protection of the power supply and xFCU.
Traffic Unit (I/O Card)

The XDM provides 1:N (N = 1-10) protection to all PDH and SDH electrical
interfaces, and hardware protection to all SDH optical interfaces via a
simulation of two times MSP (1+1).
The XDM's robust architecture permits full 1:N protection for all bitrates in a
flexible manner and simultaneously for E1, E3, DS-3, and STM-1. In addition,
the shelf provides card protection flexibility, offering a range of protection slot
and ratio options. For example, up to 1:10 protection is available for the E1
tributaries, with the protection card in any available slot. For E3, DS-3, and
STM-1 bitrates, the protection card can be inserted into slots 6 and/or 7. For
more information about I/O card protection options, see the XDM-1000
Reference Manual.

Mechanisms
Data cards also offer 1:1 hardware protection. By installing a backup data card,
all services and card functionalities are backed up on the standby card. Optical
interfaces are duplicated using splitter/coupler devices (Y-fibers or dedicated
splitter modules) and electrical interfaces are protected using an external
switch.
Integrated Protection for I/O

Cards with Electrical Interfaces
To provide protection for the traffic carried by I/O cards with electrical
interfaces, ECI Telecom offers electrical protection modules. Two steps are
required for using this feature:
1. Define one redundant I/O card of the same type as the cards to be protected
in one of the free I1 to I11 slots.
2. Insert an electrical protection module in the corresponding M slot. This
module does not have any external ports.
The purpose of the protection module is to automatically replace a
malfunctioning I/O card with the redundant I/O card. When the protection is
activated, the protection module takes the external ports connected to the
electrical protection module of the malfunctioning I/O card, disconnects them
from that card, and connects them to the redundant card. In parallel, the HLXC
or XIO card switches the traffic from the malfunctioning card slot to the
protection slot (the slot of the redundant I/O card).
XDM shelves offer the following protection capabilities:
| Protection for E1 I/O cards. The protection module for this type of I/O
interface, designated M2_84P, can serve both balanced and unbalanced
interfaces.
The M2_84P module can be installed in any one of the M1 to M11 slots,
and the associated PIO2_84 card protects all the other PIO2_84 cards.
For an XDM fully equipped with PIO2_84 cards, the resulting protection
ratio is 1:10. Higher protection ratios are achieved when the number of
PIO2_84 cards installed in the shelf is less than 11.
| Protection for E3 and DS-3 I/O cards. The protection module for this
type of interface is designated M345_16P and is installed in slot M6. The
PIO345_16 card installed in slot IO6 protects all the other PIO345_16 cards
which can be installed in slots I1 to I5 and I7 to I11.
For an XDM fully equipped with PIO345_16 cards, the resulting protection
PIO345_16 cards installed in the shelf is less than 11.
An additional M345_16P module can optionally be installed in slot M7.
With this option, the PIO345_16 card in slot I7 protects the PIO345_16
cards installed in slots I8 to I11. This results in a 1:4 protection ratio.

Mechanisms
| Protection for STM-1 and STM-4 I/O cards. The protection module for
this type of interface is designated M1_16P and is installed in slot M6. The
SIO1&4 card installed in slot I6 protects all the other SIO1&4 cards which
can be installed in slots I1 to I5 and I7 to I11.
For an XDM fully equipped with SIO1&4 cards, the resulting protection
SIO1&4 cards installed in the shelf is less than 11.
An additional M1_16P module can optionally be installed in slot M7. With
this option, the SIO16 card in slot I7 protects the SIO1&4 cards installed in
slots I8 to I11. This results in a 1:4 protection ratio.
NOTE: When using the 1:4 protection option based on slot

M7, you can also install the 1:5 protection based on slot M6.
As a result, starting from XDM V4, two high-order protection
groups can be defined on the XDM.
The XDM-500 shelf supports a protection ratio of at least 1:3.
When a protection module (M2_84P, M345_16P, or
M1_16P) is installed in any one of the slots MC1 to MC4, it
protects all I/O cards with the same type of electrical interface
installed in the shelf (that is, in any of slots IC1, IC2, IC5,
IC6).

11
Management
In this chapter:
Overview........................................................................................................ 11-1
Layered Architecture ..................................................................................... 11-2
Client/Server Architecture ............................................................................. 11-3
Integration with Other Products ..................................................................... 11-3
LightSoft NMS .............................................................................................. 11-3
EMS-XDM .................................................................................................. 11-14
LCT-XDM ................................................................................................... 11-22
Overview
ECI Telecom's powerful network management suite, LightSoft, adopts a
management concept and design that uses layered architecture, in accordance
with applicable standards. LightSoft controls multiple transmission
technologies; each technology is represented as a layer, such as optics, SDH,
and Ethernet/MPLS, in addition to the physical layer, representing the physical
components such as fibers and equipment.

Management XDM General Description
Layered Architecture
ECI Telecom's management concept is designed using a layered architecture in
accordance with applicable standards. Separate management layers make up the
management structure. The lowest level, the Network Element Layer (NEL),
constitutes the embedded agent software of the NEs. The second layer, the
Element Management Layer (EML), controls many individual NEs, while the
third layer, the Network Management Layer (NML), controls the main network
management functions.
Figure 11-1: ECI Telecom's layered architecture management concept
In this scheme, LightSoft functions at the NML, while the EMS-XDM

functions at the EML. A northbound interface can connect either the
EMS-XDM or LightSoft to your Operations Support System (OSS).
In addition, the XDM features the LCT-XDM application, providing fast easy
connectivity to the NE and enabling access to installation, configuration, and
management functions. For more information, refer to LCT-XDM (on page
11-22).

XDM General Description Management
Client/Server Architecture
LightSoft network management suite (NMS) implements an advanced
client/server software architecture that supports a large number of processes.
The NMS server can be run on either single or multiple workstations. This
distributed architecture enables you to scale easily. The multiconfigurator
feature of LightSoft gives each operator the means to initiate sessions and
manage the network simultaneously, either in whole or in part.
Integration with Other Products

The XDM has been designed to smoothly integrate with networks that are not
based on ECI Telecom products. This enables you to build real-world
multivendor networks that ensure the free flow of management information
between SDH and other complimentary access, radio, and switching products.
LightSoft NMS
LightSoft's NMS is a multidimensional network management system managing
the complete family of element management systems (EMSs) offered by ECI
Telecom. LightSoft enables you to assume full control of all equipment in your
network, including:
| XDM transport platform
| BroadGate family of multiservice products for access applications
| ECI Telecom's Carrier Ethernet 9000 family of switch/routers
| SYNCOM multiplexer family at the STM-1, STM-4, and STM-16 layers
| Multivendor networks
LightSoft is a unified NMS that provisions, monitors, and controls all network
layers, enabling you to manage multiple technology layers (SDH, data, and
optical) independently of the physical layer. This offers on-demand service
provisioning, pinpoint bandwidth allocation, and dramatic reductions in the
equipment and operating costs that multiple management systems often require.
It does this by providing all facets of network management, netwide,
end-to-end, from a single platform. Management features include configuration,
fault management, performance management, administrative procedures,
maintenance operations, and security control. Within one integrated
management system, LightSoft's NMS enables you to fully control all of your
NEs regardless of their manufacturer, and view the complete network at a
glance. With LightSoft's NMS, multiple operators can simultaneously configure
the network while preventing any configuration conflicts.

LightSoft Management Interfaces

LightSoft, STMS, and EMS-9200 work together to supply the user with a
complete set of alarms, configuration, provisioning, and security services.
Communication is through an open CORBA-based interface that complies with
the MultiTechnology Network Management (MTNM) V3.5 information model
being developed by the TeleManagement Forum (TMF), a consortium of all
major telecom equipment vendors. LightSoft's NMS works with the
CORBA-based interface both north- and southbound for managing or being
managed by multivendor networks. STMS and EMS-9200 support the same
interface, northbound.
The LightSoft NMS supports a number of additional interfaces, such as export
of current alarms via FTP, import/export of XCs/NE and shelf configurations,
retrieval of daily performance files, and database access via SQL. STMS also
supports additional interfaces, such as export of device inventory and alarms in
HTML format, retrieval of performance files, and Java RMI for integration
with third-party OSS/NMS solutions. A Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) alarm gateway is also available for sending alarms from the NMS or
EMS to an OSS application that can handle SNMP traps. In addition, LightSoft
supports use of a Multi-Technology Operations System Interface (MTOSI)
gateway for alarms, inventory, and provisioning services.

Graphic User Interface

The LightSoft GUI provides a powerful yet easy-to-use tool for managing your
network. A single user-friendly GUI combines security, configuration,
maintenance, and performance management tools with fault handling,
end-to-end trail definition, and fail-safe database backups for uninterrupted and
reliable network operation.
The NMS user interface features an outstanding advance in topology map
design - multilayer topology views. These views enable you to display the
topology of each technology layer independently of the topology of the
physical layer.
Figure 11-2: LightSoft main window

Topology Management
LightSoft allows network administrators to commission and configure
equipment in local and remote subnetworks across the deployment. NEs can be
deployed in a wide range of topologies, including single or multiple rings with
appendages, or chains and composite topologies like mesh, incorporating
terminal multiplexers. Users move intuitively from an overall survey of the
network landscape to detailed status and control views of any NE, transmission
level, system card, or trail.
This application enables you to manage NEs at multiple levels. It distinguishes
between the NEs or MEs (Managed Elements) that make up the network, and
the logical elements (LEs) that these MEs represent. An ME designates a piece
of equipment, like a shelf, whereas the LE is a technology-oriented
representation of the various physical elements in the network. You can
customize these elements by splitting them. For example, different icons on the
map may represent different ports belonging to a single NE.
This unique distinction enables true multidimensional network management by
allowing operators to:
| Focus on MEs when creating and deleting NEs (physical layer)
| Focus separately on the ports available at each technology level (for
example, SDH, optical, or data) when managing trails (technology layer)
Whenever an ME is added to the network at the physical layer of LightSoft, an
LE is automatically projected into the relevant technology layer, as shown in
the topology view in the interface. If an ME contains ports that belong to
multiple technologies, as is the case with XDM shelves, LEs are created at each
technology layer containing only the ports relevant to that layer. Nested groups
are supported and can be defined differently in the various layers.
Trail Configuration
LightSoft provides powerful trail configuration tools. A detailed definition of
through and local XCs gives administrators precise control of the system
structure, guaranteeing uninterrupted services and maximized use of bandwidth.
In addition to manual trail routing, the patent-pending path-finding algorithm
searches for and selects optimal end to end primary and protection paths across
complex topologies. Optimization criteria are user-defined and may include
such parameters as number of nodes, link cost, distance, shared risk (such as
common ducts), and so on. A powerful trail synchronization function polls the
entire network, keeping the LightSoft trail database up to date. LightSoft also
provides numerous protection and traffic reconfiguration schemes in case of
service disruption. The system provides full traffic restoration via contingency
traffic plans.
The LightSoft advanced trail management functions allow you to create, delete,
and modify SDH and optical trails, as well as Ethernet and MPLS services.

DWDM Trails Management

LightSoft enables you to upload, label, and display existing optical trails from
the optical layer. This form of "bottom-up" provisioning is suited to optical
equipment that does not support tunable lasers, and ensures that the application
has all the required trail information that was provisioned at the fiber level.
LightSoft takes advantage of the XDM sublambda grooming capabilities for the
efficient utilization of DWDM wavelengths. This capability provides a form of
top-down optical trail provisioning by creating XCs between optical endpoints
at the SDH level. LightSoft V4.2R2 provides full top-down optical trail
provisioning at both the SDH and optical levels.
SDH trails management

For XDM NEs, LightSoft supports both virtual and contiguous concatenation
for the transport and cross connection of VC-4 signals. This is used for
high-bitrate Ethernet services that require transport of payloads exceeding a
single VC-4 capacity. Concatenation associates multiple VCs together,
resulting in a combined capacity that can be used as a single container across
which bit sequence integrity is maintained.
Highly sensitive data networks can rely on LightSoft’s link protection
capabilities supporting a variety of schemes, including MSP 1+1, MS-SPRing,
and several advanced bridge protection options.
MPLS Tunnel Management

MPLS LSP is used to tunnel a customer’s Ethernet traffic through the SP's
network. LightSoft provides end to end provisioning of MPLS tunnels, an
essential component of overall service management. LightSoft enables initial
bandwidth allocation for MPLS tunnels by building MPLS over Transport
(MoT) trails. MoT trail top-down provisioning is accomplished in the same
manner as with SDH trails.
It may be desirable to protect a tunnel against failure of a link or node along the
tunnel path. LightSoft enables configuration of the MCS protection mechanism
known as Fast Reroute (FRR). With FRR, a backup LSP (Bypass tunnel) is
predefined, enabling traffic to be routed around a failed network link or node.
The rerouted traffic is sent to a downstream MCS, where the bypass path
merges with the original path of the protected tunnel.
A complete set of TE and QoS parameters is provided for each tunnel and each
MPLS network. The networks and tunnels are all supported by advanced QoS
mechanisms implemented by the underlying managed network equipment.
Automatic, user-friendly tools enable simplified creation of a full mesh of
MPLS tunnels between all NEs, as well as a complete set of bypass tunnels,
allowing rapid configuration of FRR link and node protection.
Both P2P and multicast-efficient P2MP tunnels are supported by LightSoft.

Ethernet Services Management

LightSoft provides network operators with the end to end and top-down
provisioning capabilities of carrier class Ethernet services. LightSoft enables
NEs to provide various types of Ethernet Layer 1 and Layer 2 services. All
cards use VCG trails with VC-12/3/4 granularity, with the appropriate
bandwidth allocation, as the physical layer for any Ethernet service type. Each
interface is configured separately to provide maximum flexibility. For example,
in an MPLS network, a customer’s Ethernet traffic is transported over MPLS
tunnels that can be either shared or dedicated per customer. The supported
services are P2P (VPWS), MP2MP (VPLS), Hub & Spoke (partial VPLS), and
IPTV-oriented services carried efficiently by P2MP MPLS tunnels, all of which
utilize advanced QoS and TE mechanisms.
Ethernet services are provided in one of the following configurations.
| Layer 1 P2P Ethernet Virtual Circuits (EVCs): This service is a Layer 1
P2P service between a pair of Layer 1 Ethernet ports over an SDH trail.
Ethernet is mapped to virtual concatenation of SDH containers, creating
transparent P2P service. Bandwidth allocation can be full or partial with no
traffic-affecting changes.
| Layer 2 P2P EVCs: A Layer 2 P2P EVC associates exactly two UNIs. A
service implemented by VPWS on an MPLS network is a Layer 2 P2P
EVC, with Ethernet service traffic shared among many customers.
| P2MP EVCs: In a P2MP EVC, each service endpoint is either a hub or a
spoke. Hub & Spoke service includes anywhere from one to four hubs.
Packets are delivered from spoke to hub and from hub to spoke. No packets
are delivered directly between two spokes. This type of service is only
supported when all endpoints are on a single MPLS network.
| Rooted Multipoint (Rooted MP) EVCs: In a rooted MP EVC, a service
endpoint is either a root or a leaf. Packets are delivered from roots to leaves
and from leaves back to roots. Typically, this service is used for multicast
service between a single root and multiple leaves. In an MPLS network,
this service is implemented by configuring a P2MP multicast tunnel
between the root and all leaves. This is used for IPTV or E-Learning
services.
| MP2MP EVCs: In standard MP2MP service, frames from each service
endpoint can be delivered to any other endpoint or can be multicast to a set
of multiple endpoints. A service implemented by VPLS on an MPLS
network is a Layer 2 MP2MP EVC.
| Ethernet aggregation over DWDM: Several Ethernet ports are aggregated
to one STM-16 wavelength creating a transparent service. Bandwidth
allocation can be full or partial, with no traffic-affecting changes.
Policer Profiles encapsulate all relevant bandwidth parameters used by Ethernet
services.

Fault Management
LightSoft simplifies real-time status monitoring of the network and its
elements. The main window uses color-coded icons to show equipment status at
a glance. Customizable alarm listings, alarm counters, and alarm audio and
visual indicators, all updated in real time, are displayed in the main window.
Administrators can acknowledge alarms from the Current Alarms list, post
"sticky note"-type messages (User Notes) to other network personnel, and
customize their own alarm filters. They can click any element in the network to
open status windows listing the alarms for each object, including NEs, cards,
and physical ports.
Figure 11-3: LightSoft and STMS alarm windows
With the advanced rule-based Alarm Correlation add-on, LightSoft's NMS is a

powerful tool for root cause and service affecting analysis. LightSoft enables
the user to quickly pinpoint the fault, fix it, or bypass it, ensuring minimal
service downtime.
The LightSoft fault management system is fully integrated and includes alarms
for all managed NEs, regardless of the layer (physical, SDH, data, or optical)
on view.

STMS alarm windows display color-coded active alarms with point-and-click

drill-down options for rapid problem identification and resolution. Unlike
systems that simply display a running list of alarms, the STMS automatically
removes resolved conditions, keeping operators focused on open items.
Historical alarm search and export mechanisms enable operators to retrieve
cleared alarms. Sophisticated fault aggregation correlates logical alarms,
preventing a single physical interface supporting hundreds or thousands of
logical interfaces from triggering the type of event storms that occur in less
sophisticated systems.
Figure 11-4: STMS chassis alarm note

GUI Cut-Through
LightSoft's NMS uses a process called GUI Cut-Through (GCT) to invoke
EMS functions without launching the EMS-XDM. With the user-friendly GCT
interface, you can:
| Set, change, and propagate NE attributes
| Configure shelves and cards
| Change alarm severities
| Set NE timing sources
| Activate performance management functions on NEs
| Perform maintenance functions on NEs or their objects
Figure 11-5: Focus on chassis view

Redundancy and Security

LightSoft provides a full range of support features to keep your network
running smoothly and protect it from unauthorized and malicious use.
High Availability Clustering Solution

The LightSoft cluster solution provides high availability and load balancing,
essential features for large networks and/or mission-critical management
requirements.
The LightSoft cluster solution's load balancing feature automatically divides the
load from NMS processes, EMS interfaces, and client applications between all
cluster nodes. The resilient high-availability cluster configuration distributes
NE management between cluster nodes. Software resiliency is provided
through software process redundancy. In case of node failure, immediate
automatic switching ensures that service can continue without interruption.
In a LightSoft cluster configuration, the Fault Tolerant Server (FTS) module
provides full hot standby resiliency without any single point of failure. With
FTS technology, the application works with two copies of a database,
synchronized to each other in real time. In the event of a database or database
node failure, the application continues to work using the second copy of the
database, with no adverse affect on the user. When the failed database or
database node recovers, the two copies of the database resynchronize
automatically.
Geographic Redundancy for Disaster

Recovery Plans
ECI Telecom's management portfolio includes Remote Database Replication
(RDR), a field-proven, cost-effective redundancy mechanism that provides full
network management backup capabilities for Disaster Recovery Plans (DRP).
RDR ensures system continuity by maintaining a comprehensive and complete
backup copy of the current network configuration. LightSoft and EMS-XDM
use duplicate management hardware, with one station serving as the active site
(primary server) and the other as the standby site (backup server and mirror).
One standby site can act as a backup for multiple stations (1:N) running
LightSoft, and various EMSs.
All the databases in the active site (NMS and EMS) are periodically duplicated
and transmitted over a direct link to the standby site. To make the backup
process efficient, only changes made since the last replication are included.
Should a failure occur in the active site, the operator quickly switches over to
the standby site and resumes management of the network within minutes. The
LightSoft and EMS-XDM databases' signature feature intelligently updates the
standby site with all NE configuration data that has changed since the last
replication.

Security Functions
LightSoft provides two main types of security functions:
| User security
| System security
User security controls the persons having access to the system (user groups),
which operations these users can perform (capability profiles), and the
elements of the network on which these operations can be performed
(domains).
All LightSoft users are assigned to user groups, each of which is then paired
with a capability profile and a defined number of domains. Users in a particular
user group can perform only those functions provided for by their capability
profile assigned to the group, and only on those domains assigned to the group.
LightSoft supports Resource Domain Partitioning (RDP), enabling you to
divide a network into many different resource domains, or logical regions, each
one having its own capability and resources profile. RDP enables service
providers to partition their networks according to their geographical,
organizational, or logistical needs.
Users are assigned access privileges based on their capability profile and
domain (specific region or the entire network), through a flexible security
scheme. This method provides each client with the appropriate level of
operational control, without infringing on the security needs of any other client.
System security is provided through a comprehensive mesh of protective
mechanisms. Operating system security includes a complete set of secure
system settings, combined with hardening policies for user authentication and
login procedures. For example, intelligent password restrictions, user action
logs, and an optional keyboard lock feature are used to help ensure system
security and integrity. Network security mechanisms incorporate integrated
protection on multiple levels, including ICMP protocol, IP layer, and TCP
layer. System services are carefully monitored and restricted to minimize
vulnerability. A complete set of additional, optional security hardening
measures are available depending on customer requirements. For example,
additional user authentication restrictions, FTP service hardening, file and mail
restrictions, and optional filters and locks are available. Integration with special
customer security policies and infrastructure can be provided upon request.

Customer Network Management

With Customer Network Management (CNM), service providers can lease
network resources to customers, enabling the customers to self-manage these
resources. This sophisticated scheme allows both the end customer and the
service provider to concurrently manage alarms and performance, provision
services, and handle maintenance operations on the resources. The resources
are reserved exclusively for the designated customer only. For example, a
carrier of carriers can lease out portions of the network to other carriers. These
other carriers can independently safely provision and monitor services using
LightSoft.
CNM allows carriers to differentiate themselves within the market, providing
them with a revenue generation opportunity by selling CNM as a value-added
service. In addition, since a significant part of the network management effort
can be offloaded from the service provider to its customers, OPEX is
significantly reduced.
EMS-XDM
The EMS-XDM provides full-feature XDM support. It functions at the EML in
the TMN scheme and can operate directly under LightSoft. It has been designed
as an open system in compliance with the CORBA MTNM standard. The
EMS-XDM may be co-located in the same platform, operate as a standalone
application, or integrated in a non-ECI Telecom NMS or TMN umbrella
system. It can control hundreds of different XDM NEs at a time, and supports a
wide range of management functions, including alarms, configuration,
inventory, provisioning, and security management.
Figure 11-6: XDM-1000 shelf view as displayed in EMS-XDM

The EMS-XDM supports multiple technologies, including:

| SDH and PDH
| Optics
| Data: ATM, Layer 1 and Layer 2 Ethernet, MPLS
The EMS-XDM's user-centric design has produced a clear, intuitive graphic
user interface that simplifies network management. Network elements can be
viewed from three perspectives; a clear graphic representation of the network
map, a hierarchical tree topology that enables easy Any-to-Any navigation to
any NE or network component, including direct access to shelf and card, and a
shelf view that enables simple management per shelf through a single
context-sensitive configuration window.
Figure 11-7: EMS: three network perspectives
Alarm Management
As in LightSoft, current alarms are displayed in the Current Alarms window.
An alarms log keeps track of past alarms. A network-wide alarm counter is
included in the system. Alarms are color-coded, enabling quick and easy
viewing of the status of any alarm. Alarm management functions include
filtering, sorting, severity assignment, printing, and exporting via FTP.
Using the EMS-XDM, network administrators can assign severity levels to
individual alarm parameters in specific NEs. This means that remote NEs can
screen out low-level alarms, while the network administrator analyzes
LightSoft prefiltered and sorted daily alarm logs.

Performance Management
Administrators can use EMS-XDM to access current performance data for each
XDM NE (including optical objects) and trail/circuit, recorded over 15-minute
or 24-hour intervals, detailed per termination point, and sorted by logging time.
Performance data is available in both tabular and chart form. This information
is useful in troubleshooting NEs, and in optimizing QoS.
EMS-XDM provides default performance parameters and threshold levels in
compliance with accepted ITU-T standards. These parameters and thresholds
can be configured to suit individual applications.
The XDM supports all standard SDH PM counters (for example, BBE, SES,
and UAS) for the different signal levels (for example, MS, VC-12/3/4); GFP
counters (for example, a comprehensive set of block counters); data counters
(for example Ethernet Rx/Tx octets, Rx/Tx frames, broadcast and unicast
packets, multicast and IGMP packets); policer counters, MPLS counters, and
more. Each counter has a user-configurable default threshold.
PM data is collected and stored by EMS-XDM in a performance log. The
expanded PM collection capabilities of EMS-XDM allow you to:
| Define PM collection groups and their characteristics.
| Define PM counter thresholds and assign performance profiles to objects.
| View historical performance data for XDM transmission objects.
| Manually collect PM data for all cross-connect endpoints on a card.
| Display and use PM logs and other types of logs.
| Obtain and display PM history reports for optical objects.
Configuration and Inventory Management

The EMS-XDM enables you to configure the XDM down to the shelf level, and
to take shelf inventory. You can define the hardware protection configurations
and perform PM and maintenance actions on endpoints. Inventory is displayed
via an easy-to-use tree-like structure that displays the cards and serial numbers.
Activities supported by the EMS-XDM include:
| Assigning slots
| Setting NE timing sources
| Configuring NE IP routing tables
| Performing maintenance actions on equipment
| Modifying NE or internal object attributes
| Modifying alarm severities or PM thresholds

Provisioning
A graphic display of the XCs makes editing easy. Simply point and click at
cards and endpoints and then activate them. For additional ease of use, the
cross-connection window is intuitive. Mass provisioning is possible via batch
files or an activate series.
Ethernet Flows, VSIs, and MPLS Tunnels

With the EMS-XDM, you can configure MPLS tunnels as well as
Ethernet/VPLS services. Activities supported by the EMS-XDM include:
| Provisioning and monitoring MPLS tunnel segments for Ethernet
service, also known as MPLS cross-connects (MPLS XCs). A fully
functional traffic-engineered MPLS tunnel can be formed by provisioning
the ingress (head), transit, and egress (tail) MPLS segments along the
tunnel path. This includes tunnel QoS associations, FRR protection, OAM
for tunnel connectivity verification, and more.
| Provisioning and monitoring VPLS Virtual Service Instances (VSIs).
This is an Ethernet bridge/switch instance, binding an Ethernet service
endpoint, including all service parameters, to MPLS. A fully functional
VPLS service can be formed by configuring its representative VSIs on the
provider edge endpoint cards, where the customer connects through
Ethernet ports. This includes VLAN to VSI associations, 802.1p to CoS
mappings, per-VPN policing, VSI to MPLS tunnel binding, and more.
| Provisioning and monitoring Ethernet services. This provisioning is
accomplished through a mechanism similar to the VPLS implementation,
with no binding to MPLS tunnels.

Optic-Centric Management
The EMS-XDM emphasizes excellent intuitive graphic management of the
optical layer through the following features.
The Functional Node (FuN) feature enables users to view, manage, and monitor
optical sites (and connections between cards/sites in the same network) from a
functional perspective. It presents a logical view of the complete optical site, as
opposed to the Shelf View's equipment-centric view.
The FuN Topology Map (FTM) enables users to build optical networks using
intuitive graphic icons and an easy drag-and-drop process. The FTM works
with an intuitive logical map similar to the 'As Built' documentation.
Events and alarms are visible for all network components using the familiar
ECI Telecom color coding. This enables a constant awareness and
understanding of the network status without distracting the operator or dividing
the operator's attention between two different status and information windows.
The FTM also streamlines operations by providing direct access to the card
configuration screens from the main FTM window.
Figure 11-8: FTM topology map
Automatic links discovery is another useful FTM feature. After FTM map
generation, a single click automatically generates all OCH links and uploads the
links to LightSoft's NMS.

The enhanced APC, also known as PELES, provides complete optical chain
power control and equalization. The EMS-XDM monitors optical links from
end to end and analyzes the true cause of variations in optical power at all
power control elements in the link. PELES features include:
| Monitoring the current power levels and channel status, with
Detection of changes in span loss.
Measurement of actual link attenuation.
Per-span information regarding active channels passing through a
power control element.
| Displaying the monitoring data in a convenient, easy to read table.
| Automatic calculation of all necessary optical link parameters in case of an
event, including:
Calculation of the actual Number of Channels (NOCs) that are present
at the input of a power control element.
Calculation of the actual Number of Amplifiers (NOAs) and the precise
Average Gain of previous amplifiers (AVGpas).
Calculation of the required gain at each amplifier.
| Updating the physical NEs with all necessary changes in card
configuration, through power control activation (by setting tracking to ON).
DCC Cross Connections

The Data Communications Channel (DCC) enables management of the SDH
network through a communications channel embedded in the SDH overhead
bytes. In these networks, management systems communicate with remote NEs
through the overhead bytes in the SDH links. The DCC can be assigned to RS
or MS objects. Using the cross-connect subsystem, you can create DCC cross
connections that specify how the management channel is routed via the NE.
Another option is external DCC cross connections, whereby RS and MS objects
in the SIO cards contain external DCC bytes that can be used to implement the
transparent DCC feature. Using this feature, the XDM network transparently
routes the management channel of an external vendor, independent of the
payload routing.

OSPF
The EMS-XDM supports DCC functionality with dynamic OSPF routing. The
XDM implements dynamic OSPF routing over the network interfaces to
automatically determine the routing table. OSPF support includes PPP
encapsulation of IP packets with HDLC framing over RS-DCC, MS-DCC, and
"Clear Channel" communication channels as defined in ITU G.7712. Support is
also provided for legacy LAN Emulation encapsulation, with full software
configurability between all communication modes.
The EMS-XDM can work with a combination of XDM and legacy equipment
working with several different DCN methods, including:
| DCC with LAN Emulation
| DCC with OSPF
| Ethernet mode OSPF
| DCN OSPF (towards the XDM gateways)
The XDM smoothly integrates multiple DCN modes, with a single XDM able
to function in different DCN modes with different network components. For
more information, refer to Network Communication Control (on page 9-1).
Security Management
The EMS-XDM provides a fully customizable security hierarchy. Users can
partition NEs by group, and limit user access to specific groups. The individual
NEs may be configured with embedded passwords to protect them from
unauthorized LCT-XDM access. Only the administrator can view and change
the passwords. For surveillance purposes, a detailed user action log is included.
Interfaces and Management Transparency

The EMS-XDM supports a CORBA-based northbound interface. See LightSoft
Management Interfaces (on page 11-4) for more details. As the EMS-XDM has
been designed as an open system, XDM elements can be managed through any
standard compliant NMS.
In addition, it is possible to export current alarms via FTP, retrieve daily
endpoint performance files, import/export XCs, assign slots via batch files,
report card inventory, and access the database via SQL.

Autodiscovery
The EMS-XDM supports the following autodiscovery capabilities:
| Automatic card assignment
| Automatic NE recognition
| Automatic topology discovery
The automatic card assignment feature operates both in manual and automatic
mode. When activated in automatic mode, cards and modules inserted into
managed NEs in the field are automatically recognized by the EMS-XDM and
assigned as a background task according to user-defined tables. Alternatively,
this feature can be applied manually to selected NEs. The end result is the
same: operators no longer need to assign each card or module, as physical
insertion triggers this action automatically.
With the automatic NE recognition feature, each NE automatically appears on
the screen, eliminating the need to create it manually. New NEs are
automatically transferred to LightSoft or any other NMS via the CORBA
interface.
The automatic topology discovery feature is based on a new implementation of
the J0 byte. When activated, SIO-to-SIO or Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC)
bidirectional links (in SDH networks) are automatically identified by the
EMS-XDM and uploaded to the NMS layer via the MTNM interface. LightSoft
automatically displays such links when managing EMS-XDM, eliminating the
need to manually define topology links at the NMS level. In addition, an
EMS-level list of links is provided for viewing and deleting automatically
created links.

LCT-XDM
The LCT-XDM is a PC-based installation, maintenance, commissioning, and
configuration tool for field technicians. It provides rapid direct connection to
deployed NEs using a standard simple serial interface. The LCT-XDM is
version-independent because the necessary software is embedded in the NE
itself. For smaller networks that include fewer XDM platforms, the LCT-XDM
can be used as a more economical standalone EMS that includes a current
alarm window, NE database backup and restore capabilities, and current PM
and TCA configuration.
LCT-XDM supports all the functionality required by a technician arriving at a
site: full installation, NE commissioning (including slot assignment, IP routing,
and DCC ports configuration), and full definition of cross connections, flows,
and troubleshooting. The system provides the user with a clear view and control
of NE internals, cards and objects, status, and configuration. Access from the
LCT-XDM is password-protected to ensure that only authorized personnel can
access the field-installed equipment.
Figure 11-9: LCT-XDM shelf view

12
Maintenance
In this chapter:
Overview........................................................................................................ 12-1
Short MTTR................................................................................................... 12-2
Built-In Test (BIT) ......................................................................................... 12-2
Alarms System ............................................................................................... 12-3
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 12-4
Overview
The XDM product line is a fully redundant all-in-one system that eliminates
and replaces interconnections and cables with a few ultra-reliable optical
connections in a self-contained integrated package. As a result, the XDM
inherently provides high reliability.
Operating features and benefits of the XDM include:
| Redundancy of all subsystems and optional switchover to protection,
offering the operator uninterrupted service.
| Comprehensive alarms system, detecting and reporting transmission and
equipment malfunctions.
| Loopback capabilities on the transmission interfaces and a sophisticated
BIT feature facilitating quick and accurate fault location, thereby
minimizing mean time to repair (MTTR).
| Maintenance configuration functions controlled by the management system;
any management function performed at the EMS level can be performed at
the NMS level via LightSoft.
NOTE: All installation instructions, technical specifications,

restrictions, and safety warnings are provided in the XDM Installation
and Maintenance Manuals. Refer to these manuals for specific
instructions before beginning any XDM platform installation.

Maintenance XDM General Description
Short MTTR
The XDM features ensure a minimum MTTR, minimizing the probability of
service interruptions:
| Internal diagnostic capability and automatic switchover to protection
equipment
| Automatic PM and BIT mechanism for fast and accurate fault isolation
| Efficient fault location at the element, card, and component levels
| Replacement of cards and modules under power
| Remote diagnostics activation and control by the EMS-XDM
| Remote installation of new software versions through management
interfaces with minimum effect on traffic
Built-In Test (BIT)

The BIT hardware and its related software assist in the identification of any
faulty card in the system. The BIT outputs provide:
| Fault detection
| Maintenance alarms
| Redundancy switching
| System reset
| Bypass (when applicable)
| Management reports
On-card dedicated test circuits implement the BIT procedure under the control
of an integrated software package.
The xMCP cards perform the BIT procedures on all signal paths and buses. The
xMCPs also monitor the slave processors on the other XDM cards by means of
test messages.
A BIT program is automatically activated after the XDM is switched on. It is
performed for both the initialization and normal operation phases. The operator
can stop or restart its execution from LightSoft.
BIT testing covers general tests, including card presence tests and periodic
sanity checks of I/O card processors. It also covers traffic path tests, xMCP
environment tests, data tests, and more. The BIT detects traffic-affecting
failures as well as failures in other system cards, including invisible failures in
nonoperating redundant cards.

XDM General Description Maintenance
Alarms System
Alarms generated by the XDM are classified as:
| Transmission: alarms associated with a malfunction of any transmission
path. The XDM supports a full set of alarms in compliance with applicable
standards.
| Timing: alarms associated with a malfunction of any XDM timing source.
| Equipment: alarms associated with any hardware malfunction.
The network administrator assigns severity levels to each alarm type:
| Critical: always requires immediate attention.
| Major: gives notice that attention is required, but does not require attention
outside normal working hours.
| Minor: does not require attention after normal hours.
| Warning: malfunction warning or unreleased maintenance action.
In addition to the management interfaces listed above, additional optional
means can be provided for alarms control and display:
| Local displays, including LEDs that indicate malfunctions of specific
plug-in units or transmission paths
| Alarm contacts, delivering critical, major, minor, and warning alarm
indications to the station alarm bus
| Rack alarm buzzer with station acknowledgment mechanism
| Alarm server, delivering network aggregated alarms from LightSoft to the
operator's Central Monitoring Station (CMS)
| Alarm inputs from in-station devices (such as security sensors, fire
detectors, external monitoring equipment) and other in-station
telecommunication equipment (like flexible multiplexers and DWDM
units)

Maintenance XDM General Description
Troubleshooting
In the event of an alarm, troubleshooting procedures are used to determine the
severity and location of the problem and the appropriate alarm-clearing
procedure.
Alarms are handled first by severity and then by type. In order of priority, alarm
types are:
| Equipment alarms
| Transmission alarms
| Timing alarms
Each card is a standalone unit. By adopting ECI Telecom's modular system
concept, the customer's planning and maintenance personnel achieve flexible
and efficient operation. By following a simple procedure, maintenance
personnel can quickly replace faulty cards or other assemblies. Faulty units are
then sent/shipped for repair to the assigned ECI Telecom Customer Support
Center. The easy maintenance concept of the XDM allows the user to perform
these repairs and test actions:
| Connecting or disconnecting cable fibers to or from the XDM
| Removing or inserting any cards in the XDM cards cage when power is on
| Connecting or disconnecting power cable(s) to or from the system
| Performing system test procedures
| Removing or inserting I/O modules
| Removing or inserting optical modules

A
Standards and Reference
Documents
The following is a list of standards and reference documents that relate to the
XDM family.
1. Af-phy-0064.000 – ATM Forum E1 Physical Layer Interface.
2. Af-phy-0086.000 – ATM Forum IMA V1.0.
3. Af-phy-0086.001 – ATM Forum IMA V1.1.
4. Af-phy-00121.00 – ATM Forum Traffic Management Specifications
V4.1.
5. ANSI T1.105-2001 – Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Basic
Description including Multiplex Structure, Rates, and Formats.
6. BS ISO/IEC-3309 – Information Technology – Telecommunications and
Information Exchange between Systems – High-Level Data Link Control
(HDLC) Procedures – Frame Structure.
7. BS ISO/IEC-9595, Information Technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Common Management Information Services.
8. EN- 60950-1 ed1 (2001/10) – Electrical Safety.
9. ETS 300 386 (2003/01) – Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio
spectrum Matters (ERM); Telecommunication network equipment;
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements.
10. ETS 300 132 -2 (2003/03) – Environmental Engineering (EE); Power
Supply Interface at the Input to Telecommunications Equipment.
11. ETSI ETR 114 – Functional Architecture of SDH Transport Networks.
12. ETSI EN 300 019-1-1 (2003/04) – Environmental Engineering (EE);
Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for
Telecommunications Equipment; Storage.
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary A-1

Standards and Reference Documents XDM General Description

Telecommunications Equipment; Transportation.
Telecommunications Equipment; Stationary use at weather protected
location.
15. FTZ 1 TR9 (2002/06) - Deutsche Telekom A.G. EMC Requirements.
16. GR-1089-CORE (2006/06) – Electromagnetic Compatibility and
Electrical Safety – Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications
Equipment.
17. GR-1209-CORE (2001/03) – Generic Requirements for Passive Optical
Components.
18. GR-1230-CORE – SONET Bidirectional Line-Switched Ring Equipment
Generic Criteria.
19. GR-1312-CORE (1999/04) – Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber
Amplifiers and Proprietary Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexed
Systems.
20. GR-1400-CORE – SONET Dual-Fed Unidirectional Path Switched Ring
(UPSR) Equipment Generic Criteria.
21. GR-253-CORE (2000/09) – Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria.
22. GR-383-CORE – COMMON LANGUAGE® Equipment Codes
(CLEI™ Codes) – Generic Requirements for Bar Code Labels.
23. GR-63-CORE (2006/03) – Network Equipment Building System (NEBS)
Requirements: Physical Protection.
24. IEC-68 – Environmental Testing.
25. IEC 917 – Modular Order for the Development of Mechanical Structures
for Electronic Equipment Practices.
26. IEC 60825-1 (2001/08): Safety of Laser Products – Part 1: Equipment
Classification, Requirements, and User Guide.
27. IEC 60825-2 (2000/05): Safety of Laser Products – Part 2: Safety of
Optical Fiber Communication System.
28. IEEE 802.1ad - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks—Revision—
Amendment 4: Provider Bridges.
29. IEEE 802.1D - Media access control (MAC) Bridges (Incorporates IEEE
802.1t-2001 and IEEE 802.1w).
30. IEEE 802.1P - Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering.
31. IEEE 802.1Q - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks—Revision.
A-2 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description Standards and Reference Documents
32. IEEE 802.1w - Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree.

33. IEEE 802.3-2005 – Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications.
34. IEEE 802.3ad – Link Aggregation.
35. IEEE 802.3ah – Ethernet in the First Mile (Link OAM).
36. IEEE 802.3x - Full Duplex Operation and Flow Control Protocol.
37. IETF, RFC-1493 – Definition of Managed Objects for Bridges.
38. IETF, RFC-1643 - Ethernet-like Interfaces.
39. IETF, RFC-1662 – PPP in HDLC-Life Framing.
40. IETF, RFC-1757 - Remote Network Monitoring Management
Information Base.
41. IETF, RFC-2108 – Definitions of Managed Objects for IEEE 802.3
Repeater Devices using SMIv2.
42. IETF, RFC 2401 – Security Architecture for the Internet Protocol.
43. IETF, RFC 2409 – Internet Key Exchange Protocol (IKE).
44. IETF, RFC-2615 – PPP over SONET/SDH.
45. IETF, RFC-2665 – Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like
Interface Types.
46. IETF, RFC-2674 - Bridge MIB with VLAN/Traffic Classes/Multicast
Extensions.
47. IETF, RFC-2702 - Requirements for Traffic Engineering Over MPLS.
48. IETF, RFC-2737 – Entity MIB (Version 2).
49. IETF, RFC-2819 – Remote Network Monitoring Management
Information Base.
50. IETF, RFC-2863 - Interfaces Group MIB.
51. IETF, RFC-3031 - Multiprotocol Label Switching Architecture.
52. IETF, RFC-3032 - MPLS Label Stack Encoding.
53. IETF, RFC-3270 - Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Support of
Differentiated Services.
54. IETF, RFC-3443 - Time To Live (TTL) Processing in Multi-Protocol
Label Switching (MPLS) Networks.
55. IETF, RFC-3812 - Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Traffic
Engineering (TE) Management Information Base (MIB).
56. IETF, RFC-3813 - Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label
Switching Router (LSR) Management Information Base (MIB).

57. IETF,RFC-3916 - Requirements for Pseudo-Wire Emulation

Edge-to-Edge (PWE3).
58. IETF, RFC-3985 - Pseudo Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge (PWE3)
Architecture.
59. IETF, RFC-4090 - Fast Reroute Extensions to RSVP-TE for LSP
Tunnels.
60. IETF, RFC-4125 - Maximum Allocation Bandwidth Constraints Model
for Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering.
61. IETF, RFC-4126 - Max Allocation with Reservation Bandwidth
Constraints Model for Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering &
Performance Comparisons.
62. IETF, RFC-4379 - Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS)
Data Plane Failures.
63. IETF, RFC-4448 - Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Ethernet over
MPLS Networks.
64. IETF Drafts:
a. Martini encapsulation, draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls.
b. VPLS draft, draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-ldp.
c. draft-ietf-pwe3-ethernet-encap.
d. draft-sajassi-l2vpn-vpls-multicast-congruency.
e. draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-mcast-reqts.
f. draft-ietf-magma-snoop.
g. draft-ietf-mpls-rsvp-te-p2mp.
h. draft-vasseur-mpls-backup-computation.
65. ISO 9595, ISO 9596 – CMISE Specification.
66. ITU-T Recommendation I.356 – ATM Layer Cell Transfer Performance.
67. ITU-T Recommendation I.361 – ATM Layer Specification.
68. ITU-T Recommendation I.371 – Traffic Control and Congestion Control.
69. ITU-T Recommendation I.610 – ATM Operation and Maintenance
Principles.
70. ITU-T Recommendation G.650 – Definition and Test Methods for the
Relevant Parameters of Single-Mode Fibers.
71. ITU-T Recommendation G.651 (1998/02) – Characteristics of a 50/125
µm Multimode Graded Index Optical Fiber Cable.
72. ITU-T Recommendation G.652 (2006/05) – Characteristics of a
Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable.
73. ITU-T RecommendationG.653 (2003/12) – Characteristics of a
Dispersion-Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable.

74. ITU-T RecommendationG.654 (2004/06) – Characteristics of a Cut-off

Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable.
75. ITU-T Recommendation G.655 (2006/06) – Characteristics of a
Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable.
76. ITU-T Recommendation G.661 (2006/03) – Definition and Test Methods
for the Relevant Generic Parameters of Optical Amplifier Devices and
Subsystems.
77. ITU-T Recommendation G.662 (2005/07) – Generic Characteristics of
Optical Fiber Amplifier Devices and Subsystems.
78. ITU-T Recommendation G.663 (2000/04) – Application Related Aspects
of Optical Fiber Amplifier Devices and Subsystems.
79. ITU-T Recommendation G.664 (2006/03) – Optical Safety Procedures
and Requirements for Optical Transport Systems.
80. ITU-T Recommendation G.671 (2005/01) – Transmission Characteristics
of Passive Optical Components.
81. ITU-T Recommendation G.691 (2006/03) – Optical Interfaces for Single
Channel SDH Systems with Optical Amplifiers and STM-64 Systems
(Draft).
82. ITU-T Recommendation G.692 (1998/10) – Optical Interfaces for
Multi-Channel Systems with Optical Amplifiers.
83. ITU-T Recommendation G.694.1 (2002/06) – Spectral Grids for WDM
Applications: DWDM Frequency Grid.
84. ITU-T Recommendation G.694.2 (2003/12) – Spectral Grids for WDM
Applications: CWDM Wavelength Grid.
85. ITU-T Recommendation G.695 (2005/01) – Optical Interfaces for Coarse
Wavelength Division Multiplexing Applications.
86. ITU-T Recommendation G.703 (2001/11) – Physical/Electrical
Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces.
87. ITU-T Recommendation G.704 (1998/10) – Synchronous Frame
Structures Used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and 44 736 kbps Hierarchical
Levels.
88. ITU-T Recommendation G.706 – Frame Alignment and CRC Procedures
Relating to Basic Frame Structure Defined in Rec G.704.
89. ITU-T Recommendation G.707 – Network Node Interface for the
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.
90. ITU-T Recommendation G.709 – Network Node Interface for OTN.
91. ITU-T Recommendation G.772 (1988/11) – Protected Monitoring Points
Provided on Digital Transmission Systems.
92. ITU-T Recommendation G.774 & G774.n – SDH Information Model.

93. ITU-T Recommendation G.781 – Synchronization Layer Functions.

94. ITU-T Recommendation G.783 – Characteristics of SDH Equipment
Functional Blocks.
95. ITU-T Recommendation G.784 – Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)
Management.
96. ITU-T Recommendation G.798 – Characteristics of OTN Hierarchy
Equipment Functional Blocks.
97. ITU-T Recommendation G.803 – Architectures of Transport Networks
based on the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.
98. ITU-T Recommendation G.805 – Generic Functional Architecture of
Transport Networks.
99. ITU-T Recommendation G.806 – Characteristics of Transport Equipment
–Description Methodology and Generic Functionality.
100. ITU-T Recommendation G.811 (1996/09) – Timing Characteristics of
Primary Reference Clocks.
101. ITU-T Recommendation G.812 (2004/06) – Timing Requirements of
Slave Clocks Suitable for Use as Node Clocks in Synchronization
Networks.
102. ITU-T Recommendation G.813 (2003/03) – Timing Characteristics of
SDH Equipment Slave Clocks (SEC).
103. ITU-T Recommendation G.823 (2000/03) – The Control of Jitter and
Wander within Digital Networks Based on the 2048 kbit/s Hierarchy.
Wander within Digital Networks Based on the SDH (Draft).
Wander within the Optical Transport Network (OTN).
106. ITU-T Recommendation G.826 – Error Performance Parameters and
Objectives for International, Constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above
the Primary Rate.
107. ITU-T Recommendation G.828 – Error Performance Parameters and
Objectives for International, Constant Bit Rate Synchronous Digital
Paths.
108. ITU-T Recommendation G.829 – Error Performance Events for SDH
Multiplex and Regenerator Sections.
109. ITU-T Recommendation G.841 – Types and Characteristics of SDH
Network Protection Architectures.
110. ITU-T Recommendation G.842 – Inter-Working of SDH Protection
Architectures.
111. ITU-T Recommendation G.872 – Architecture of Optical Transport
Networks.

112. ITU-T Recommendation G.874 – Management Aspects of the Optical

Transport Network Element.
113. ITU-T Recommendation G.875 – OTN Management Information Model
for the NE View.
114. ITU-T Recommendation G.957 (2006/03) – Optical Interfaces for
Equipment and Systems relating to the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.
115. ITU-T Recommendation G.959.1 (2006/03) – Optical Transport Network
Physical Layer Interfaces.
116. ITU-T Recommendation G.975 – Forward Error Correction for
Submarine Systems.
117. ITU-T Recommendation G.7041 – Generic Framing Procedure (GFP).
118. ITU-T Recommendation G.7042 – Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme
(LCAS) for Virtual Concatenated Signals.
119. ITU-T Recommendation G.8010/Y.1306 - Architecture of Ethernet
Layer Networks.
120. ITU-T Recommendation G.8011/Y.1307 - Ethernet Services Framework.
121. ITU-T Recommendation G.8011.1/Y.1307.1 - Ethernet Private Line
Service.
122. ITU-T Recommendation G.8011.2/Y.1307.2 - Ethernet Virtual Private
Line Service.
123. ITU-T Recommendation G.8012/Y.1308 - Ethernet UNI and Ethernet
NNI.
124. ITU-T Recommendation Y.1710 - Requirements for Operation &
Maintenance functionality for MPLS networks.
125. ITU-T Recommendation Y.1711 - Operation & Maintenance mechanism
for MPLS networks.
126. ITU-T Recommendation M.3010 – Principles for a Telecommunications
Management Network.
127. ITU-T Recommendation M.3100 – Generic Network Information Model.
128. ITU-T Recommendation Q.821 – Alarm Surveillance.
129. ITU-T Recommendation Q.822 – Performance Monitoring.
130. ITU-T Recommendations X.217, X.227 – ACSE Specification.
131. ITU-T Recommendations X.219, X.229 – ROSE Specification.
132. ITU-T Recommendation X.721 Information Technology – Open Systems
Interconnection – Structure of Management Information: Definition of
Management Information.
133. MEF4 Metro Ethernet Network Architecture Framework Part 1: Generic
Framework.

134. MEF6 Metro Ethernet Services Definitions.

135. MEF7 EMS-NMS Information Model.
136. MEF9 Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI.
137. MEF10 Ethernet Service Attributes.
138. MEF11 User Network Interface (UNI) Requirements and Framework.
139. MEF12 Metro Ethernet Network Architecture Framework Part 2:
Ethernet Services Layer.
140. MEF14 Test Suite for Ethernet Traffic Management.
141. NIST, FIPS PUB 197 – Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
142. NIST, FIPS 140-2 – Security Requirements for Cryptographic Modules.
143. UL 60950 (2002/03): Safety of Information Technology Equipment.

B
Glossary
1000BaseCX 1000 Mbps baseband Ethernet over shielded 150 W twinax cables at ranges up
to 25 meters
1000BaseLX 1000 Mbps baseband Ethernet over two multimode or single mode optical fibers
using long wavelength lasers
1000BaseSX 1000 Mbps baseband Ethernet over two multimode optical fibers using short
wavelength lasers
1000BaseT 1000 Mbps baseband Ethernet over four CAT5 shielded twisted pair cables at
ranges up to 100 meters
(also known as Gigabit Ethernet GbE)
1000BaseX Generic name for 1000 Mbps Ethernet systems
100BaseT 100 Mbps baseband data transmission over twisted-pair copper wire
or
100 Mbps baseband Ethernet over twisted pair cables
(also known as Fast Ethernet FE)
10BaseT 10 Mbps baseband data transmission over twisted-pair copper wire
or
10 Mbps baseband Ethernet over twisted pair cables
10G LAN 10 GbE LAN Physical Layer Device (PHY)
2R Reshaping, Regenerating
3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Program
3R Regenerating, Reshaping, Retiming
ABR Area Border Router
ACO Alarm Cut Off
ADM Add-and-Drop Multiplexer
ALS Automatic Laser Shutdown
AoC ADM on Card
APC Automatic Power Control
APD Avalanche PhotoDiode
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
ASBR Autonomous System Border Router
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary B-1

Glossary XDM General Description
ASON Automatically Switched Optical Network

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
ATS ATM Traffic Switch
AVC Automatic Value Change Notification
AVGpas Average Gain of previous amplifiers
AWG Array Waveguide Grating
B&S Broadcast & Select
BBE Background Block Error
BE Best Effort
BIT Built-In Test
BLSR Bidirectional Line Switched Ring
BoD Bandwidth on Demand
BPSR Bidirectional Path Switched Ring
BTS Base Transceiver System
C4I Command, Control, Communication, and Computer
CAC Connection Admission Control
CAPEX CAPital EXpenditure
CCI Connection Control Interface
CHTR_B Combiner and Transponder universal base card
CIR Committed Information Rate
CLE Customer Located Equipment
CLEC Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
CMN Customer Managed Network
CNM Customer Network Management
CoC Carrier of Carriers
CORBA Common Object Request Broker Architecture
CoS Class of Service
COTS Commercial Off-the-Shelf
CP Control Plane
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CSF Client Signal Fail
CWDM Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
DCC Digital Communication Channel
DCF Dispersion Compensating Fiber
DCM Dispersion Compensation Module
DCN Data Communication Network
DIO Data Input/Output card with FE and GbE interfaces
B-2 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description Glossary
DMUX Demultiplexer
DoS Denial of Service
DRP Disaster Recovery Plan
DS-3 Digital Signal Level 3 (44.736 Mbps)
DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer
DTMF Dual Tone MultiFrequency
DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing
DXC Digital Cross Connect
E1 European PDH digital signal level 1 (2.048 Mbps)
E2E End to End
E3 European PDH digital signal level 1 (34.368 Mbps)
EAH-VPLS Ethernet Access Hierarchy VPLS
EAPC Enhanced Automatic Power Control
ECB External Connection Board
ECC Embedded Communication Channels
ECM Everyplace Connection Manager
ECU External Connection Unit
EDFA Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier
EFEC Enhanced Forward Error Correction
EIR Extended Information Rate
EIS Ethernet Interface and Switching Module
E-LAN Ethernet LAN
E-Line Ethernet Line
EML Element Management Layer
EMS Element Management System
EoS Ethernet over SDH
EOW Engineering OrderWire
EPL Ethernet Private Line
EPLAN Ethernet Private LAN
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ESCON Enterprise Systems Connection
ETSI European Telecommunication Standards Institute
EVPL Ethernet Virtual Private Line
EVPLAN Ethernet Virtual Private LAN
E/W East/West
FC Fiber Channel
FCU Fan Control Unit
FE Fast Ethernet
100BaseT Ethernet at 100 Mbps

FEC Forward Error Correction

FICON Fiber Connection
FMS Fixed to Mobile Substitution
FRR Fast ReRoute
FTM FuN Topology Map
FTP File Transfer Protocol
FTS Fault Tolerant Server
FuN Functional Node
GA General Availability
GbE Gigabit Ethernet
GCC General Communications Channel
GDS Government and Defense Solutions
GFP Generic Framing Protocol
GFP-F Framed Generic Framing Protocol
GFP-T Transparent Generic Framing Protocol
GGSN Gateway GPRS Support Node
GMPLS Generalized MultiProtocol Label Switching
GPRS General Packet Radio Service
GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
GUI Graphic User Interface
HDLC High Level Data Link Control
HLXC High-/Low-order Cross-Connect
HSI High Speed Internet
I/O Input/Output
ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
IMA Inverse Multiplexing over ATM
INF Input Filter Unit
INFOSEC Information Security
IOC Independent Carrier
IOP Input/Output Protection
IP Internet Protocol
IPTV Internet Protocol Television
ISP Internet SP
ITU-T International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunication
IXC Interexchange Carriers
LAG Link Aggregation
LAN Local Area Network
LCAS Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme
LE Logical Element

LED Light Emitting Diode

LOF Loss of Frame
LOL Loss of Light
LOS Loss of Signal
LPC Link Power Control
LS LightSoft Network Management System
LSP Label Switch Path
MCS MPLS Carrier-Class Switch
ME Managed Element
MECP Main Equipment Control Panel
MGW Media Gateway
MIB Management Information Base
MMF MultiMode Fiber
MoT MPLS over Transport
MP2MP MultiPoint to MultiPoint
MPLS MultiProtocol Lambda (Wavelength) Switching
MS Multiplex Section
MS-AIS Multiplex Section Alarm Indication Signal
MS-DCC Multiplexer Section Digital Communication Channel
MSC Mobile Switching Center
MSER Multi Service Edge Router
MSO Multiple Service Operators
MSP Multiplex Section Protection
MSP-L Linear Multiplex Section Protection
MSPP MultiService Provisioning Platform
MS-SPRing Multiplex Section Shared Protection Ring
MSTP MultiService Transport Platform
MTNM MultiTechnology Network Management
MTOSI Multi-Technology Operations System Interface
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
MXC Main Cross-Connect Control
NCW Network Centric Warfare
NE Network Element
NEL Network Element Layer
NG-SDH Next-Generation SDH
NH Next Hop
NIM Nonintrusive monitoring
NML Network Management Layer

NMS Network Management System

NNH Next Next Hop
NNI Network to Network Interface
NOA Number of Amplifiers
NOC Number of Channels
NPU Network Processor Unit
NTA Non Traffic Affecting
NUT Nonpre-emptive Unprotected Traffic
NVM Non-Volatile Memory
OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer
OA&M, OAM Operations, Administration and Maintenance
OAM&P Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning
OC Optical Carrier, SONET transmission speeds
OC-1 SONET Optical Carrier level 1, 51.84 Mbps
OC-48 SONET Optical Carrier level 48, 2.5 Gbps (2488.32 Mbps)
OC-192 SONET Optical Carrier level 192, 10 Gbps (9953.28 Mbps)
OCH Optical Channel
OCHP Optical Channel Protection
OCU Optical CWDM Unit
OEO Optical-to-Electrical-to-Optical
OFA Optical Fiber Amplifier
OHA OverHead Access
OHU OverHead Unit
OM Optical Module
OMS Optical Multiplexer Section
OMSP Optical Multiplexer Section Protection
ONE Optical Network Element
OOB Out-of-Band
OPEX OPerational EXpenditure
OPM Optical Performance Monitoring
OSC Optical Supervisory Channel
OSI Open Systems Interconnection
OSNR Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio

OSPF Open Shortest Path First

OSS Operations Support System
OTH Optical Transport Hierarchy
OTN Optical Transport Network
OTU Optical Transport Unit
O-VPN Optical Virtual Private Network
OW OrderWire channel
P2MP Point to Multi Point
P2P Point to Point
PABX Private Automatic Branch eXchange
PD Photodiode
PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy
PE Provider Edge
PELES Power Equalization for Lightwave Enabled Servers
PIM PDH I/O Module
PIN Packet Identification Number
PIO PDH Input/Output
PLC Planar Lightwave Circuit
PM Performance Monitoring
POP Point of Presence
POS Packet Over SDH
PPC Power per Channel
PPP Point to Point Protocol
PSFU Power Supply for the Fan Unit
PTT Postal Telegraph and Telephone
PW Pseudo-wire
QoS Quality of Service
RAN Radio Access Network or Remote Access Network
RDP Resource Domain Partitioning
RDR Remote Database Replication
RMON Remote Network Monitoring
RNC Radio Network Controller
ROADM Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing
ROI Return on Investment
ROPA Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier
RS-DCC Regenerator Section Digital Communication Channel
RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

Rx Receive interface
RZ Return to Zero
SAM SDH Aggregate Module
SAN Storage Area Network
SC Switched Connection
SD Signal Degradation
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SES Severed Error Second
SF Signal Failure
SFD Start of Frame Delimiter
SFP Small Form factor Pluggable module
SGSN Serving GPRS Support Node
SIM SDH I/O Module
SIO SDH Input/Output
SLA Service Level Agreement
SMF Single Mode Fiber
SNCP SubNetwork Connection Protection
SOH SDH Section Overhead
SP Service Provider
SPC Soft Permanent Connection
SPOF Single Point of Failure
SQL Structured Query Language
SRLG Shared Risk Link Group
SSM Synchronization Status Marker
STB Set-Top Box
STM Synchronous Transfer Mode
STM-1 Synchronous Transport Module 1, 155.52 Mbps
STM-4c Concatenated Transport Module 4, 622.08 Mbps.
STS Synchronous Transport Signal
STS-1 Synchronous Transport Signal 1, 51.84 Mbps
TC Tributary Control
TCF Tributary Control and Fans
TDM Time Division Multiplexing

TE Traffic Engineering
TLS Transparent LAN Services
TM Terminal Multiplexer
TMF TeleManagement Forum
TMN Telecommunications Management Network
TMU TiMing Unit
TPM Tributary Protection Module
TPU Tributary Protection Unit
TSF Trail Signal Fail
TTM Time to Market
TVCXO Temperature Compensated Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator
Tx Transmit interface
UAS Unavailable Seconds
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UNI User to Network Interface
UPSR Unidirectional Path Switched Ring
Utelco Utility Companies
UTRAN UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
VC Virtual Container
VC-12 Virtual Container 12, 2.048 Mbps (used on low order path)
VC-3 Virtual Container 3 (used on low order path)
VC-4 Virtual Container 4 (used on high order path)
VCAT Virtual Concatenated services
VCG VCAT Group
VDC Voltage Direct Current
VGA Variable Gain Amplifier
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VMUX Variable Optical Multiplexer
VOA Variable Optical Attenuator
VoD Video on Demand
VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol
V2oIP Voice and Video over Internet Protocol
VPLS Virtual Private LAN Service
VPN Virtual Private Network
VPWS Virtual Private Wire Service
VSI Virtual Switching Instance
WAN Wide Area Network
WC Wholesale Carrier
WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing

WRED Weighted Random Early Discard

WSS Wavelength Selective Switch
WTR Wait to Restore
WTS Wait to Switch
XC Cross Connects
XFP 10 Gigabit Small Form-factor Pluggable module
xINF XDM Input Filter Units
XIO Matrix I/O
xMCP XDM Main Control Processor

Index
Architecture • 1-15, 1-23, 1-26, 2-18, 3-1
3
client/server • 11-3
3G networks • 1-27, 2-14, 2-18, 7-8 data layer • 1-18, 7-1
A layered • 11-2
optical layer • 6-1
A/B configuration • 6-6
square • 3-12
ADM • 1-8, 1-23, 3-13, 4-12, 10-18
TDM layer • 1-23
ADM/TM mode • 1-8, 1-23
ASIC • 3-12
Aggregate modules • 3-14, 4-3, 7-4
ATM • 1-23, 1-29, 2-9, 2-14, 2-17, 2-18,
Alarm management • 11-15
6-7, 7-1, 7-8
display • 11-15
ATS • 2-18, 7-8
severity • 11-15
Aurora-G • 7-7
Applications • 2-1
Autodiscovery • 11-21
backhaul services • 2-9, 2-14
Carrier of Carriers • 2-9 B
cellular • 2-14 Backhaul services • 2-9, 2-14
core networks • 2-17 BTSs • 2-14
customer network management • 2-26 Built-in Test (BIT) • 10-30, 12-1, 12-2
customer types • 2-1
C
data applications • 7-4
DSLAM transport • 2-3 CAPEX • 1-13, 1-15, 1-28, 2-17, 2-18
enterprise Ethernet services • 2-22 Cards and modules • 3-1, 6-1, 7-1
ILECs • 2-3 ATS • 7-8
ISP connectivity • 5-9 base cards • 6-1, 6-7, 6-11, 6-33
leased-line services • 2-25 colored SIO • 7-5
metro-access • 1-27, 4-10 combiner • 6-11
military and government agencies • data cards • 5-21, 7-1, 7-4, 7-5
2-10 DCM, optical • 6-38
multiple service operators • 2-7 DIO • 5-6, 5-21
Next Generation Networks (NGN) • ECB • 9-11
1-1, 1-29, 6-5 ECU • 4-3, 4-4, 9-11, 9-12
utility companies • 2-5 EIS • 5-9, 5-19, 7-1
wavelength services • 1-10, 6-3 HLXC • 3-6, 3-8, 3-12
Wholesale Carriers • 2-9 MCS • 5-9, 5-19, 7-1
APS • 3-12 MECP • 9-9, 9-11
417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary I-1

Index XDM General Description
mux/demux, optical • 4-4, 4-9, 6-5 Control and communication subsystem •

MXC • 3-6, 3-8, 3-14 3-2
network power control plane, optical • built-in test (BIT) • 12-2
1-17, 6-39, 11-18 communication with external
OADM, optical • 4-4, 4-9, 6-6 equipment and management • 3-5,
OFA, optical • 6-31 9-1
OMSP, optical • 6-38, 10-25, 10-30 HLXC functionality • 3-12
OPM, optical • 6-36 internal control and processing • 3-3
optical cards and modules • 4-9, 6-1 MXC functionality • 3-14
OSC, optical • 4-9, 9-9, 11-21 timing and synchronization • 3-6
PIO • 7-4 XIO functionality • 3-13
power feed • 3-1, 3-15 CORBA • 11-14
ROADM • 1-11, 6-3 CPE • 2-20, 4-10
SFP • 3-10, 6-30, 7-1 Cross-connect • 3-2, 3-8
SIO • 7-5, 11-19, 11-21 capacity • 3-3, 3-8, 3-10, 3-12, 3-13,
3-14
transponders, optical • 6-1, 6-7, 10-29
control and communication functions
XFP • 6-30
• 3-2
XIO • 3-13
external communication • 3-5, 9-1
xMCP • 3-14, 9-11, 12-2
functions • 3-2, 3-8
Carrier of Carriers • 2-9
grooming • 1-23, 2-18
Cellular services • 2-14, 2-26
HLXC cards • 3-12
3G • 2-14, 2-18, 7-1, 7-8
internal control • 3-3
core • 2-14, 2-17
matrix protection, upgrade, and
FMS • 2-14 migration • 1-27
GGSN • 2-14 MXC cards • 3-14
GPRS • 2-14, 2-18 shelf capacities • 3-2, 3-8
GSM • 2-18 timing and synchronization • 3-6
MSC • 2-9, 2-14 unidirectional and bidirectional •
RAN • 2-14, 2-17, 7-8 10-21
RNC • 2-14, 2-18, 7-8 XIO cards • 3-13
SGSN • 2-14 Customer types • 2-1
UMTS • 2-14 cellular operators • 2-14
CLEC • 1-10, 2-1 CoCs • 2-9
Coarse Wavelength Division government agencies • 2-10
Multiplexing, see CWDM • 1-9, 1-30 ILECs • 2-3
CoC • 2-9, 2-14 ISPs • 2-9, 5-9, 5-19
Combiners • 6-11, 10-29 military agencies • 2-10
Communication with external equipment MSOs • 2-7
and management • 9-1
utility companies • 2-5
Configuration and inventory management
Cut-through process • 11-11
• 11-16
CWDM • 1-9, 1-10, 3-10, 4-4, 6-1
I-2 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM General Description Index
D E
Data applications • 7-4 East/West configuration • 1-11, 6-3, 6-6,
Ethernet capabilities • 1-18, 2-14 6-8
QoS • 1-29, 2-22, 5-6 ECB • 9-11
SLAs • 2-1, 2-22, 5-9 ECU card • 4-3, 4-4, 9-11, 9-12
Data services • 1-8, 2-14, 2-24, 7-4 EDFA • 1-11, 1-15, 6-31, 6-33, 6-35
Database Signature feature • 11-12 EFEC • 1-15, 3-13, 6-7, 6-8, 6-11, 7-5
DCC • 2-10, 3-2, 3-14, 9-1, 9-2, 9-3, 9-6, EIS • 5-9, 5-19, 6-30, 7-1
9-8, 11-19 EIS • 5-9, 5-19, 7-1
DCF • 1-11 EIS2_14 • 5-19, 7-1
DCM • 6-38 EIS2_8 • 5-19, 7-1
Dense Wavelength Division EIS8_8 • 5-19, 7-1
Multiplexing, see DWDM • 1-8, 1-15, EISMB • 5-9, 5-19, 7-1
1-23, 1-29 EISMB_804 • 5-19
Description • 4-1 EISMB_840 • 5-19, 7-1
control, matrix, and I/O cards • 3-12, Ethernet flows • 11-17
3-13, 3-14
Ethernet interfaces • 5-24, 10-15,
converged MSPP/CWDM 11-8, 11-17
configuration • 4-4
Ethernet traffic protection • 10-15
MSPP configuration • 4-3
Ethernet trails management • 11-8
redundant MSPP Configuration • 4-3
functionality • 2-22, 5-19
shelf types • 4-1
Element Management Layer • 11-2, 11-14
XDM-100 shelf layout • 4-2
Element Management System, see EMS •
XDM-1000 shelf layout • 4-14 11-3, 11-14
XDM-2000 shelf layout • 4-17 EML • 6-8, 11-2, 11-14
XDM-40 shelf layout • 4-10 EMS • 3-3, 3-5, 3-6, 3-16, 9-1, 9-8, 9-12,
XDM-500 shelf layout • 4-12 10-18, 11-3, 11-11, 11-12, 11-14,
DIO • 5-6, 5-21, 6-30, 10-15, 11-8 11-18, 11-21, 12-1, 12-2
bandwidth scaling protection • 10-16 EMS-XDM • 3-3, 3-5, 3-6, 10-18, 11-3
DIOB • 5-21 alarm management • 11-15
DIOM • 5-6, 5-21 auto-discovery • 11-21
DIOM-04 • 5-21, 7-1 configuration and inventory
DIOM-08 • 5-21, 7-1 management • 11-16
DIOM-40 • 5-21, 7-1 interfaces and management
for GbE over SDH • 5-6, 5-21 transparency • 11-20
protection • 10-15 performance management • 11-16
DSLAM • 2-1, 2-3 provisioning • 11-17
Dual Route Path Protection and security management • 11-20
Unidirectional Path Switched Ring Encryption • 7-7
(UPSR) • 10-17 Engineering Orderwire • 3-16
DWDM • 1-8, 1-10, 1-13, 1-15, 1-23, Enterprise Ethernet services • 2-22
1-29, 2-14, 2-25, 6-1, 6-5, 6-31, 6-36 EPL • 2-22, 5-6, 5-21, 10-15

EPLAN • 2-22, 5-9 I

Ethernet • 1-18, 2-22, 5-6, 5-9, 5-19, I/O modules • 3-10, 5-21, 7-1, 7-4, 7-5,
5-21, 5-24 7-10
cards • 5-19, 5-21, 6-1, 7-1 I/O traffic subsystem • 3-10
flows • 11-17 data cards • 5-19, 5-21, 7-1, 7-4, 7-5,
interfaces • 5-24 7-10
traffic protection • 10-15 DIO (Data Input/Output) modules •
trails management • 11-8 5-6, 5-21, 7-1
Ethernet Interface and Switching Module, EIS (Ethernet Interface and
see EIS • 5-19, 7-1 Switching) modules • 5-9, 5-19,
Ethernet Protection/Rapid Spanning Tree 7-1
Protocol (RSTP) • 5-9, 10-15 optical cards and modules • 6-1
EVPL • 1-13, 2-22, 5-19, 7-1, 11-17 PIM (PDH Input/Output) modules •
EVPLAN • 2-22, 7-1, 11-17 7-1, 7-4
PIO cards • 7-1, 7-4
F
SAM (SDH Aggregate) modules •
Fault management • 11-9 7-1, 7-5
FC • 3-10, 6-11 SFPs/XFPs • 6-30
FCU • 4-3, 4-4, 4-10, 4-12, 4-14, 10-30 SIM (SDH Input/Output) modules •
FE • 1-18, 2-9, 3-10, 4-14, 5-9, 5-19, 7-1, 7-5
5-21, 6-7, 6-30, 7-1, 11-8 SIO cards • 7-1, 7-5
FEC • 1-15, 1-16, 2-21, 3-13, 6-7, 6-11, ILEC • 2-3
7-5 INFOSEC • 2-10
FICON • 3-10, 6-11 Input Filter Unit (xINF) • 3-14, 3-15, 4-3,
FuN functional node view • 11-18 4-10, 4-12, 4-14
G Integrated services • 1-5, 1-26, 1-27, 1-30,
5-6
GbE • 1-18, 2-9, 3-10, 4-12, 4-14, 5-19,
Interfaces and management transparency •
5-21, 5-24, 6-7, 6-8, 6-11, 6-30, 7-1,
1-15, 1-18, 2-22, 2-25, 5-21, 6-11,
10-29, 11-8
6-39, 9-6, 9-7, 9-8, 10-24, 11-19,
traffic protection • 10-15 11-20
trails management • 11-8 Internal control and processing • 3-2, 3-3
GCC • 1-16 ISPs • 2-9, 5-9, 5-19
H ISP connectivity • 5-9
HLXC • 3-6, 3-12, 4-12, 4-14 ITU-T standards • 1-16, 3-3, 3-5, 3-6,
3-10, 3-14, 5-6, 6-7, 6-35, 9-3, 11-16
HLXC192 • 3-12
HLXC384 • 3-12
HLXC768 • 3-12

L FuN • 11-18
Layered architecture • 1-5, 1-15, 1-26, GUI cut-through • 11-11
11-2 interfaces • 11-5, 11-20
LCAS • 1-23, 2-22, 5-6, 5-21, 10-15, layered architecture • 11-2
10-16 LCT-XDM • 11-22
Leased-Line services • 2-25 LightSoft network manager • 11-3
LightSoft • 11-3 PELES • 11-18
autodiscovery • 11-21 performance • 11-16
client/server architecture • 11-3 power control, automatic • 11-18
cut-through • 11-11 provisioning • 11-17
fault management • 11-9 redundancy • 11-12
GbE trails management • 11-8 security • 11-20
management interfaces • 11-4 topology • 11-6
redundancy • 11-12 transparency • 11-20
security • 11-12, 11-13 MCS card • 5-9, 5-19, 5-24, 6-30, 7-1,
topology management • 11-6 10-15, 11-8, 11-17
trail configuration • 11-6 ME • 11-6
user interface • 11-5 MECP • 3-16, 4-10, 4-14, 9-9, 9-11
Linear Multiplex Section Protection Metro-Access applications • 1-9, 1-27,
(MSP-L) and Automatic Protection 4-10
Switch (APS) • 10-21 multi-rings • 1-23, 2-14, 3-12, 5-9,
Loss of Signal (LOS) • 6-7, 10-29 5-19, 7-1
point-to-point topologies • 2-22, 3-16,
M 5-6, 5-21, 9-3, 11-8, 11-17
Maintenance • 12-1 STM aggregation • 1-13, 2-14, 2-18,
alarm systems • 12-3 2-20, 7-4, 7-5
BIT • 12-2 Modular architecture • 1-27, 1-29, 2-18,
short MTTR • 12-2 3-1
troubleshooting • 12-4 Modules
Managed elements • 11-6 aggregate • 7-4, 7-5
Management • 11-1, 11-2 data • 5-19, 5-21, 7-4, 7-5
alarms • 11-15 I/O • 3-10
auto-discovery • 11-21 matrix cores • 3-12, 3-13, 3-14
client/server architecture • 11-3 mux/demux • 4-4, 4-9, 6-5
configuration • 11-6, 11-16 OADM/ROADM • 4-4, 4-9, 6-3, 6-6
DCC cross connections • 11-19 OCU • 4-9
DWDM trails • 11-7 optical • 4-9, 6-1, 10-25, 10-29, 10-30
EML • 11-14 splitter/coupler • 4-4, 4-9, 10-15
EMS-XDM • 11-14 MPLS • 1-13, 2-14, 5-19
Ethernet flows • 11-17 MSOs • 2-7
Ethernet trails • 11-8 MSP • 10-21
fault • 11-9 MSPP • 1-10, 1-13, 1-23, 1-29, 2-1, 4-3,
7-1, 10-22

MS-SPRing • 5-9, 10-22 OFA • 6-31

dual-node interconnection • 10-24 OMSP • 6-38, 10-30
low-order SNCP integration • 10-24 OMTX • 6-30
MTNM • 11-21 OPM • 6-36
MTTR • 12-2 OSC • 3-5, 4-9, 6-6, 9-1, 9-9, 11-21
Multi-ADM • 1-8, 1-23, 4-12, 10-18 ROADM • 6-3
Multiplex Section Protection (MSP) and SFP • 6-30
Line Protection • 10-21 transponders • 6-7, 10-15, 10-29
Mux/demux modules • 4-4, 4-9, 6-5 TRP10_2 • 6-8
MXC card • 3-14, 7-10, 9-12 TRP10_2B • 6-8
N TRP10_LAN • 6-8
TRP25_2C • 6-10
NE • 6-39, 11-3, 11-6, 11-8, 11-9, 11-11,
11-14 Optical layer protection • 10-25
NE software and configuration OCH • 10-29
backup • 3-2 OMSP • 10-30
Network Element Layer (NEL) • 11-2 OrderWire (OW) • 3-16, 9-11
Network Management Layer • 11-2 OSC • 3-5, 4-9, 6-5, 6-6, 6-35, 9-1, 9-9,
Network Management System, see NMS • 11-21
11-3 filter functionality • 6-5, 6-6
NMS • 11-3, 11-20, 11-21 OSPF • 3-2, 3-5, 9-1, 9-3
OTN • 1-10, 1-15, 1-16, 6-11
O
P
OADM • 4-4, 4-9, 4-12, 4-14, 6-5, 6-6,
6-33, 6-36, 6-39 PDH • 2-9, 3-1, 6-7, 7-4, 10-30
OCH protection • 6-8, 6-10, 10-25, 10-29 PELES automatic power control • 11-18
OEO switching fabric • 6-31, 6-33 Performance Management (PM) • 11-3,
OFA • 6-31 11-11, 11-16
OFA_M • 6-33 combiner feature • 6-11
OFA_R • 6-35 end-to-end • 1-15
OFA2 • 6-33 GbE • 6-7
OHA • 4-10, 4-12, 9-11 MTTR minimizer • 12-2
OMSP card • 6-38, 10-25, 10-30 OCHP operation basis • 6-8, 6-10,
OPEX • 1-1, 1-10, 1-11, 1-15, 1-28, 2-17, 10-29
2-18, 2-25, 6-3 RMON-based • 5-9
OPM • 6-1, 6-36 SDH • 6-7, 7-4, 11-16
Optical cards and modules • 4-9, 6-1 transponder feature • 6-8
combiners • 6-11, 10-29 Physical description • 4-1
CWDM unit • 4-9 card layouts • 4-1
DCM • 6-38 control, matrix, and I/O cards • 3-1
mux/demux • 4-9, 6-5 converged MSPP/CWDM
network power control plane • 6-39 configuration • 4-4
OADM • 4-9, 6-6 expanded MSPP configuration (with
I/O protection) • 4-2, 4-8

external connection unit (ECU) card • SDH path/circuit protection schemes •

9-12 10-17
I/O and aggregate modules • 7-1 SNCP • 10-18, 10-24
main cross-connect and control transponders • 6-7, 6-8, 6-10
(MXC) card • 3-1, 3-14 Provisioning • 11-17
nonredundant MSPP configuration •
4-3
Q
optical modules • 6-1 QoS • 1-29, 2-22, 5-9, 5-19, 11-8, 11-16
pure MSPP configuration • 4-3 R
racks • 4-1
Racks • 4-1
redundant MSPP configuration • 4-3
Raman • 1-15, 6-31, 6-35
shelf configuration • 4-1, 4-3
redundancy • 1-11, 3-2, 3-3, 3-12, 3-15,
shelf types • 1-9, 4-1
4-3, 4-10, 7-10, 10-1, 10-18, 10-30,
TC/TCF • 4-8 11-12, 12-1, 12-2
TPM • 7-10 Remote Database Replication (RDR) •
TPU/OCU • 4-8, 4-9 11-12
PIM (PDH Input/Output modules) • 7-1, RMON • 5-9
7-4 ROADM • 1-10, 1-11, 1-13, 6-3, 6-5,
PIM2_21 • 7-1, 7-4 6-33, 6-39
PIM2_63 • 7-1, 7-4 RSTP • 5-9, 10-15
PIM345_3 • 7-1, 7-4
S
PIO • 7-1, 7-4
POP • 2-9, 4-14 SAM (SDH aggregate modules) • 7-1, 7-5
Power feed • 3-15 SAM1_4/eo • 7-1, 7-5
Protection and redundancy • 10-1 SAM16_1o • 7-1, 7-5
APS • 3-12, 10-21 SAM4_2o • 7-1, 7-5
bandwidth scaling • 10-15, 10-16 SAN • 1-23, 1-27, 2-1, 6-7, 6-11
DIO • 5-21, 10-15, 10-16 Scalability • 1-27, 3-8, 3-12, 5-9, 6-39,
7-1
EIS • 10-15, 10-16
SDH • 1-8, 1-18, 1-23, 3-12, 3-13, 4-3,
equipment • 10-30
7-5
Ethernet traffic • 10-15
converged technologies • 1-8, 1-18,
LCAS • 1-23, 5-21, 10-15 5-19, 5-21, 6-7, 6-11, 6-31
line • 10-21 integration with other vendors • 11-3
MS-SPRing • 10-22 migration paths • 1-23, 1-27, 1-29,
OMSP • 6-38, 10-25, 10-30 2-5, 2-14, 2-18
optical channel (OCH) • 10-29 network integration • 2-10, 3-10,
optical layer • 10-25 10-24, 11-3
Path • 10-17 Security management • 11-20
PIO cards • 7-4 Service Level Agreement (SLA) • 2-22,
power feed • 3-15 5-9, 10-18
SDH line • 10-21 Service providers, see customer types •
2-1

SFF • 6-30 System design • 1-8, 1-26, 3-1

SFP • 3-10, 3-13, 5-9, 5-19, 5-21, 6-1, control and communication • 3-2
6-11, 6-30, 7-1, 7-5 data layer • 7-1
Shelf configuration • 4-1 functional layers • 1-8
OCU • 4-9 I/O and data traffic functions • 3-10
shelf types • 1-9, 4-1 optical layer • 1-10, 6-1
TPU expansion shelf • 4-8 TDM layer • 1-23, 7-1
XDM-100 timing and synchronization • 3-6
basic MSPP shelf • 4-3 traffic/cross-connectivity • 3-8
XDM-1000 shelf • 4-14 tributary protection unit • 4-8
XDM-100H
T
converged MSPP/CWDM shelf •
4-4 TDM services • 1-8, 1-23, 2-14, 7-1
XDM-2000 shelf • 4-17 Timing and synchronization • 3-6
XDM-40 shelf • 4-10 alarms • 12-3, 12-4
XDM-500 shelf • 4-12 retiming functionality • 7-4
SIM (SDH Input/Output modules) • 7-1, transparency • 6-11
7-5 TM • 1-23
SIM1_4/eo • 7-1, 7-5 TMU • 3-3, 3-6, 3-13, 3-14
SIM4_2o • 7-1, 7-5 Topology management • 11-6
SIO • 3-6, 6-30, 7-1, 7-5, 7-9, 11-19, TPU I/O protection unit • 4-8, 7-10
11-21 Traffic • 3-8
colored cards • 7-5 aggregation • 1-13, 2-9, 2-14, 3-10,
SIO1&4 • 3-13, 7-1, 7-5 4-3, 7-1, 7-4, 7-5, 11-8
SIO16 • 3-13, 7-1, 7-5 cellular • 2-14
SIO164 • 3-13, 7-1, 7-5 cross-connect functions • 3-8
SIO64 • 7-1, 7-5 I/O subsystem • 3-8, 3-10
SNCP • 10-17, 10-18, 10-24 irregular (bursty) • 1-23
Specifications • A-1 MXC matrix functions • 3-8, 3-14
SubNetwork Connection Protection scalability • 1-18, 1-27, 1-29, 3-8, 5-6,
(SNCP) • 10-18 5-9
System characteristics • 1-8, 1-10, 1-18, topologies • 1-5, 5-9, 11-21
1-23, 3-1 transparency • 1-15, 1-18, 2-22, 5-6,
carrier-class MSPP/CWDM • 1-13 5-21, 9-1, 10-24, 11-19, 11-20
data services • 5-24 Trail Configuration • 11-6, 11-7, 11-8
modular architecture • 1-8 DWDM trail management • 11-7
MSPP platform • 1-23 Ethernet trail management • 11-8
MXC functionality • 3-1, 3-2, 3-8, Trails • 11-6
3-14 DWDM trails • 11-7
TDM configuration options • 1-23, Ethernet • 5-21, 11-8
4-3 management and configuration • 11-5,
traffic I/O interface modules • 3-10 11-6, 11-7, 11-8, 11-16

optical • 1-11 capacities • 1-23, 2-14, 3-10, 4-1, 5-6,

protection • 10-1, 10-18 5-9, 7-1, 10-16
SDH • 5-21 cellular applications • 2-14
Transparency • 1-15, 1-18, 2-22, 2-25, communication subsystem • 3-2, 3-5,
5-6, 5-21, 6-8, 6-11, 6-39, 9-6, 9-7, 9- 9-1
8, 10-24, 11-8, 11-19, 11-20 connectivity • 1-8, 1-10, 1-26, 2-14,
Transponders • 6-7, 10-15, 10-29 11-2
TRP10_2 • 6-8 consolidation • 1-8
TRP10_2B • 6-8 control subsystem • 3-2, 3-3
TRP10_LAN • 6-8 convergence • 1-8, 1-23, 1-26, 4-4,
TRP25_2C • 6-10 7-1
Tributary Control and Fans Module • 4-4, cross connect • 2-14, 3-8, 3-10, 3-12,
4-8 3-13, 3-14, 10-15, 11-4, 11-6,
11-16, 11-17, 11-19, 11-20, 11-22
Tributary Protection Modules • 4-4, 7-10
customer types • 2-1
Tributary Protection Unit • 4-4, 4-8, 7-10
data layer • 7-1
U equipment protection • 7-10, 10-30
User interface • 11-5 Ethernet services • 5-6, 5-9, 5-24,
11-8, 11-17
V
full interoperability • 2-22, 5-6, 5-9,
VMUX • 6-5 5-19, 5-21, 7-1, 9-3, 9-7, 9-8
VPLS/VPWS • 1-13, 2-22, 5-9, 7-1 grooming • 1-23, 2-18, 4-14, 11-7
VPN • 1-1, 1-28, 2-9, 2-14, 2-22, 2-24, I/O traffic subsystem • 3-8
11-13 integration • 1-8, 2-14, 10-18, 10-24,
security • 11-13 11-3, 11-9, 11-14
W maintenance • 11-3, 11-5, 11-11,
11-16, 11-22, 12-1
Wavelength services • 1-8, 1-11, 1-16, management • 2-14, 11-1, 11-3, 11-4,
1-27, 4-9, 4-17, 6-1 11-5, 11-6, 11-9, 11-14, 11-15,
X 11-16, 11-17, 11-18, 11-20, 11-21
matrix cores • 3-12, 3-13, 3-14
XDM
matrix protection and upgrade • 3-12
ADM/TM mode • 1-8, 1-23, 4-12
metro-access applications • 1-9, 1-27,
advantages • 1-8, 1-9, 1-18, 1-23,
4-10
1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-29, 5-9
migration path • 1-1, 1-27, 1-29, 2-14,
alarms • 11-15
5-6
applications • 2-1
MSPP and all-range WDM optics
architecture • 1-8, 1-23, 3-1, 3-12, convergence • 1-8, 4-4
10-30, 11-2, 11-3
optical layer • 1-10, 6-1
ATM support • 1-23, 2-18, 6-7, 7-8
optical layer protection • 10-25
build-as-you-grow • 1-9, 1-28, 1-29,
platforms • 1-9
3-8
power feed subsystem • 3-15
capabilities • 1-10, 1-18, 1-23, 2-1,
2-14, 10-18, 11-7

power functionality • 1-11, 1-17, OMSP • 6-38

3-15, 4-3, 4-4, 6-36, 6-39, 10-30, OPM • 6-36
11-18 optical cards and modules • 6-1
protection, redundancy, and security • OSC • 3-5, 4-9, 6-5, 6-35, 9-1, 9-9
4-3, 10-1, 10-15, 10-17, 10-21,
physical description • 4-1
10-25, 10-30, 11-12
PIO • 7-4
ROADM • 6-3
rack layout • 4-1
savings • 1-27, 1-28
SFP/XFP • 6-30
scalability • 1-9, 1-10, 1-18, 1-23,
1-29 shelf layout • 4-1, 4-2, 4-10, 4-12,
4-14, 4-17
shelf capacities • 3-10, 7-1
SIO • 7-5
system design • 1-8, 3-1
specifications • 4-1, 6-1, 7-1
TDM layer • 1-23
splitter/coupler modules • 4-4, 4-9,
timing and synchronization • 3-6
10-15, 10-30
traffic protection and restoration •
traffic I/O interface modules • 3-8,
10-1, 10-15, 10-25, 10-30
3-10
XDM platforms • 1-9, 4-1
transponders • 6-7, 6-8, 6-10, 10-15,
basic MSPP configuration • 4-3 10-29
cards and modules • 3-1, 3-14, 4-9, XDM-100 • 4-2
5-19, 5-21, 6-1, 6-30, 7-1, 7-4,
XDM-1000 • 4-14
7-5, 7-8, 7-10, 9-11, 9-12
XDM-100H • 4-4
client/server architecture • 11-3
XDM-2000 • 4-17
combiners • 6-11, 10-29
XDM-40 • 4-10
common components • 9-11
XDM-500 • 4-12
data cards and modules • 3-14, 4-9,
5-19, 5-21, 6-30, 7-1, 7-4, 7-5, XIO • 3-8, 3-13
7-8, 7-10, 9-12 XFP • 6-8, 6-30, 7-5
DCM • 6-38 xINF • 3-15, 4-14
DIO • 5-6, 5-21 XIO • 3-12, 3-13, 4-12
EIS • 5-9, 5-19 XIO192 • 3-12, 3-13
engineering orderwire • 3-16 XIO384F • 3-13
features and benefits • 1-9, 1-27, 1-28, xMCP • 3-3, 3-5, 4-10, 4-12, 4-14, 4-17,
1-29 9-11, 12-2
HLXC • 3-8, 3-12
I/O modules • 3-10, 7-1, 7-10
management • 1-26, 11-1, 11-2, 11-3,
11-14, 11-22
MCS • 5-9, 5-19
mux/demux modules • 4-4, 4-9, 6-5
MXC • 3-8, 3-14
non-redundant shelf layout • 4-3
OADM modules • 4-4, 4-9, 6-6
OFA • 6-31, 6-33, 6-35

XDM Converged MSPP and All-Range™ ROADM: General Description

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

XDM Converged MSPP and All-Range™ ROADM: General Description

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

XDM Converged MSPP and All-Range™ ROADM: General Description

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

XDM®

Converged MSPP and

© Copyright by ECI Telecom, 1999-2009. All rights reserved worldwide.

Market Segments and Services .............................................. 2-1

System Architecture ................................................................ 3-1

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary i

XDM Platform Layout .............................................................. 4-1

MPLS and Ethernet Data Solution .......................................... 5-1

WDM Optical Components and Service Cards ..................... 6-1

MSPP Components and Service Cards ................................. 7-1

ii ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

ASON in the XDM ..................................................................... 8-1

Network Communication Control ........................................... 9-1

XDM Protection and Restoration Mechanisms ................... 10-1

Management ........................................................................... 11-1

Maintenance ........................................................................... 12-1

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary iii

Standards and Reference Documents .................................. A-1

Glossary .................................................................................. B-1

Index .......................................................................................... I-1

iv ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary v

Figure 3-3: Timing distribution block diagram ................................................................ 3-6

vi ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary vii

Figure 10-2: 1+R protection ......................................................................................... 10-5

viii ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary ix

x ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

The Future's Bright for Carrier

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-1

Figure 1-1: Converged transport network

Carrier Class Ethernet and MPLS

1-2 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

| Scalability of both services and bandwidth, ranging from megabits to

Figure 1-2: Carrier class Ethernet requirements

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-3

Flexible xWDM and Multi-Degree ROADM

Figure 1-3: xWDM interworking with OTN services access to core

1-4 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM: Today's Challenges and

Figure 1-4: XDM's converged transmission technologies

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-5

Optimized Network Convergence

1-6 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

The key benefits of a single converged network include:

Figure 1-5: Converged metro aggregation network

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-7

Converging Functional Layers

Figure 1-6: Converging three functional layers

1-8 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

XDM Product Lines: Tailored to

Figure 1-7: XDM products portfolio

417006-2002-0H3-D02 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 1-9

Next-Generation 40/80 Channel

1-10 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary 417006-2002-0H3-D02

Multi-Degree ROADM Flexibility

Figure 1-8: Multi-degree development

One key advantage of using a 10-degree Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS)

Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) - multipoint connectivity over